sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
May 13, 2008
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8221
|
|
20-3356009
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
3300 W. Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
Christopher C. Richardson
General Counsel
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
3300 W. Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Steven D. Pidgeon, Esq.
|
|
Mark A. Stegemoeller, Esq.
|
David P. Lewis, Esq.
|
|
Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq.
|
DLA Piper US LLP
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP
|
2415 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
|
|
633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
|
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
|
|
Los Angeles, California 90071
|
(480) 606-5100
|
|
(213) 485-1234
|
|
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Security To be Registered
|
|
|
Price(1)
|
|
|
Registration
Fee(2)
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
|
$230,000,000
|
|
|
$9,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o)
under the Securities Act.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Calculated pursuant to
Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum
aggregate offering price, including the offering price of shares
that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-
allotments, if any.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), shall determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject
to Completion
Dated May 13, 2008
Shares
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. We are
offering shares
of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price of our common
stock is expected to be between $
and $ per share. We intend to
apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under
the symbol LOPE.
percent
of the gross proceeds from the sale of stock in this offering,
before underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses, will be paid to our existing shareholders as
a special distribution.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up
to
additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering
price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover
over-allotments of shares, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2008.
Joint Book-Running Managers
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Merrill Lynch & Co.
|
BMO Capital Markets William
Blair & Company Piper Jaffray
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. You should assume that the information contained in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may
have changed since that date.
Until ,
2008 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers, whether or not participating in this offering, that
effect transactions in these securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers
obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter
in this offering and when selling previously unsold allotments
or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of
the offering, but does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our common stock. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an
investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our
common stock described under Risk Factors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
us, our, and Grand Canyon
refer to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and our predecessor as
context requires.
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
14,750 students at the end of 2007, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 49%. At the end of 2007, 85%
of our students were enrolled in our online programs and 62% of
our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to the U.S. Department of
Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
these disciplines ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, has estimated that these fields comprised
over 40 million jobs in 2006, many of which require
postsecondary education credentials. Furthermore, the BLS has
projected that the education, business, and healthcare fields
will generate approximately six million new jobs between 2006
and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of December 31, 2007,
approximately 93% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at the end of 2007 was approximately 14,750,
representing a 38.4% increase over the prior year. Our net
revenue and operating income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $99.3 million and
$6.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 37.7%
and 41.3%, respectively, over the prior year. We seek to achieve
continued growth in a manner that reinforces our reputation for
providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented
educational programs that advance the careers of our students.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, or the Higher Learning Commission, and its predecessor
since 1968, and we were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. In
addition, we have specialized accreditations for certain
programs from the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and
the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education.
We believe that our regional accreditation, together with these
specialized accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs,
enhance their marketability, and improve the employability of
our graduates.
We were founded as Grand Canyon College, a traditional, private,
non-profit college, in 1949 and moved to our existing campus in
Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. In February 2004, several of our
current stockholders
1
acquired Grand Canyon University and converted it to a
for-profit institution. Since then, we have enhanced our senior
management team, expanded our online platform and programs, and
initiated a marketing and branding effort to further
differentiate us in the markets in which we operate and support
our continued growth.
Industry
The United States market for postsecondary education represents
a large and growing opportunity. According to the NCES, total
revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was
over $385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. Approximately 18.0 million students were
projected to be enrolled in postsecondary institutions in 2007
and the number was projected to grow to 18.8 million by
2010. We believe that future growth in this market will be
driven, in part, by the increasing number of job openings in
occupations that require bachelors or masters
degrees, which the BLS has projected will grow approximately 17%
and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double
the growth rate the BLS projected for occupations that do not
require postsecondary degrees. Moreover, according to
U.S. Census Bureau data, individuals with a postsecondary
degree are able to obtain a significant compensation premium
relative to individuals without a degree.
The market for online postsecondary education is growing more
rapidly than the overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by
Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research firm,
projected that from 2002 to 2007 enrollment in online
postsecondary programs increased from approximately
0.5 million to approximately 1.8 million, representing
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 30.4%. In
comparison, the NCES projected a compound annual growth rate of
1.6% in enrollment in postsecondary programs overall during the
same period. We believe this growth has been driven by a number
of factors, including the greater convenience and flexibility of
online programs as compared to ground-based programs and the
increased acceptance of online programs among academics and
employers. According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a
trade group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us
from our competitors:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare. We believe our focused approach enables us to
develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We also proactively
provide support to students at key points during their
consideration of, and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to
enhance the probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields.
Complementary online capabilities and
campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-
2
profit postsecondary market and enhance the reputation of our
degree programs among prospective students and employers.
Experienced management team with strong operating
track-record. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in educational services businesses,
specifically in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings, and in online content development.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
intend to increase enrollment in existing programs within our
three core disciplines, which we believe offer ample opportunity
for growth. We also intend to continue to increase the number of
our enrollment counselors and marketing personnel to drive
enrollment growth and enhance student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007 and intend to launch a total of 12 new
online programs in 2008, including our first doctoral degree
program. Our new program offerings typically build on existing
programs and offer our students the opportunity to pursue their
specific educational objectives while allowing us to expand our
program offerings with only modest incremental investment.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we market our
offerings to their employees. These relationships provide leads
for our programs, build our recognition among employers in our
core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. We intend to leverage our
historical investments as we increase our enrollment, which we
believe will allow us to increase our operating margins over
time.
Risks
Affecting Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more
fully in the section entitled Risk Factors
immediately following this Prospectus Summary. In particular,
our business would be adversely affected if:
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain students as a result of the
highly competitive markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
we are unable to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements to which our business is subject, including
requirements governing the Title IV federal student
financial aid programs, state laws and regulations, and
accrediting commission requirements;
|
|
|
|
we experience any student, regulatory, reputational, or other
events that adversely affect our graduate degree offerings, from
which we currently derive a significant portion of our revenues;
|
|
|
|
we experience damage to our reputation or other adverse effects
in connection with any compliance audit, regulatory action, or
negative publicity affecting us or other companies in the
for-profit postsecondary education sector;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain key personnel needed to
sustain and grow our business;
|
|
|
|
our students are unable to obtain student loans on affordable
terms, or at all;
|
|
|
|
adverse economic or other developments affect demand in our core
disciplines; or
|
|
|
|
we are unable to develop new programs or expand our existing
programs in a timely and cost-effective manner.
|
Corporate
Information
We were formed in Delaware in November 2003 for the purpose of
acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University. Prior to
completion of this offering, we intend to effect a
reorganization pursuant to which we will transfer substantially
all of our operations to a newly created wholly-owned
subsidiary. Our principal executive offices are located at
3300 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017, and our
telephone number is
(602) 639-7500.
Our website is located at www.gcu.edu. The information
on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part
of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
Accreditation
We are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago,
Illinois
60602-2504;
telephone
(312) 263-0456;
website www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible
through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission does not
constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this
prospectus.
Industry
Data
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections
throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market
research, publicly available information, and industry
publications. These sources generally state that the information
they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the
information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections
are based on industry surveys and the preparers experience
in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is
no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached.
Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research
others have completed are reliable, but we have not
independently verified their findings.
4
OFFERING
SUMMARY
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million,
or approximately $ million if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we intend to use the proceeds of this
offering to pay a special distribution to our stockholders of
record as
of ,
2008, in an amount equal to % of
the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this
offering, before underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses. We also intend to use up to
$16.0 million of the proceeds of this offering to redeem an
outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our common stock. We
intend to use the remaining proceeds and any proceeds we receive
from the underwriters exercise of their over-allotment
option to pay the expenses of this offering and for general
corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
The payment of the special distribution in the amount described
above permits a return of capital to all of our stockholders as
of the record date, and does so without significantly decreasing
our capital resources or requiring these stockholders to sell
their shares. Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special
distribution of $ million,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, $ million will be
paid in respect of shares of our capital stock over which our
directors and executive officers as a group are deemed to
exercise sole or shared voting or investment power. These
proceeds will be allocated as set forth in the following table. |
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds.
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
See Special Distribution and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Special
Distribution for additional information regarding the
beneficiaries of the special distribution. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
Except with respect to the special distribution, we do not
anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under the heading titled Risk Factors and all other
information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
LOPE |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding
following this offering is based
on shares
of our common stock outstanding as
of ,
2008, and
excludes shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under our
stock-based compensation plans.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to
additional shares from us;
|
|
|
|
a for split
of our outstanding common stock to be effected immediately prior
to the effectiveness of this offering;
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A preferred stock into 5,953 shares of common
stock upon the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the filing of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation
to provide for the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of Series C preferred stock
into shares
of common stock upon the closing of the offering based on a
conversion price equal to the initial public offering price per
share, assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
common stock for up to $16.0 million in cash, as described
under Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated
bylaws immediately prior to the effectiveness of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the rounding of all fractional share amounts to the nearest
whole number.
|
6
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our summary financial and
operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
The statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007, and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
You should read the following summary financial and other data
in conjunction with Selected Financial and Other
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment, share, and per share
data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,327
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
36,852
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
19,355
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
15,326
|
|
|
|
18,385
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
54,760
|
|
|
|
67,279
|
|
|
|
92,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(1)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,800
|
|
|
$
|
7,107
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,410
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Adjusted(3)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)(1)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(2) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus and (ii) management fees that are no longer paid
or that will no longer be payable following completion of this
offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
operating performance. |
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for,
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure
presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash
flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies. |
8
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, as
discussed under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion. |
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with our former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements included
with this prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
For a description of the offering and pro forma adjustments, see
Capitalization. |
9
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before making an investment in our common stock, you should
carefully consider the following risks and the other information
contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements
and related notes, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and Regulation. The risks described below are those
that we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk
factors described below, and others that we did not anticipate,
could significantly and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could
decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements
governing our school could result in financial penalties,
restrictions on our operations or growth, or loss of external
financial aid funding for our students.
In our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived approximately
64.0% and 65.4%, respectively, of our net revenues from tuition
financed under federal student financial aid programs, referred
to in this prospectus as the Title IV programs, which are
administered by the U.S. Department of Education, or
Department of Education. To participate in the Title IV
programs, a school must be authorized by the appropriate state
education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by the Department of Education, and be
certified as an eligible institution by the Department of
Education. In addition, our operations and programs are
regulated by other state education agencies and additional
accrediting commissions. As a result of these requirements, we
are subject to extensive regulation by the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education and education agencies of
other states, the Higher Learning Commission, which is our
primary accrediting commission, specialized accrediting
commissions, and the Department of Education. These regulatory
requirements cover the vast majority of our operations,
including our educational programs, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition. These
regulatory requirements also affect our ability to open
additional schools and locations, add new educational programs,
change existing educational programs, and change our corporate
or ownership structure. The agencies that regulate our
operations periodically revise their requirements and modify
their interpretations of existing requirements. Regulatory
requirements are not always precise and clear, and regulatory
agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted
or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation by us of
regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect us.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements,
we could suffer financial penalties, limitations on our
operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations
on our ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations
on or termination of our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely
affect us. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory
violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a
negative impact on our stock price and our enrollments. We
cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory
requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If the
Department of Education does not recertify us to continue
participating in the Title IV programs, our students would
lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a
condition of our continued participation in the Title IV
programs.
Department of Education certification to participate in the
Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and
institutions are thus required to seek recertification from the
Department of Education on a regular basis in order to continue
their participation in the Title IV programs. An
institution must also apply for recertification by the
Department of Education if it undergoes a change in control, as
defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be
subject to similar review if it expands its operations or
educational programs in certain ways.
Our most recent recertification, which was issued on a
provisional basis in May 2005 after an extended review by the
Department of Education following the change in control that
occurred in February 2004,
10
contained a number of conditions on our continued participation
in the Title IV programs. At that time we were required by
the Department of Education to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive certain Title IV funds under the
heightened cash monitoring system of payment (pursuant to which
an institution is required to credit students with Title IV
funds prior to obtaining those funds from the Department of
Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened
cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance
payment method. However, we remain certified on a provisional
basis, which means that the Department of Education may more
closely review our applications for recertification, new
locations, new educational programs, acquisitions of other
schools, or other significant changes, and it may revoke its
certification of us without advance notice if it determines we
are not fulfilling material Title IV requirements. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008.
There can be no assurance that the Department of Education will
recertify us, or that it will not impose restrictions as a
condition to approving our pending recertification application
or with respect to any future recertification. If the Department
of Education does not renew or withdraws our certification to
participate in the Title IV programs at any time, our
students would no longer be able to receive Title IV
program funds. Similarly, the Department of Education could
renew our certification, but restrict or delay our
students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the number
of students to whom we could disburse such funds, or place other
restrictions on us. Any of these outcomes would have a material
adverse effect on our enrollments and us.
Congress
may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for the
Title IV programs, which could reduce our student
population, revenue, and profit margin.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. Congress must periodically reauthorize
the Higher Education Act, which is the federal law that governs
the Title IV programs. The last reauthorization of the
Higher Education Act occurred in 1998, and Congress is currently
considering a new reauthorization, which is likely to contain
numerous changes to the Higher Education Act. In addition,
Congress must determine funding levels for the Title IV
programs on an annual basis, and can change the laws governing
the Title IV programs at any time. Because a significant
percentage of our revenue is derived from the Title IV
programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or our ability or the ability of
our students to participate in the Title IV programs could
require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid
for our students and could materially decrease our student
enrollment. Such a decrease in our enrollment could have a
material adverse effect on us. Congressional action could also
require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase
our administrative and regulatory costs.
If we
do not meet specific financial responsibility standards
established by the Department of Education, we may be required
to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, or we
could lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must either satisfy specific quantitative standards of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept operating restrictions as well. These
financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution
on an annual basis based on the institutions audited
financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as
if the institution undergoes a change in control. These tests
may also be applied to an institutions parent company or
other related entity. The operating restrictions that may be
placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative
standards of financial responsibility include being transferred
from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV funds
to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds. For example, when we
were recertified by the Department of Education to participate
in the Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change
in control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education reviewed our fiscal year 2004 audited financial
statements and advised us that our composite score, which is a
standard of financial responsibility derived from a formula
established by the Department of Education, reflected financial
weakness. As a result of this and other concerns about our
11
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and
in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring
restrictions and returned us to the advance payment method.
However, if, in the future, we fail to satisfy the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards, we could
experience increased regulatory compliance costs or delays in
our receipt of Title IV funds because we could be required
to post a letter of credit or be subjected to operating
restrictions, or both. Our failure to secure a letter of credit
in these circumstances could cause us to lose our ability to
participate in the Title IV programs, which would
materially adversely affect us.
If we
do not comply with the Department of Educations
administrative capability standards, we could suffer financial
penalties, be required to accept other limitations in order to
continue participating in the Title IV programs, or lose
our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an
institution must demonstrate to the Department of Education that
the institution is capable of adequately administering the
Title IV programs under specific standards prescribed by
the Department of Education. These administrative capability
criteria require, among other things, that the institution has
an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs, has adequate procedures for disbursing
and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining
records, submits all required reports and financial statements
in a timely manner, and does not have significant problems that
affect the institutions ability to administer the
Title IV programs. If we fail to satisfy any of these
criteria, the Department of Education may assess financial
penalties against us, restrict the manner in which the
Department of Education delivers Title IV funds to us,
place us on provisional certification status, or limit or
terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, any
of which could materially adversely affect us. When we were
recertified by the Department of Education to participate in the
Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education required us to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment, due to the Department of Educations concerns
about our administrative capability combined with our financial
weakness under the Department of Educations standards of
financial responsibility.
We
would lose our ability to participate in the Title IV
programs if we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain
any of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education in order to
participate in the Title IV programs. We have institutional
accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which is an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet
accreditation standards relating to, among other things,
performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational
quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources, and
financial stability. If we fail to satisfy any of these
standards, we could lose our accreditation by the Higher
Learning Commission, which would cause us to lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
could cause a significant decline in our total student
enrollments and have a material adverse effect on us. In
addition, many of our individual educational programs are also
accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or approved by
specialized state agencies. If we fail to satisfy the standards
of any of those specialized accrediting commissions or state
agencies, we could lose the specialized accreditation or
approval for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and
have a material adverse effect on us.
If we
do not maintain our state authorization in Arizona, we may not
operate or participate in the Title IV
programs.
A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized
by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is
located. We are located in the state of Arizona and are
authorized by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. State authorization is also required for our students
to be eligible
12
to receive funding under the Title IV programs. To maintain
our state authorization, we must continuously meet standards
relating to, among other things, educational programs,
facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing
and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations
and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures. If we fail to satisfy any of these
standards, we could lose our authorization by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education to offer our
educational programs, which would also cause us to lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
have a material adverse effect on us.
If a
substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV
loans as a result of decreased lender participation in the
Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or
reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they
provide, we could be materially adversely
affected.
The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market
developments and conditions has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV loans to students, including some
lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our
students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased
the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide.
We and other schools have had to modify student loan practices
in ways that could result in higher administrative costs. If the
costs of their Title IV loans increase, some students may
decide not to take out loans and not enroll in a postsecondary
institution. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to
attempt to ensure that all eligible students will be able to
obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient
number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans.
Among other things, the new legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict if this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loans. If a
substantial number of lenders cease to participate in the
Title IV loan programs, increase the costs of student
access to such programs, or reduce the benefits available under
such programs, our students may not have access to such loans,
which could cause our enrollments to decline and have a material
adverse effect on us.
An
increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
Approximately 65.4% of our net revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2007, were derived from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs, which include student loans with
interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some of our students finance their education
through private loans that are not subsidized. Interest rates
have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a
favorable borrowing environment for students. However, in the
event interest rates increase or Congress decreases the amount
available for federal student aid, our students may have to pay
higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in
interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in
educational costs to our existing and prospective students,
which could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and revenues. Higher interest rates could also
contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which
could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and our profitability. See We may lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our
student loan default rates are too high located elsewhere
in Risk Factors for further information.
Our
failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of states
other than Arizona could result in actions taken by those states
that could have a material adverse effect on our
enrollments.
Almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on
educational institutions that have physical facilities located
within the states boundaries. These regulatory
requirements establish standards in areas such as educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new
locations and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
13
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In the
future, states could coordinate their efforts in order to more
aggressively attempt to regulate or restrict schools
offering of online education.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In certain other states, we have
obtained approvals to operate as we have determined necessary in
connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. If we
fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or
authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure
or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions,
including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines,
and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state
other than Arizona could prohibit us from recruiting prospective
students or offering educational services to current students in
that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments and
revenues and materially adversely effect us.
State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of these regulatory requirements or adverse changes in
regulations or interpretations thereof by regulators could
materially adversely affect us.
The
inability of our graduates to obtain a professional license or
certification in their chosen field of study could reduce our
enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to student claims
against us that could be costly to us.
Many of our students, particularly those in our education and
healthcare programs, seek a professional license or
certification in their chosen fields following graduation. A
students ability to obtain a professional license or
certification depends on several factors, including whether the
institution and the students program were accredited by a
particular accrediting commission or approved by a professional
association or by the state in which the student seeks
employment. Additional factors are outside the control of the
institution, such as the individual students own
background and qualifications. If one or more states refuse to
recognize a significant number of our students for professional
licensing or certification based on factors relating to our
institution or programs, the potential growth of those programs
would be negatively impacted and we could be exposed to claims
or litigation by students or graduates based on their inability
to obtain their desired professional license or certification,
each of which could materially adversely affect us.
Increased
scrutiny by various governmental agencies regarding
relationships between student loan providers and educational
institutions and their employees have produced significant
uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to the
administration of the Title IV loan programs and the
funding for those programs which, if not satisfactorily or
timely resolved, could result in increased regulatory burdens
and costs for us and could adversely affect our student
enrollments.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including the
Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by
the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general,
and other parties. Issues that have received extensive attention
include allegations of conflicts of interest between some
institutions and lenders that provide Title IV loans,
questionable incentives given by lenders to some schools and
school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the
marketing of student loans, and schools leading students to use
certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been
cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars
in the aggregate to settle those claims. The practices of
numerous other schools and lenders are being examined by
government agencies at the federal and state level. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona has previously requested
extensive documentation and information from us and other
institutions in Arizona concerning student loan practices, and
we recently provided testimony in response to a subpoena from
the Attorney General of the State of Arizona about such
practices. While no penalties have been assessed
14
against us, we do not know what the results of that
investigation will be. As a result of this scrutiny, Congress
has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted
stricter regulations that take effect July 1, 2008, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of loans to students
in exchange for Title IV loan volume from schools, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. The environment surrounding access
to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux, with
reviews of many institutions and lenders still pending and with
additional legislation and regulatory changes being actively
considered at the federal and state levels. The uncertainty
surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues
that increases loan costs or reduces students access to
Title IV loans, may adversely affect our student
enrollments, which could have an adverse effect on us.
Government
agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct
compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate litigation against
us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to us, which could require us to pay
monetary damages, be sanctioned or limited in our operations,
and expend significant resources to defend against those
claims.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to program reviews, audits, investigations, claims of
non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory
agencies, students, stockholders, and other third parties
alleging non-compliance with applicable legal requirements, many
of which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. As we grow
larger, this scrutiny of our business may increase. If the
result of any such proceeding is unfavorable to us, we may lose
or have limitations imposed on our state licensing,
accreditation, or Title IV program participation; be
required to pay monetary damages (including triple damages in
certain whistleblower suits); or be subject to fines,
injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Claims and lawsuits
brought against us, even if they are without merit, may also
result in adverse publicity, damage our reputation, negatively
affect the market price of our stock, adversely affect our
student enrollments, and reduce the willingness of third parties
to do business with us. Even if we adequately address the issues
raised by any such proceeding and successfully defend against
it, we may have to devote significant financial and management
resources to address these issues, which could harm our business.
A
decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary
institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in
our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower
enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our
future growth.
According to the NCES, enrollment in degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is projected to grow 15.5% over the
ten-year period ending fall 2015 to approximately
20.2 million. This growth is slower than the 22.6% increase
reported in the prior ten-year period ended in fall 2005, when
enrollment increased from 14.3 million in 1995 to
17.5 million in 2005. In addition, according to the Western
Interstate Commission for Higher Education, the number of high
school graduates that are eligible to enroll in
degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at approximately
3.3 million for the class of 2008, falling in the period
between
2007-08 and
2013-14 by
about 150,000 in total before resuming a growth pattern for the
foreseeable future thereafter. In order to maintain current
growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of
students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating
new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields
related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected,
including since the 2007 BLS report predicting strong job growth
in these disciplines was completed, fewer students may seek the
types of degrees that we offer. Our failure to attract new
students, or the decisions by prospective students to seek
degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on
our future growth.
If our
students were unable to obtain private loans from third-party
lenders, our business could be adversely affected given our
increasing reliance on such lenders as a source of net
revenues.
During fiscal 2007, private loans to students at our school
represented approximately 5.0% of our revenue (calculated on a
cash basis), as compared to 3.1% of revenue in fiscal 2006 and
1.8% of revenue in fiscal
15
2005. These loans were provided pursuant to private loan
programs and were made available to eligible students to fund a
portion of the students costs of education not covered by
the Title IV programs and state financial aid sources.
Private loans are made to our students by lending institutions
and are non-recourse to us. Recent adverse market conditions for
consumer and federally guaranteed student loans (including
lenders increasing difficulties in reselling or
syndicating student loan portfolios) have resulted, and could
continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the
availability of or increasing the costs associated with
providing private loans to postsecondary students. In
particular, loans to students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based private loans have
become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective students
may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing
prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs. If any of these scenarios were
to occur, our students ability to finance their education
could be adversely affected and our student population could
decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If any
of the education regulatory agencies that regulate us do not
approve or delay their approval of any transaction involving us
that constitutes a change in control, our ability to
operate or participate in the Title IV programs may be
impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the
Department of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission, or any
other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, we must notify or seek the approval of each such
agency. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what
constitutes a change in control. Transactions or events that
typically constitute a change in control include significant
acquisitions or dispositions of the voting stock of an
institution or its parent company, and significant changes in
the composition of the board of directors of an institution or
its parent company. Some of these transactions or events may be
beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from the Department
of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education, or the Higher Learning Commission could impair our
ability to operate or participate in the Title IV programs,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from any other
state in which we are currently licensed or authorized, or from
any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could require us
to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering the
applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or
could otherwise impair our operations. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock, which could
discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of your shares.
We will notify or seek confirmation from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, and other applicable
state education agencies and accrediting commissions, as we
believe necessary, that this offering will not constitute a
change in control under their respective standards.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses, or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions, or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in the Title IV programs may not
provide, or contract with a third party that provides, any
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based on success
in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person
involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in
making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program
funds. The laws and regulations related to this requirement do
not establish clear criteria for compliance in all
circumstances, and in recent years several
for-profit
education companies have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits
by former employees alleging violations of this prohibition. If
we or any third parties we have engaged or engage in the future
violate this law, we could be fined or sanctioned by the
Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary
penalties that could be substantial, any of which could harm our
reputation, impose significant costs on us, and have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
16
Our
reputation and our stock price may be negatively affected by the
actions of other postsecondary educational
institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been
commenced against various postsecondary educational institutions
relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government, and non-compliance with
Department of Education requirements, state education laws, and
state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been
brought by the Department of Education, the U.S. Department
of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or
SEC, and state governmental agencies, among others. These
allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been
the subject of legislative hearings and regulatory actions at
both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the
individual schools but in some cases on the larger for-profit
postsecondary education sector as a whole. Adverse media
coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other
educational institutions could damage our reputation, result in
lower enrollments, revenues, and operating profit, and have a
negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of
Education, Congress, accrediting commissions, state
legislatures, state attorneys general, or other governmental
authorities of all educational institutions, including us.
If the
percentage of our revenue that is derived from the Title IV
programs is too high, we may lose our eligibility to participate
in those programs.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs if, under a formula that requires
cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation
of revenue, it derives more than 90% of its revenues from those
programs in any fiscal year. The period of ineligibility is at
least the next succeeding fiscal year, and any Title IV
funds already received by the institution and its students in
that succeeding year would have to be returned to the applicable
lender or the Department of Education. Using the Department of
Educations formula for this test, we have calculated that,
for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived approximately
71.5% and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues from the
Title IV programs. Recent changes in federal law that
increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any
additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in
the revenues we receive from the Title IV programs, which
could make it more difficult for us to satisfy this requirement.
Exceeding the 90% threshold and losing our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs for a fiscal year
would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
We may
lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too
high.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all of the Title IV programs if, for three consecutive
years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin
repayment on their student loans in one year default on their
payment by the end of the following year. In addition, an
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs if the default rate of its
students exceeds 40% for any single year. Congress is
considering legislation that would extend the period for
counting student defaults in an institutions default rate
by one additional year, which if enacted is expected to increase
the student loan default rates for most institutions. Any
increase in interest rates or declines in income or job losses
for our students could also contribute to higher default rates
on student loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate
thresholds and losing our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations. Any future changes in the formula for calculating
student loan default rates, economic conditions, or other
factors that cause our default rates to increase, could place us
in danger of losing our eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs and materially adversely
affect us.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
program.
A school participating in the Title IV programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing such programs and must
return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the
Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If
17
the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely
returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we may have to
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that should have been
returned for such students in the prior fiscal year, and we
could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the Department of
Education, which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and materially adversely affect us.
We
cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain
states, or acquire additional schools if such actions are not
timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we
may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students
enrolled in any such programs, schools, or states if we do not
obtain prior approval.
Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs.
In addition, we may increase our operations in additional states
and seek to acquire existing schools from other companies. If we
are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new
programs, operations, or acquisitions from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, or any other
applicable state education agency or accrediting commission, or
if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner,
our ability to consummate the planned actions and provide
Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired,
which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion
plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action
did not need approval or had all required approvals, we could be
liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided
to students in that program or at that location.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing
and advertising programs in recruiting new
students.
Building awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs
we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective
students. It is also critical to our success that we convert
prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective
manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our
programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from
successfully recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in
our programs include:
|
|
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other
costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or other sources
of financial aid;
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors;
|
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and
effectiveness of Internet advertising and broad-based branding
campaigns and recruiting efforts;
|
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems;
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict schools initiation of new programs and
modification of existing programs;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict the ways schools can compensate their recruitment
personnel;
|
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in
which we do not have a physical presence;
|
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs
that seek certification or licensure in certain states;
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or
for-profit education generally;
|
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable
to match;
|
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
students derive from our programs.
|
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Grand
Canyon University and the programs we offer, and to recruit,
enroll, and retain students, our enrollments would suffer and
our ability to increase revenues and maintain profitability
would be significantly impaired.
If we
are unable to hire and train new and existing employees
responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our
student recruiting efforts would be adversely
affected.
In order to support our planned revenue growth we intend to
hire, develop, and train a significant number of additional
employees responsible for student recruitment and retain and
continue to develop and train our current student recruitment
personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student
recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors,
including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment
counselors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment
counselors, the length of time it takes new enrollment
counselors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the
method of compensating enrollment counselors, and the
competition in hiring and retaining enrollment counselors. If we
are unable to hire, develop, and retain a sufficient number of
qualified enrollment counselors, our ability to increase
enrollments would be adversely affected.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a public
company, and the requirements of being a public company may
divert management attention from our business.
As a public company, we will be subject to a number of
additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act and
the listing standards of Nasdaq. These requirements will cause
us to incur increased costs and might place a strain on our
systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with
respect to our business and financial condition. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting, and also requires
that our internal controls be assessed by management and
attested to by our auditors as of December 31 of each year
commencing with our year ending December 31, 2009. In order
to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting, significant resources and management oversight will
be required. As a result, our managements attention might
be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, we might not
be able to retain our independent directors or attract new
independent directors for our committees.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. If we fail to develop or maintain an
effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a
result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence
in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and
the trading price of our common stock.
During the preparation of our financial statements for 2005,
2006, and 2007, our management identified material weaknesses in
our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the
standards established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, that affected our financial statements for
each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007. See Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting.
The material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting during the past three years related principally to a
lack of adequate personnel and procedures for recording certain
purchased assets, expenses, leases, and equity instruments. We
are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses, but
have not yet been able to complete our remediation efforts. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. It will take additional time to
design, implement, and test the controls and procedures required
to enable our management to conclude that our internal control
over financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time
estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation
efforts. We cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will
19
be effective in mitigating or preventing significant
deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. Any failure to maintain or implement
required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we
encounter in their implementation, could result in additional
material weaknesses, cause us to fail to meet our periodic
reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our
financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely
affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual
auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting that will be required
when the SECs rules under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning
with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2009, to be filed in early
2010. The existence of a material weakness could result in
errors in our financial statements that could result in a
restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a
decline in our stock price.
We
operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with
greater resources could harm our business.
The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and
competitive. We compete for students with traditional public and
private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online
learning programs. Many public and private schools, colleges,
and universities, including most major colleges and
universities, offer online programs. We expect to experience
additional competition in the future as more colleges,
universities, and for-profit schools offer an increasing number
of online programs. Public institutions receive substantial
government subsidies, and public and private non-profit
institutions have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions, and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly,
public and private non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources superior to those in the
for-profit sector, and public institutions can offer
substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our competitors in
both the public and private sectors also have substantially
greater financial and other resources than we do. We may not be
able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations. These competitive factors could cause
our enrollments, revenues, and profitability to significantly
decrease. See Business Competition for
further information.
Capacity
constraints or system disruptions to our online computer
networks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our
online operations are critical to our reputation and to our
ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system
disruption or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in
traffic on the servers that host our online operations, may
result in our online courses and programs being unavailable for
a period of time. In addition, any significant failure of our
computer networks or servers could disrupt our on-campus
operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated occurrences could
significantly damage the reputation of our online operations and
result in a loss of potential or existing students.
Additionally, our online operations are vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control,
including natural disasters and network and telecommunications
failures. Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to
unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, and
other security problems. A user who circumvents security
measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause
interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we
may be required to expend significant resources to protect
against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate
problems caused by these incidents. Any interruption to our
online operations could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to attract students to our online programs and to retain
those students.
We may
not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we
are not able to improve the content of our existing academic
programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a
cost-effective
manner, or at all.
We continually seek to improve the content of our existing
programs and develop new programs in order to meet changing
market needs. The success of any of our programs and courses,
both ground and online,
20
depends in part on our ability to expand the content of our
existing programs, develop new programs in a
cost-effective
manner, and meet the needs of existing and prospective students
and employers in a timely manner, as well as on the acceptance
of our actions by existing or prospective students and
employers. As of December 31, 2007, we offered 65 fully
online programs, 17 of which we introduced in 2007 and many of
which were based on our existing ground programs. In the future,
we may develop programs solely, or initially, for online use,
which may pose new challenges, including the need to develop
course content without having an existing program on which such
content can be based. Even if we are able to develop acceptable
new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs
in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors are able to
introduce competing programs. If we do not respond adequately to
changes in market conditions, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.
The development and approval of new programs and courses, both
ground and online, are subject to requirements and limitations
imposed by the Department of Education, state licensing
agencies, and the relevant accrediting commissions, and in
certain cases, such as with our newly approved doctoral program
in education, involves a process that can take several years to
complete. The imposition of restrictions on the initiation of
new educational programs by any of our regulatory agencies, or
delays in obtaining approvals of such programs, may delay our
expansion plans. Establishing new academic programs or modifying
existing academic programs may also require us to make
investments in specialized personnel, increase marketing
efforts, and reallocate resources. We may have limited
experience with the subject matter of new programs.
If we are unable to expand our existing programs, offer new
programs on a timely basis or in a cost-effective manner, or
otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established
programs, our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our
failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology
could harm our ability to attract students.
Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of
employers to employ, promote, or increase the pay of our
graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new
employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills
and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as
communication, and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve
rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment.
Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs
evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.
The expansion of existing academic programs and the development
of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective
students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we are
able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to
begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as
quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are
unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements
due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid
technological changes, or other factors, the rates at which our
graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, and
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
If we
do not maintain existing, and develop additional, relationships
with employers, our future growth may be impaired.
We currently have relationships with large school districts and
healthcare systems, primarily in Arizona, and also recently
began seeking relationships with national and international
employers, to provide their employees with the opportunity to
obtain degrees through us while continuing their employment.
These relationships are an important part of our strategy as
they provide us with a steady source of potential working adult
students for particular programs and also serve to increase our
reputation among high-profile employers. If we are unable to
develop new relationships, or if our existing relationships
deteriorate or end, our efforts to seek these sources of
potential working adult students will be impaired, and this
could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
21
Our
failure to effectively manage our growth could harm our
business.
Our business recently has experienced rapid growth. Growth and
expansion of our operations may place a significant strain on
our resources and increase demands on our executive management
team, management information and reporting systems, financial
management controls and personnel, and regulatory compliance
systems and personnel. We may not be able to maintain or
accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our
expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a timely or
profitable basis. If we are unable to manage our growth
effectively, we may experience operating inefficiencies and our
earnings may be materially adversely affected.
Our
success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key
personnel.
Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue
to depend on, the skills, efforts, and motivation of our
executive officers, who generally have significant experience
with our company and within the education industry. Our success
also largely depends on our ability to attract and retain highly
qualified faculty, school administrators, and additional
corporate management personnel. We may have difficulties in
locating and hiring qualified personnel and in retaining such
personnel once hired. In addition, other than
non-compete
agreements of limited duration that we have with certain
executive officers, we do not generally seek non-compete
agreements with key personnel and they may leave and
subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any
of our key personnel, many of whom are not party to employment
agreements with us, or our failure to attract and retain other
qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could
cause our business to suffer.
The
protection of our operations through exclusive proprietary
rights and intellectual property is limited, and from time to
time we encounter disputes relating to our use of intellectual
property of third parties, any of which could harm our
operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business we develop intellectual
property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of
copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or
other protections. This intellectual property includes but is
not limited to courseware materials and business know-how and
internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the
requirements of operating our business and to comply with the
rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect
our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States to protect our rights to the
mark Grand Canyon University, as well as distinctive
logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on
agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content
developed by faculty members and other third party content
experts, as well as license agreements pursuant to which we
license the right to brand certain of our program offerings. We
cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure,
appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the
United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third
parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary
rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or
copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource
material, and other content, and offer competing programs to
ours.
In particular, we license the right to utilize the name of Ken
Blanchard in connection with our business school and Executive
MBA programs and have spent significant resources in related
branding efforts. Nevertheless, our license agreement with
Blanchard Education, LLC has a fixed term and may not
necessarily be extended in the future. In addition, third
parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy
aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality
management, and other proprietary content. The termination of
this license agreement, or attempts to compete with or duplicate
our programs, if successful, could adversely affect our
business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights
can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development
by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have
obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third
parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or
violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some
third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad,
and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in
such a way as to avoid those intellectual
22
property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could
subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain
on our financial resources and management personnel regardless
of whether such claim has merit, and we may be required to alter
the content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be
significant.
We are
subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection
and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws
or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such
information, could adversely affect our reputation and
operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations
subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We
collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information
regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff, and their
families, including social security numbers, tax return
information, personal and family financial data, and credit card
numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of
our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our
services can be accessed globally through the Internet.
Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national
privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which applicants
and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose
conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services.
Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors
that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may
be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse,
computer hackers, computer viruses, and other security threats.
Confidential information may also inadvertently become available
to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to
our servers following an acquisition of a school or in
connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades.
Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored
on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking
to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate sensitive information or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use
security and business controls to limit access and use of
personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent
those security and business controls, which could result in a
breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in
the storage, use, or transmission of personal information could
result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective
students or employees. Possession and use of personal
information in our operations also subjects us to legislative
and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data
breaches and restrict our use of personal information, and a
violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection
or use of personal information could result in the imposition of
fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss of personal information
regarding our students and their families or our employees that
is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or
regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse
effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and
oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs
of compliance.
We
operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological
change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete
successfully.
Online education is a highly competitive market that is
characterized by rapid changes in students technological
requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our
competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and
four-year colleges and universities and other for-profit
schools, including those that offer online learning programs.
Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other
technologies, including technologies such as streaming video,
that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty
and students, that are superior to the platform and technology
we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit
and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to
acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our
competitors, which may render our online delivery format less
competitive or obsolete.
23
At
present we derive a significant portion of our revenues and
operating income from our graduate programs.
As of December 31, 2007, approximately 62% of our students
were graduate students. Although we anticipate that this
percentage will decline over time due as a result of our planned
growth emphasis in our undergraduate business and liberal arts
programs, if we were to experience any event that adversely
affected our graduate offerings or the attractiveness of our
programs to prospective graduate students, our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could
be significantly and adversely affected.
We may
incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution
of class materials posted online for class
discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post
various articles or other third-party content on class
discussion boards. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of material posted online for class
discussions. Any such claims could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover
potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may
be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary
damages, which may be significant.
We use
third-party software for our online classroom, and if the
provider of that software were to cease to do business or was
acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the
software required for our online classroom or updating it for
future technological changes, which could adversely affect our
performance.
Our online classroom employs the ANGEL Learning Management Suite
pursuant to a license from ANGEL Learning, Inc. The ANGEL system
is a web-based portal that stores, manages, and delivers course
content; enables assignment uploading; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; and supplies online
evaluation tools. We rely on ANGEL Learning, Inc. for
administrative support of the ANGEL system and, if ANGEL
Learning, Inc. ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to
continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely
basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required
for our online classroom or updating it for future technological
changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have
an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation, and
limit our ability to attract and retain students.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment, and are typically lowest in our second
fiscal quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter.
Accordingly, our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Student population varies as a result of new enrollments,
graduations, and student attrition. A significant portion of our
general and administrative expenses do not vary proportionately
with fluctuations in revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations
in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal
enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a
result of new program introductions, the timing of colloquia and
events, and increased enrollments of students. These
fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect
on the market price of our common stock.
We
only recently began operating as a for-profit company and have a
limited operating history as a
for-profit
company. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and
business results may not necessarily be representative of what
they will be in the future.
We have only operated as a for-profit company with private
ownership interests since February 2004. We have a limited
operating history as a for-profit business on which you can
evaluate our management decisions, business strategy, and
financial results. Moreover, until October 2006, we operated
under various Department of Education limitations on our growth
and activities. As a result, our historical and recent financial
and business results may not necessarily be representative of
what they will be in the future. We are subject to risks,
uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties associated with
changing and implementing our business strategy
24
that are not typically encountered by established for-profit
companies. As a result, we may not be able to operate
effectively as a for-profit corporation. It is possible that we
may incur significant operating losses in the future and that we
may not be able to achieve or sustain long-term profitability.
Our
current success and future growth depend on the continued
acceptance of the Internet and the corresponding growth in users
seeking educational services on the Internet.
Our business relies in part on the Internet for its success. A
number of factors could inhibit the continued acceptance of the
Internet and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns;
|
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other
technological factors; and
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation of Internet use.
|
If Internet use decreases, or if the number of Internet users
seeking educational services on the Internet does not increase,
our business may not grow as planned.
Government
regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of
doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws
and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices, and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws and regulations or interpretations thereof
related to doing business over the Internet could increase our
costs and materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
A
reclassification of our online faculty by federal or state
authorities from independent contractor to employee status could
materially increase our costs.
A majority of our faculty at December 31, 2007 were online
faculty, whom we treat as independent contractors. Because we
classify our online faculty as independent contractors, we do
not withhold federal or state income or other employment-related
taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal
Insurance Contributions Act, or FICA, payments or provide
workers compensation insurance with respect to our online
faculty. The determination of whether online faculty members are
properly classified as independent contractors or as employees
is based upon the facts and circumstances of our relationship
with our online faculty members. Federal or state authorities
may challenge our classification as incorrect and assert that
our online faculty members must be classified as employees. In
the event that we were to reclassify our online faculty as
employees, we would be required to withhold the appropriate
taxes, make unemployment tax and FICA payments, and pay for
workers compensation insurance and additional payroll
processing costs. If we had reclassified our online faculty
members as employees for 2007, we estimate our additional tax,
workers compensation insurance, and payroll processing
payments would have been approximately $1.2 million for
that year. The amount of additional tax and insurance payments
would increase in the future as the total amount we pay to
online faculty increases. In addition to these known costs, we
could be subject to retroactive taxes and penalties, which may
be significant, by federal and state authorities, which could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We may
incur significant costs complying with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and similar laws.
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA,
all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related
to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal,
state, and local laws also may require modifications to our
properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties.
For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA,
requires apartment properties first occupied after
March 13, 1990 to be accessible to the handicapped. We have
not conducted an audit or investigation of all of
25
our properties to determine our compliance with present
requirements. Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in
the imposition of fines or an award or damages to private
litigants and also could result in an order to correct any
non-complying feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of
the cost of compliance with the ADA, FHAA, or other legislation.
If we incur substantial costs to comply with the ADA, FHAA, or
any other legislation, we could be materially and adversely
affected.
Our
failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations
governing our activities could result in financial penalties and
other costs.
We use hazardous materials at our ground campus and generate
small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint,
car batteries, and laboratory materials. As a result, we are
subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the use, storage, and disposal of
solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not
maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or
are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials,
we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines, or penalties which could adversely impact
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If we
expand in the future into new markets outside the United States,
we would be subject to risks inherent in non-domestic
operations.
If we acquire schools or establish programs in new markets
outside the United States, we will face risks that are inherent
in non-domestic operations, including the complexity of
operations across borders, new regulatory regimes, currency
exchange rate fluctuations, monetary policy risks, such as
inflation, hyperinflation and deflation, and potential political
and economic instability in the countries into which we expand.
Our
failure to obtain additional capital in the future could
adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that the proceeds from this offering being retained
by us, funds from operations, cash, and investments will be
adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the
foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in
order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue
any acquisitions. The amount, timing, and terms of such
additional financing will vary principally depending on the
timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of
acquisitions we may seek to consummate, and the amount of cash
flows from our operations. To the extent that we require
additional financing in the future, such financing may not be
available on terms acceptable to us or at all, and,
consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth
strategy.
If we
are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could
be harmed.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools.
Integrating acquired operations into our institution involves
significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and
procedures;
|
|
|
|
distraction of managements attention from normal business
operations during the integration process;
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the
acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the
imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit
requirement on us or on the acquired school by any of those
regulatory agencies;
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
|
|
|
|
unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process,
including legal contingencies.
|
If we complete one or more acquisitions and are unable to
integrate acquired operations successfully, our business could
suffer.
26
Risks
Related to the Offering
There
is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know
if one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market
for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may
be higher or lower than the price you pay. If you purchase
shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price
that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you
will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives
of the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of
prices that will prevail in the open market following this
offering.
The
price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings of other companies
in our industry;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements, and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research
analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other
companies in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled students;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or
regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our student population;
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of Title IV funds, other student
financial aid, and private loans;
|
|
|
|
the failure to maintain or keep in good standing our regulatory
approvals and accreditations;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations, or principles;
|
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global
economies or financial markets, including those resulting from
war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving our company or investigations or audits by
regulators into the operations of our company or our
competitors; and
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers, and
significant stockholders.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes
frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating
performance of these companies. The price of our common stock
could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially
reduce our stock price.
Our
executive officers, directors, and principal existing
stockholders will continue to own a large percentage of our
voting stock after this offering, which may allow them to
collectively control substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval and, in the case of certain of our
principal stockholders, will have other unique rights that may
afford them access to our management.
Our directors, executive officers, and principal existing
stockholders will beneficially own
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering. Our directors and executive
officers will beneficially own in the aggregate
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock after the
offering, including
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock that will
be beneficially owned by Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
and their affiliates. In addition, pursuant to a voting
agreement to be entered into among the Richardsons and certain
of our existing
27
stockholders, the Richardsons will have voting control over
approximately % or our common stock after the
offering. Accordingly, the Richardsons could control us through
their ability to determine the outcome of the election of our
directors, to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws,
to take other actions requiring the vote or consent of
stockholders, including mergers, going private transactions, and
other extraordinary transactions, and to make decisions
concerning the terms of any of these transactions. The ownership
and voting positions of these stockholders may have the effect
of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control or a
change in the composition of our board of directors. These
stockholders may also use their contractual rights, including
access to management, and their large ownership position to
address their own interests, which may be different from those
of our other stockholders, including investors in this offering.
Your
percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of
capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on
which stockholders vote.
Following the completion of this offering, our board of
directors has the authority, without action or vote of our
stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but
unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon
the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy
our payment obligations under our incentive plans, or shares of
our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common
stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over
matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of
issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your
interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of
that preferred stock.
The
sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after
this offering may cause the market price of shares of our common
stock to decline.
Sales of our common stock by existing investors may begin
shortly after the completion of this offering. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering, or the perception that these
sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common
stock to decline. The shares of our common stock outstanding
prior to this offering will be eligible for sale in the public
market at various times in the future. All of our directors,
executive officers, and stockholders agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of
or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of common stock until
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the
prior written consent of the representatives identified in the
section of this prospectus entitled Underwriting.
Upon expiration of this
lock-up
period, up to
approximately additional
shares of common stock may be eligible for sale in the public
market without restriction, and up to
approximately shares
of common stock held by affiliates may become eligible for sale,
subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of your shares.
If you purchase shares in this offering, the value of your
shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less
than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your
equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part
because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the
initial public offering price when they purchased their shares
of our common stock. Based upon the issuance and sale
of shares
of our common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate dilution of
$ in the net tangible book value
per share. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our as adjusted
net tangible book value per share of common stock by
$ , and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $ , assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us and after payment of the special
distribution to our existing stockholders. If the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option, or if outstanding options
to purchase our common stock are exercised, investors will
experience additional dilution. For more information, see
Dilution.
28
Provisions
in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation
Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us
and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing
stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation,
bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and
regulations of state and federal education agencies could
diminish the opportunity for stockholders to participate in
acquisition proposals at a price above the then-current market
price of our common stock. For example, while we have no present
plans to issue any preferred stock, our board of directors,
without further stockholder approval, may issue shares of
undesignated preferred stock and fix the powers, preferences,
rights, and limitations of such class or series, which could
adversely affect the voting power of your shares. In addition,
our bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for
nomination of candidates to our board of directors that could
have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change
in control. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject
to provisions of the DGCL regarding business
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in
certain situations. The approval requirements of the Department
of Education, our regional accrediting commission, and state
education agencies for a change in control transaction could
also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would result in
a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting
additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our board to
issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as other current
and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in
certain circumstances, delay, deter, or prevent takeover
attempts and other changes in control of the company not
approved by our board of directors. See Description of
Capital Stock for further information.
We
currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock
and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on
your investment is if the price of our common stock
appreciates.
After we make the special distribution to our existing
stockholders using the proceeds of this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds, we do not expect to pay
dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable
future and intend to use cash to grow our business. The payment
of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such
factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall
financial condition, and any other factors deemed relevant by
our board of directors. Consequently, your only opportunity to
achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if
the market price of our common stock appreciates.
We
will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this
offering and may not use those proceeds in ways that will
enhance the market value of our common stock.
We have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds we
will receive in this offering. We intend to use a substantial
portion of the proceeds that we receive from the sale of stock
in this offering to fund the special distribution payable to our
existing stockholders and to use the remainder to redeem an
outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our common stock and
to pay the expenses of this offering and for general corporate
purposes. As part of your investment decision, you will not be
able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we
do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant
business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could
decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds
from this offering favorably.
29
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive
environment, regulation, and availability of resources. These
forward-looking statements include, without limitation,
statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations, or liquidity; statements concerning projections,
predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our
business, financial and operational results, and future economic
performance; and statements of managements goals and
objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that
are not historical facts. Words such as may,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made or managements good faith belief as of
that time with respect to future events, and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause such differences include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting commission
requirements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain federal Title IV
funds, state financial aid, and private financing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state
laws and regulations and accrediting commission standards;
|
|
|
|
our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train
existing, enrollment counselors;
|
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment;
|
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective students to enrolled students
and to retain active students;
|
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing
programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner
or on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
industry competition;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing
our programs;
|
|
|
|
failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that
could enhance the online experience for our students;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
general adverse economic conditions or other developments that
affect job prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulation.
|
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions, or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
30
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale
of shares
of our common stock offered by us in this offering will be
approximately $ million (or
approximately $ million if
the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We will declare a special distribution equal
to % of the gross proceeds of this
offering that will be payable promptly upon the completion of
this offering to our stockholders of record as
of ,
2008. We will make this distribution upon completion of the
offering. See Special Distribution for further
information.
In 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our common
stock in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction we entered
into relating to our ground campus. Under the original terms of
the warrant, we were entitled to repurchase the warrant for an
aggregate price of $16.0 million. Under an amendment to the
warrant that was effected in connection with our 2005 conversion
from a limited liability company to a corporation, the right to
repurchase the warrant, as well as a right to repurchase any
shares issued upon exercise of the warrant, in each case for
$16.0 million, was transferred to a holding company whose
sole purpose was to hold the equity interests of all of our
members at the time of conversion. In connection with this
offering, if such investors do not exercise such right, then we
may exercise the right to repurchase the warrant or the
underlying shares. We intend to use up to $16.0 million of
the gross proceeds of this offering to repurchase any portion of
the warrant or the underlying shares not purchased by such
investors.
We intend to use the remaining proceeds and any proceeds we
receive from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option to pay the expenses of this offering and
for general corporate purposes.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate amount of the
special distribution by
$ million, the per share
amount of the special distribution by
$ on an as-if converted basis and
the net proceeds to us by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and, with respect to the
net proceeds to us, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number
of shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease
the special distribution and our net proceeds in proportion to
such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the
offering price per share, with respect to our net proceeds, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
31
SPECIAL
DISTRIBUTION
We intend to declare a special distribution equal
to % of the gross proceeds of this
offering that will be paid promptly upon the completion of this
offering to our stockholders of record as
of , 2008. Of the estimated
aggregate amount of the special distribution of
$ million, assuming an
initial public offering price of $
per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover of this prospectus,
$ million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers as a group are deemed to exercise sole or
shared voting or investment power. These proceeds will be
allocated as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds. |
See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Special Distribution for
additional information regarding the beneficiaries of the
special distribution.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Except as described under Special Distribution
above, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of any dividends in the future will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial
condition, results of operations, earnings, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding
indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our board. As
a result, you will need to sell your shares of common stock to
realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to
sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
32
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
preferred stock into 5,953 shares of common stock upon the
closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C
preferred stock
into shares
of common stock upon the closing of the offering at a conversion
rate equal to their liquidation preference per share divided by
the initial public offering price per share, which is estimated
to be $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the cancellation in April 2008 of a warrant to purchase common
stock issued to our former owner in connection with our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the issuance in May 2008 of 200 shares of common stock to
Blanchard Education, LLC under the terms of a license agreement,
as amended, between us and Blanchard Education, LLC relating to
the naming of, and other rights associated with, the Ken
Blanchard College of Business; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro
forma adjustments above, as well as:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
our sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering (at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us);
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders in the amount of % of
the anticipated gross proceeds from the sale of common stock by
us in this offering, which is expected to occur promptly upon
the consummation of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
common stock for up to $16.0 million in cash as described
in Use of Proceeds; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the amendment and restatement of our certificate of
incorporation in connection with the closing of this offering,
which will increase our authorized capital stock.
|
33
You should read this table together with Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Capital Stock, and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents(1)
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other indebtedness
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
9,700 shares authorized, 5,953 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
2,200 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
3,900 shares authorized, 3,829 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and
pro
forma; shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as
adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 30,000 shares
authorized, 10,325 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
30,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro
forma; shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital(1)
|
|
|
7,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
61,792
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price per share would increase or decrease cash, cash
equivalents, and short-term marketable securities by
$ million, would increase or
decrease additional paid-in capital by
$ million, and would increase
or decrease total stockholders equity and total
capitalization by $ million,
after deducting the underwriting discount, the repurchase of the
warrant described in the introductory paragraph to this table,
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders in the amount of % of
the aggregate proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in
this offering, and the estimated offering expenses payable by
us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares
that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. |
34
DILUTION
Purchasers of the common stock in the offering will suffer an
immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value
per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public
offering price paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock
exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock after the offering.
As of December 31, 2007, our pro forma net tangible book
value would have been
$ million or,
$ per share. Pro forma net tangible
book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible
assets reduced by our total liabilities, divided by the number
of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the
issuance of 200 shares of common stock to Blanchard
Education, LLC and conversion of all outstanding classes of
preferred stock into common stock.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets reduced by our
total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding after giving effect to the issuance of
200 shares of common stock to Blanchard Education, LLC, the
conversion of all outstanding classes of preferred stock into
common stock, the repurchase of our outstanding warrant, the
payment of the estimated amount of the special distribution to
certain of our existing stockholders and the sale
of shares of common stock in
the offering at an initial public offering price of
$ ,
the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book
value as of December 31, 2007 would have been
$ million, or
$ per share. This represents an
immediate decrease in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to new investors
purchasing shares in the offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share of common stock attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of underwriting
discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after repurchase of warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of the special
distribution to certain of our existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, and the
dilution to new investors in the offering, will change from the
amounts shown above if the underwriters over-allotment
option is exercised.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, as applicable, our as pro forma
adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock by
$ , and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $ , assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such
increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering
price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses.
35
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, on
the pro forma as-adjusted basis described above, the differences
between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to
the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration paid, and the average price per share
paid before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration
paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all
stockholders and average price per share paid by all
stockholders by $ million,
$ million and
$ , respectively, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such
increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering
price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses. This table does not give effect to the
payment of the special distribution to existing stockholders.
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after
this offering would be , or %, and
the number of shares held by new investors would increase
to ,
or %, of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
36
SELECTED
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial and other data
as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected
statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006,
and 2007, and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
2006 and 2007, have been derived from our audited financial
statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected statement of operations and other data for the period
from February 2, 2004 (date of inception) through
December 31, 2004, and the selected balance sheet data as
of December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our
unaudited financial statements, which are not included in this
prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of our results for any future period.
You should read the following selected financial and other data
in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004(1)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment, share, and per share data)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
25,629
|
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,327
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
36,852
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9,735
|
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
19,355
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
15,326
|
|
|
|
18,385
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
40,716
|
|
|
|
54,760
|
|
|
|
67,279
|
|
|
|
92,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(15,087
|
)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,135
|
)
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(16,211
|
)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,211
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(6,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,800
|
|
|
$
|
7,107
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
24,376
|
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,410
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
(13,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,476
|
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,892
|
|
|
|
52,813
|
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
24,055
|
|
|
|
24,056
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,590
|
|
|
|
21,390
|
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
Total stockholders/members
deficit(2)
|
|
$
|
(7,645
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,638
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On February 2, 2004, we acquired the assets of Grand Canyon
University from a non-profit foundation and converted its
operations from non-profit to for-profit status. While the
university has continuously operated since 1949, for accounting
and financial statement reporting purposes, we treat the date of
acquisition and conversion to for-profit status as the date of
inception of our business. |
|
(2) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus and (ii) management fees that are no longer paid
or that will no longer be payable following completion of this
offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
operating performance. |
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors
should use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative for, net income, operating income, or any other
performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP, |
38
|
|
|
|
|
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity. Because not all companies use
identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, as discussed under Managements Discussion and
Analysis Non-GAAP Discussion. |
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements included
with this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
39
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our financial statements and related notes that
appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical
financial information, the following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in
Risk Factors and Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. At
the end of 2007, we had approximately 14,750 students, 85% of
whom were enrolled in our online programs, with 62% pursuing
masters degrees. Since we acquired Grand Canyon University
in February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management team,
expanded our online platform, increased our program offerings,
and initiated a marketing and branding effort to further
differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We have
also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe the changes we have instituted,
combined with our management expertise, provide a platform that
will support continued enrollment and revenue growth.
In 2003, the Board of Trustees of the former owner initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted it to a for-profit institution. In May
2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements, including requirements to
post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of
our program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV
funds under the heightened cash monitoring system of payment
(pursuant to which an institution is required to credit students
with Title IV funds prior to obtaining those funds from the
Department of Education). In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance since
the change in control, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire. In 2007, the Department of Education
eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students).
Key
financial metrics
Net
Revenue
Net revenue consists principally of tuition, room and board
charges attributable to students residing on our ground campus,
application and graduation fees, and commissions we earn from
bookstore and publication sales, less scholarships. Factors
affecting our net revenue include: (i) the number of
students who are enrolled and who remain enrolled in our
courses; (ii) the number of credit hours per student;
(iii) our degree and program mix; (iv) changes in our
tuition rates; (v) the amount of the scholarships that we
offer; (vi) the number of students housed in, and the rent
charged for, our on-campus student apartments and dormitories,
and (vii) the number of students who purchase books from
our bookstore.
We define enrollments for a particular time period as the number
of students registered in a course on the last day of classes
for each program within that financial reporting period. We
offer three 16-week semesters in a calendar year, with two
starts available per semester for our online students and for
students who typically take evening courses on-campus or onsite
at the facilities of their employer, whom we refer to as
professional studies ground students, and one start available
per semester for our traditional ground students. Enrollments
are a function of the number of continuing students at the
beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period,
which are offset by graduations, withdrawals, and inactive
students during the period.
40
Inactive students for a particular period include students who
are not registered in a class and, therefore, are not generating
net revenue for that period, but who have not withdrawn from
Grand Canyon University.
We believe that the principal factors that affect our
enrollments and net revenue are the number and breadth of the
programs we offer; the attractiveness of our program offerings
and learning experience, particularly for career-oriented adults
who are seeking pay increases or job opportunities that are
directly tied to higher educational attainment; the
effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention
efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our
enrollment counselors and other recruiting personnel; the
quality of our academic programs and student services; the
convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; the
availability and cost of federal and other funding for student
financial aid; the seasonality of our net revenue, which is
enrollment driven and is typically lowest in our second fiscal
quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter; and general
economic conditions, particularly as they might affect job
prospects in our core disciplines.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 (which included less than
100 students pursuing non-degree certificates in each
period) by degree type and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Masters degree
|
|
|
6,204
|
|
|
|
73.7
|
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
Bachelors degree
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
73.8
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84.7
|
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
For the
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740 block
tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between
12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an additional $645 per
credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A traditional
undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit
hours. The minimum number of credit hours required for a
masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies
by program, although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. We expect our new doctoral
program in education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09
academic year, to cost $770 per credit hour and require
approximately 60 credit hours.
Based on current tuition rates, tuition for a full program would
equate to approximately $15,000 for an online masters
program, approximately $47,000 for a full four-year online
bachelors program, and approximately $62,000 for a full
four-year bachelors program taken on our ground campus.
The tuition amounts referred to above assume no reductions for
transfer credits or scholarships, which many of our students
utilize to reduce their total program costs. The amount of
tuition received from our students for a full program is reduced
to the extent credits are transferred from other institutions.
Additionally, tuition may also be reduced by scholarships. For
the year ended December 31, 2007, we offered scholarships
with a total value of approximately $10.3 million. For the
year ended December 31, 2006, we offered scholarships with
a total value of approximately $8.2 million.
41
Tuition increases for students in our online and professional
studies ground programs range from 5.0% to 5.3% for our
2008-09
academic year as compared to 2.6% to 4.2% in the prior academic
year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not
in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market
conditions and differences in operating costs of individual
programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs increased
11.2% for our
2008-09
academic year, as compared to 16.0% for the prior academic year.
The larger increases for our traditional ground programs
generally reflect recovery from a significant decrease in ground
tuition rates that we implemented shortly after the 2004
acquisition in an effort to stabilize enrollments and revenues.
We derive a majority of our net revenue from tuition financed by
the Title IV programs. For the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximately 71.5% and 74.0%,
respectively, of our revenue (calculated on a cash basis in
accordance with Department of Education standards) were derived
from the Title IV programs. Our students also rely on
scholarships, personal savings, private loans, and employer
tuition reimbursements to pay a portion of their tuition and
related expenses. During fiscal 2007, payments derived from
private loans constituted approximately 5.0% of our cash
revenue. Third party lenders independently determine whether a
loan to a student is classified as subprime, and, based on these
determinations, payments derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue. Our future revenues
could be affected if and to the extent the Department of
Education restricts our participation in the Title IV
programs, as it did during the period between 2005 and 2007.
Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected
the environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans.
The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and
new federal legislation was recently enacted pursuant to which
the Department of Education is authorized to buy Title IV
loans and implement a lender of last resort program
in certain circumstances. See Risk Factors and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. We do not believe these market and
regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date, but we
cannot predict whether the new legislation will improve access
to Title IV funding or the impact of any of these
developments on future performance.
Costs
and Expenses
Instructional cost and services. Instructional
cost and services consist primarily of costs related to the
administration and delivery of our educational programs. This
expense category includes salaries and benefits for full-time
and adjunct faculty and administrative personnel, costs
associated with online faculty (whom we treat as independent
contractors in accordance with industry practice), information
technology costs, curriculum and new program development costs,
and costs associated with other support groups that provide
service directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services.
Classroom facilities are leased or, in some cases, are provided
by the students employers at no charge to us. We do not
expect to make substantial investments in our campus-based
instructional costs and services, which include our facilities
and our full-time and adjunct faculty, in the future as we
expect the mix of our student population to continue to shift
toward online students. Furthermore, we expect to leverage our
established support functions over a larger enrollment and
revenue base. As a result, we expect instructional costs and
services to decline as a percentage of net revenue without
compromising the quality of our programs.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of
students, as well as advertising costs associated with
purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and producing
marketing materials. Our selling and promotional expenses are
generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads,
the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts,
salaries, and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and
expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing
academic programs. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs
attributable to selling and promotional activities. Selling and
promotional costs are expensed as incurred. In 2007, as a result
of the removal of our growth restrictions in October 2006, we
more than tripled the number of our enrollment counselors in an
effort to increase our efforts to recruit and enroll prospective
students. We also leased new enrollment centers in Arizona and
Utah, and we intend to continue to increase the number of our
enrollment counselors in these centers to increase
42
enrollment and enhance student retention. We incur immediate
expenses in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors
while these individuals undergo training, and typically do not
achieve full productivity or generate enrollments from these
enrollment counselors until four to six months after their dates
of hire.
Selling and promotional costs also include revenue share
arrangements with related parties pursuant to which we pay a
percentage of the net revenue that we actually receive from
applicants recruited by those entities that matriculate at Grand
Canyon University. The related party bears all costs associated
with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid approximately
$2.8 million, $3.7 million, and $4.3 million,
respectively, pursuant to these arrangements. As we increase our
internal recruiting, marketing, and enrollment staff, we expect
this revenue share as a proportion of total revenue to decline.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human
resources, facilities, compliance, and other corporate
functions. General and administrative expenses also include bad
debt expense and an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent and occupancy costs attributable to general and
administrative functions.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our February 2004 acquisition of the assets of Grand Canyon
University by several of our current stockholders, we entered
into a royalty fee arrangement with the former owner in which we
agreed to pay a stated percentage of cash revenue generated by
our online programs. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, we expensed $1.6 million,
$2.7 million, and $3.8 million, respectively, in
connection with this arrangement. This arrangement has been
terminated, as discussed below.
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations
and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of
credit.
Factors
affecting comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have
had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the
comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Conversion to corporate status. On
August 24, 2005, we converted from a Delaware limited
liability company to a Delaware corporation pursuant to
Section 265 of the DGCL. As a limited liability company, we
were treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state
income tax purposes and, as such, we were not subject to
taxation. For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been
and will continue to be subject to
corporate-level U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Public company expenses. Upon
consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a
public company, and we intend to have our shares listed for
trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a result, we will need
to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did
not need to comply with as a private company, including certain
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC
regulations, and the requirements of Nasdaq. Compliance with the
requirements of being a public company will require us to
increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay
our employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in,
among other things, external reporting, instituting and
monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance
function, establishing and maintaining internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and preparing and distributing
periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under
the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company
will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual
public company costs will be between $3.0 million and
$4.0 million.
Settlement with former owner. To
resolve a dispute with our former owner arising from our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University and subsequent lease of
our campus, we entered into a standstill agreement in September
2007 pursuant to which we agreed with the former owner to stay
all pending legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In
accordance with the terms of the standstill agreement, we made
an initial non-refundable $3.0 million payment to the
former owner in October 2007 and received an option to pay an
additional $19.5 million to the former owner by
April 15, 2008, which additional amount would serve
43
as consideration for: (i) the satisfaction in full of all
past and future royalties due to the former owner under the
royalty agreement; (ii) the acquisition by us of a parcel
of real estate owned by the former owner on our campus;
(iii) the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to
which the former owner leased office space on our campus;
(iv) the assumption by us of all future payment obligations
in respect of certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; (v) the cancellation of a
warrant we issued to the former owner in the lease transaction;
and (vi) the satisfaction in full of a $1.25 million
loan made by the former owner to us in the lease transaction
(including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).
On April 15, 2008, we exercised our option and paid the
additional $19.5 million to the former owner. Most of the
amounts payable to the former owner under the royalty
arrangement in 2005, and all of the amounts payable in 2006 and
2007, were accrued and not paid due to the dispute. A portion of
the settlement payments will be treated as a prepaid royalty
asset that will be amortized over future periods and the
amortization expense will differ from the historical royalty
expense.
Management fees. In connection with an
August 2005 investment led by Endeavour Capital, we entered into
a professional services agreement with Endeavour Capitals
general partner. Concurrent with the closing of this offering,
the professional services agreement will terminate by its terms.
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we
incurred $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and
$0.3 million, respectively, in fees and expenses under this
agreement. In addition, through December 31, 2006, we were
party to two additional professional services agreements, one
with an entity affiliated with a former director and another
affiliated with a significant stockholder, both of which
terminated in accordance with their respective terms in 2006.
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we paid an
aggregate of $0.4 million and $0.7 million,
respectively, under these agreements. See Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions located elsewhere
in this prospectus for additional information.
Stock-based compensation. Prior to this
offering, we have not granted or issued any stock-based
compensation. Accordingly, we have not recognized any
stock-based compensation expense. In connection with this
offering, we intend to adopt and implement a stock incentive
plan pursuant to which we will grant equity to our directors,
officers, and employees. As a result, we expect to incur
non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses in 2008 and future
periods.
Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting
Overview. We have material weaknesses
in internal control over financial reporting. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, we identified matters involving our internal control
over financial reporting that constituted material weaknesses as
defined under the standards of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and caused us to conclude that
there was more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees
in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.
Material weaknesses. In March 2008, in
connection with the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007
financial statements, we identified errors regarding our
accounting for the following transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our formation in February 2004, an entity
owned in part by our chief executive officer and our general
counsel contributed certain intangible assets to us, and we
improperly recorded these contributed assets at our estimate of
their fair value value rather than at their carryover basis.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our acquisition of Grand Canyon University
from the former owner in February 2004, we improperly accounted
for a perpetual royalty arrangement between us and the former
owner as goodwill rather than as a current period expense.
Later, in connection with a settlement agreement we entered into
with the former owner in 2007 that provided for a termination of
this royalty arrangement, we improperly accounted for a partial
settlement payment as a current period expense rather than as a
prepaid royalty subject to amortization.
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our entry into a lease agreement for our
ground campus and buildings in June 2004, we improperly
accounted for the arrangement as an operating lease rather than
accounting for certain components of the lease as a capital
lease.
|
|
|
|
In 2004 and 2005, we failed to properly capitalize the issuance
of certain common stock and equity linked instruments to third
parties.
|
We believe the control deficiencies related to these errors
constitute material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. The material weakness related to our lack
of processes and controls that would ensure the proper recording
of assets, expenses, leases, and equity instruments in
accordance with GAAP. We have begun our remediation efforts,
which have included instituting certain controls and conducting
training of our accounting staff for purposes of enabling them
to recognize and properly account for transactions of the type
described above, and we believe that our actions in this regard
have strengthened our internal controls over financial
reporting. Although initiated, our plan to improve the
effectiveness of our internal controls and processes is not
complete. It will take some time to put in place all of the
rigorous disclosure controls and procedures desired by our
management and our board of directors. While we expect to
complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, doing
so depends on several factors beyond our control, including the
hiring of additional qualified personnel and, as a result, we
cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to complete
our remediation efforts. Our management will be conducting a
comprehensive review of our control environment and will revise
and enhance our controls based on that review. We cannot assure
you that the measures we have taken to date and plan to take
will remediate the material weaknesses we have identified. Our
current independent registered public accounting firm has not
evaluated the measures we have taken or plan to take in order to
address the material weaknesses described above.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our
estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Tuition revenue is
recognized monthly over the applicable period of instruction.
Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent
the excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received
as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of
operations and are reflected as current liabilities on our
balance sheet. Our educational programs have starting and ending
dates that differ from our fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the
end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of our revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. If a student withdraws
prior to the end of the third week of a semester, we refund all
or a portion of tuition already paid pursuant to our refund
policy, which generally results in a reduction in deferred
revenue and student deposits.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative
expense. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure, or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine
the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on an
analysis of our aging of our accounts receivable and historical
bad debt experience. We generally write off accounts receivable
balances deemed uncollectible on a regular basis.
45
However, we continue to reflect accounts receivable with
offsetting allowances as long as management believes there is a
reasonable possibility of collection. As a result, our allowance
for doubtful accounts has increased on an annual basis as bad
debt expense has exceeded amounts written off.
Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the
recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Income taxes. On August 24, 2005,
we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation.
For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been and will
continue to be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal
and state income taxes. We account for income taxes as
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (SFAS No. 109).
SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and
liability method to compute the differences between the tax
basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial
amounts using currently enacted tax laws. We have deferred tax
assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more
likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred
tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of
projected future taxable income offset by deferred tax
liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax
assets annually. Since becoming a taxable corporation, we have
not recorded any valuation allowances to date on our deferred
income tax assets.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional cost and services
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
|
41.5
|
|
|
|
37.1
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
24.0
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
105.7
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
|
|
|
93.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2006
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $99.3 million, an increase
of $27.2 million, or 37.7%, as compared to net revenue of
$72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to
a lesser extent, increases in tuition rates, including a 2.6 to
4.2% tuition increase for students in our online programs that
took effect in May 2007, partially offset by an increase in
institutional scholarships. End-of-period enrollment increased
38.4% in 2007
46
compared to 2006, as we were able to continue our growth and
increase our recruitment, marketing, and enrollment operations
following the elimination of the Department of Educations
growth restrictions in October 2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $36.9 million, an increase of
$6.9 million, or 23.2%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $29.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments and
the addition of certain academic support services, such as the
establishment of our Office of Assessment and Institutional
Research. Our instructional cost and services expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 4.4% to 37.1% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 41.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online programs
and our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost structure
of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty across an
increasing revenue base.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2007 were $33.5 million, an increase of $14.1 million,
or 73.0%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was driven by a substantial expansion in our
marketing efforts following the removal of our growth
restrictions by the Department of Education, which resulted in
an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing,
the opening of new enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah,
and expenses related to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our
selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue
increased by 6.9% to 33.7% for the year ended December 31,
2007, from 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This
increase occurred as a result of a significant increase in the
number of our enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students and also increased marketing and
retention staffing. In this regard, we incur immediate expenses
in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment
counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $18.4 million, an increase of
$3.1 million, or 20.0%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $15.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Bad debt expense increased to
$3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as a
result of a proportional increase in net revenue. The general
and administrative expense increase was also attributable to
expenditures made to continue to support the growth of our
business. Our general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 2.8% to 18.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, from 21.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 of $3.8 million, an increase of
$1.1 million, or 41.2%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Our royalty expense as a percentage of
net revenue remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, increasing to 3.8% from 3.7%.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $3.1 million, an
increase of $0.2 million, or 5.5%, from $2.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to a higher
average level of borrowings in 2007.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 million, an increase
of $0.3 million, or 28.5%, from $0.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of increased
levels of cash and cash equivalents, offset by slightly lower
interest rates.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.9 million, an
increase of $0.8 million, or 63.8%, from $1.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase
47
was primarily attributable to increased income before income
taxes, partially offset by a slight decrease in our effective
income tax rate to 39.3% from 41.8%.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million, an increase of
$1.3 million, or 81.2%, as compared to net income of
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due
to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $72.1 million, an increase
of $20.3 million, or 39.2%, as compared to net revenue of
$51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment,
increases in tuition rates, including a 8.3% to 12.5% tuition
increase for students in our online programs that took effect in
May 2006, and reduced levels of institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 26.6% in 2006 compared to
2005, as a result of improved productivity in our recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment operations and the launch of many of
our ground programs in an online delivery format, as limited by
the growth restrictions imposed by the Department of Education,
which were eliminated in October 2006.
Instruction cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $29.9 million, an increase of
$2.9 million, or 11.0%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $27.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our
instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of net
revenue decreased by 10.6% to 41.5% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 52.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This decrease in 2006 was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online
programs, our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost
structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, and more efficient course
scheduling and faculty utilization.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2006 were $19.4 million, an increase of $5.6 million,
or 40.7%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. As
a percentage of net revenue, our selling and promotional
expenses remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, increasing to 26.8% from 26.6%.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $15.3 million, an increase of
$2.9 million, or 23.4%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $12.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. Bad debt expense increased to
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from
$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 due
to an increase in net revenue and managements assessment
of our rapidly growing student base and changes in payment
trends. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of net revenue decreased by 2.7% to 21.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, from 24.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with our former owner, we incurred
royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 of
$2.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 65.4%,
as compared to royalty expenses incurred of $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our royalty expense
as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.6% to 3.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, from 3.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. These increases were attributable to the
increase in our net revenue derived from our online programs,
which grew at a faster rate than other revenue sources.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.9 million, a
decrease of $0.1 million, or 3.5%, from $3.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was
primarily due to a lower average level of borrowings in 2006.
48
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, an increase
of $0.6 million, from $0.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as a result of increased levels of cash
and cash equivalents earning interest.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax
expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
$1.2 million, an increase of $3.1 million from income
tax benefit of $1.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable
to our net income before income taxes and a change in our
effective income tax rate to 41.8% from 33.2%.
Net income (loss). Our net income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $1.7 million, an increase
of $5.5 million as compared to net loss of
$3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 due
to the factors discussed above.
Seasonality
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment. Student population varies as a result
of new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A
portion of our on-campus ground students do not attend courses
during the summer months, which historically has impacted our
second quarter and third quarter financial results. As we
increase the relative proportion of our online students, we
expect this summer effect to lessen. Partially offsetting this
summer effect in the third quarter has been the sequential
quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result
of the traditional Fall school start. This increase in
enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter,
corresponding to calendar year matriculation. In addition, we
typically experience higher net revenue in the fourth quarter
due to its overlap with the semester encompassing the
traditional Fall school start and in the first quarter due to
its overlap with the first semester of the calendar year. A
portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with
fluctuations in net revenue, resulting in higher operating
income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other
quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity. We financed our operating
activities and capital expenditures during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 primarily through cash
provided by operating activities and several private placements
of securities. Our unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and
marketable securities were $14.4 million and
$23.2 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007,
respectively.
During 2007, we entered into a line of credit arrangement with a
bank for $6.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, the
entire $6.0 million was drawn. We repaid this line in full
in February 2008 and we terminated the facility in May 2008.
A significant portion of our net revenue is derived from tuition
financed by the Title IV programs. Federal regulations
dictate the timing of disbursements under the Title IV
programs. Students must apply for new loans and grants each
academic year, which starts July 1 for Title IV purposes.
Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in multiple
disbursements for each academic year. The disbursements are
usually received by the start of the second week of the
semester. These factors, together with the timing of our
students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash
flow. We believe we have a favorable working capital profile as
these Title IV funds and a significant portion of other tuition
and fees are typically received by the start of the second week
of a semester and the revenue is recognized and the related
expenses are incurred over the duration of the semester, which
reduces the impact of the growth in our accounts receivables
associated with our enrollment growth.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital
expenditures and working capital requirements for the
foreseeable future.
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007
was $7.1 million. Our operating cash flows were affected by
our dispute with our former owner; as previously
49
discussed, during 2007 we accrued $3.8 million of royalties
payable to our former owner and funded a $3.0 million
deposit in connection with a preliminary settlement of that
dispute with our former owner. Our tax payments exceeded our tax
expense as our $5.0 million of income taxes paid
represented a majority of our 2006 and 2007 tax obligations.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million. As previously
discussed, we accrued $2.7 million of royalties payable to
our former owner during fiscal year 2007. Our tax expense
exceeded our income taxes paid as a significant portion of our
income tax payable for fiscal year 2006 was paid in early 2007.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was $7.0 million which was primarily
driven by our net loss. During the period, we accrued
$1.0 million of royalties payable to our former owner.
Investing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) investing activities was ($10.0) million,
$6.7 million and ($7.6) million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. Our cash
used in investing activities is primarily related to the
purchase of property, plant, and equipment and leasehold
improvements. In 2005, we purchased $9.2 million of investments
related to a letter of credit required by the Department of
Education and associated with our growth restrictions. This
letter of credit was released in 2006, resulting in investment
proceeds of $9.0 million. Capital expenditures were
$0.8 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007,
respectively. A majority of our historical capital expenditures
are related to our ground campus in Phoenix, Arizona. Our online
business does not require significant capital expenditures and
we expect capital expenditures to represent a decreasing
percentage of net revenue in the future. However, we will
continue to invest in computer equipment and office furniture
and fixtures to support our increasing employee headcounts.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) financing activities was $16.0 million,
($1.7) million, and $9.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. During
these periods, principal payments on notes payable and capital
lease obligations were offset by private placements of
securities by our stockholders and amounts drawn on our line of
credit.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the
periods presented (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long term
debt(1)
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
Capital lease
obligations(1)
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Tenant improvement
obligations(1)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(2)
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
87.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
14.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 7 to our financial statements for a discussion of
our long term debt and capital lease obligations. |
|
(2) |
|
See Note 8 to our financial statements for a discussion of
our operating lease obligations. |
The foregoing obligations exclude potential royalty payments to
Blanchard Education, LLC under our license agreement, the
amounts of which are contingent on tuition revenue from certain
of our business programs.
50
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a material current or future
effect on our financial condition, changes in financial
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.
Impact of
Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, or 2007. There can be no assurance that future
inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating
results and financial condition.
Non-GAAP Discussion
In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a
supplemental measure of our operating performance and as part of
our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not required
by or presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or
any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP,
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed above and in Note 2 to
our financial statements included with this prospectus and
(ii) management fees that are no longer paid or that will
no longer be payable following completion of this offering.
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA allows us to compare our
current operating results with corresponding historical periods
and with the operational performance of other companies in our
industry because it does not give effect to potential
differences caused by variations in capital structures
(affecting relative interest expense, including the impact of
write-offs of deferred financing costs when companies refinance
their indebtedness), tax positions (such as the impact on
periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net
operating losses), the book amortization of intangibles
(affecting relative amortization expense), and other items that
we do not consider reflective of underlying operating
performance. We also present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe
it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and
other interested parties as a measure of performance.
In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the
future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments
described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine, or
non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a
substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Some of these limitations are that it does reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital
requirements;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service
interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the cost or cash required to replace assets that are being
depreciated or amortized; and
|
|
|
|
the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges
resulting from (i) royalties to our prior owner, including
amortization of royalties prepaid in connection with our
settlement, or (ii) management fees that were payable until
completion of this offering.
|
In addition, other companies, including other companies in our
industry, may calculate these measures differently than we do,
limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative
measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should
not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating
income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance
with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating
activities or as a measure of our liquidity. We compensate for
these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and
using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. For more information,
see our financial statements and the notes to those statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. |
|
|
|
See Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder following their investment in us. The
agreements relating to these arrangements have all terminated or
will terminate by their terms upon the closing of this offering.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. |
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk
Market risk. We have no derivative financial
instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash
in excess of current operating requirements in short term
certificates of deposit and money market instruments.
Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate
risk by investing excess funds in cash equivalents and
marketable securities bearing variable interest rates, which are
tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may
fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or
we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell
securities that have declined in market value due to changes in
interest rates. At December 31, 2007, a 10% increase or
decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on
our
52
future earnings, fair values, or cash flows. All of our notes
payable and capital lease obligations are fixed rate instruments
and are not subject to fluctuations in interest rates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). This interpretation, among other
things, creates a two step approach for evaluating uncertain tax
positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise
concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical
merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of
benefit that more-likely-than-not will be realized upon
settlement. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously
recognized would occur when a company subsequently determines
that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not
threshold of being sustained. FIN 48 specifically prohibits
the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for
derecognition of tax positions, and it has expanded disclosures.
We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2008, and we do not
expect adoption to have a material impact on our financial
statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157) which provides enhanced
guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.
SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition of fair
value, provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP
and expands disclosure requirements about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. We do not believe that the adoption of
SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our
financial position or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative - effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of
SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact
on our financial position or results of operations.
53
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
14,750 students at the end of 2007, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 49%. At the end of 2007, 85%
of our students were enrolled in our online programs and 62% of
our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to the U.S. Department of
Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
these disciplines ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, has estimated that these fields comprised
over 40 million jobs in 2006, many of which require
postsecondary education credentials. Furthermore, the BLS has
projected that the education, business, and healthcare fields
will generate approximately six million new jobs between 2006
and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of December 31, 2007,
approximately 93% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at the end of 2007 was approximately 14,750,
representing a 38.4% increase over the prior year. Our net
revenue and operating income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $99.3 million and
$6.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 37.7%
and 41.3%, respectively, over the prior year. We believe our
growth is the result of a combination of factors, including our:
|
|
|
|
|
focus on our core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare;
|
|
|
|
convenient and flexible online delivery platform targeted at
working adults;
|
|
|
|
innovative marketing, recruitment, and retention
approach; and
|
|
|
|
expanding portfolio of academically rigorous, career-oriented
program offerings.
|
We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that reinforces
our reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented educational programs that advance the careers of
our students. As part of our efforts to ensure that our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills that will
enable them to succeed following graduation, we have established
an Office of Assessment and Institutional Research to monitor
student and faculty performance and improve student satisfaction.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission and its predecessor since 1968, and we were
reaccredited in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. We are
regulated by the Department of Education as a result of our
participation in the federal student financial aid programs
authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, and, at
the state level, we are licensed to operate and offer our
programs by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. In addition, we have specialized accreditations for
certain programs from the Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education, and the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic
Training Education. We
54
believe that our institution-wide state authorization and
regional accreditation, together with these specialized
accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs, enhance
their marketability, and improve the employability of our
graduates.
History
Grand Canyon College was founded in Prescott, Arizona in 1949 as
a traditional, private, non-profit college and moved to its
existing campus in Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. Established as a
Baptist-affiliated institution with a strong emphasis on
religious studies, the school initially focused on offering
bachelors degree programs in education. Over the years,
the school expanded its curricula to include programs in the
sciences, nursing, business, music, and arts. The college
obtained regional accreditation in 1968 from the Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools, the predecessor to the Higher Learning
Commission, and began offering nursing programs in the 1970s and
masters degree programs in education and business in the
1980s. In 1989, it achieved university status and became Grand
Canyon University. The university introduced its first distance
learning programs in 1997, and launched its first online
programs in 2003 in business and education. In early 2000, it
discontinued its Baptist affiliation and became a
non-denominational Christian university.
In late 2003, the schools Board of Trustees initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted its operations to a for-profit institution.
In May 2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements. In its review, the
Department of Education concluded that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility and identified other
concerns about our administrative capability. As a result, the
Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system. At this time, our lead institutional
investor, Endeavour Capital, invested in us and provided the
capital to support the letter of credit requirement as well as
other working capital needs. In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire. In
2007, the Department of Education eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method.
Since February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management
team, expanded our online platform, increased our program
offerings, and initiated a marketing and branding effort to
further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We
have also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe these investments, combined with
our management expertise, provide a platform that will support
continued enrollment and revenue growth. Many of our ground
programs continue to include Christian study requirements. While
our online programs do not have such requirements, many include
ethics requirements and offer religious courses as electives.
Industry
Postsecondary education. The United States
market for postsecondary education represents a large and
growing opportunity. According to the NCES, total revenue for
all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over
$385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, the number of students enrolled in
postsecondary institutions was projected to be approximately
18.0 million in 2007 and the number was projected to grow
to 18.8 million by 2010. We believe that future growth in
this market will be driven, in part, by an increasing number of
job openings in occupations that require bachelors or
masters degrees. The BLS has projected the number of such
jobs to grow approximately 17% and 19%, respectively, between
2006 and 2016, or nearly double the growth rate the BLS projects
for occupations that do not require postsecondary degrees.
Moreover, individuals with a postsecondary degree are able to
obtain a significant wage premium relative to individuals
without a degree. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, in
2006, the median income for individuals age 25 years
or older with a bachelors or masters degree was
approximately 70% or 103% higher, respectively, than for a high
school graduate of the same age with no college education.
55
According to the NCES, as of 2007 71% of adults
age 25 years or older did not possess a
bachelors or higher degree. The NCES estimates that, as of
2005, adults age 25 years or older represented 39% of
total U.S. postsecondary enrollments, or approximately
6.8 million students. We believe many of these students are
pursuing a postsecondary degree while employed in order to
increase their compensation or enhance their opportunities for
career advancement, often with their current employer. We
further believe that working adult students represent an
attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally. We expect that adults
age 25 years or older will continue to represent a
large and growing segment of the postsecondary education market.
Online postsecondary education. The market for
online postsecondary education is growing more rapidly than the
overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by Eduventures, LLC.,
an education consulting and research firm, projected that from
2002 to 2007 enrollment in online postsecondary programs
increased from approximately 0.5 million to approximately
1.8 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 30.4%. In comparison, the NCES projected a
compound annual growth rate of 1.6% in enrollment in
postsecondary programs overall during the same period. We
believe this growth has been driven by a number of factors,
including the greater convenience and flexibility of online
programs as compared to ground-based programs and the increased
acceptance of online programs among academics and employers.
According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a trade
group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Education, business, and healthcare. The
education, business, and healthcare sectors represent a large
and growing market for postsecondary education. According to the
NCES, these fields ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. We believe the popularity of these fields is driven
by the number and growth of employment opportunities. According
to the BLS, in 2006 these three fields employed more than
40 million people in jobs that often require a
postsecondary degree. Furthermore, the BLS has projected that
these sectors will generate approximately six million
incremental jobs between 2006 and 2016, not including job
openings resulting from natural attrition. We believe there is a
significant opportunity for education providers that focus on
offering students a career-focused education in sectors of the
workforce with strong job prospects, particularly where demand
for employees is growing but supply is limited. In a 2007
report, the BLS stated that:
|
|
|
|
|
Education services was the second largest industry in the United
States and accounted for approximately 13 million jobs.
Nearly half of these jobs were teaching positions that require
at least a bachelors degree, and some required a
masters or doctoral degree. The BLS projected that job
openings in the education services sector will grow by
1.4 million between 2006 and 2016 as a result of overall
population growth and a nationwide focus on improving education
and access to education.
|
|
|
|
Management, business, and financial occupations comprised
15 million jobs across all industries. The BLS projected
that job opportunities in this field will grow 10% between 2006
and 2016, adding a total of 1.6 million jobs during that
period.
|
|
|
|
Healthcare was the largest industry in the United States,
accounting for approximately 14 million jobs and
encompassing seven of the 20 fastest growing occupations. The
BLS projected that employment growth in the healthcare sector
will increase by 3.0 million jobs between 2006 and 2016
principally due to increased demand for healthcare services as a
result of growth in the population in older age groups, rising
life expectancy, and advances in medical technology.
|
56
Competitive
Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us
from our competitors:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare, which, according to the NCES, ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We offer our students career-oriented, academically
rigorous educational programs, supported by specialized courses
within their select disciplines, which enable them to advance
their career prospects in these sectors. We seek to leverage our
historical presence in these disciplines with key branding
relationships, such as our relationship with business author and
industry leader Ken Blanchard, to differentiate our reputation
in the market place. We believe our focused approach enables us
to develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment. We believe that working adults are
attracted to the convenience and flexibility of our online
delivery platform because they can study and interact with
faculty and classmates during times that suit their schedules.
We also believe that working adults represent an attractive
student population because they are better able to finance their
education, more readily recognize the benefits of a
postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and completion
rates than students generally. At December 31, 2007,
approximately 69% of our online students were enrolled in
graduate degree programs.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We utilize Internet
marketing, seminar and event-based marketing, referrals, and
employer relationships to reach our targeted students. We
provide our enrollment counselors, who serve as our primary
contact with prospective students during the recruitment
process, with career advancement opportunities that promote
longevity and an entrepreneurial drive. We believe that our
enrollment counselors help project a consistent message
regarding our programs and increase the success rate of
converting leads to new enrollments. Finally, we have
implemented a detailed process for recruiting, enrolling, and
retaining new students through which we proactively provide
support to students at key points during their consideration of,
and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to enhance the
probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields. We continually review and
assess our programs and faculty to ensure that our programs
provide the knowledge and skills that lead to successful student
outcomes. We provide extensive student support services,
including administrative, library, career, and technology
support services, to help maximize the success of our students.
Our Office of Assessment and Institutional Research manages our
efforts to track student and faculty performance by monitoring
student outcomes and developing transparent, measurable
outcomes-based education programs.
Complementary online capabilities and campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among students and employers.
Our online students benefit from our flexible, interactive
online platform, which we believe offers a highly effective
delivery medium for our programs, yet are enrolled in a
university with a traditional campus, faculty, facilities, and
athletic programs. We require our online faculty to undergo
training in the delivery of online programs before teaching
their initial course, while our full-time ground faculty help
maintain the consistency and quality of our online programs by
supervising and conducting peer reviews of our online faculty,
and participating as subject matter experts in the development
of our online curricula. Our campus also offers our ground
students, faculty, and staff an opportunity to participate in a
traditional college experience.
57
Experienced management team with strong operating
track-record. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in educational services businesses,
specifically in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings. Our chief executive officer,
Brent Richardson, and our chief operating officer, John
Crowley, have each worked in the education services sector for
more than 20 years and have extensive experience in content
development and prospective student identification and
recruitment. Dr. Kathy Player, our provost and chief
academic officer, has been with Grand Canyon University for
10 years, has played a key role in developing our
reputation for academic rigor and quality, and has been
instrumental in developing our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
continue to increase enrollment in our three core disciplines by
identifying, enrolling, and retaining students seeking careers
in the education, business, and healthcare fields. We believe,
due to the depth of the market in our core disciplines, that our
existing programs, some of which were only recently launched,
provide ample opportunity for growth. Our three core disciplines
serve markets that currently comprise over 40 million jobs,
many of which require postsecondary education, and the BLS has
projected that these sectors will continue to grow. In 2007, we
increased the number of our enrollment counselors by 217 to
increase our efforts to enroll prospective students in these
fields. We intend to continue to increase the number of our
enrollment counselors and our marketing personnel, and to
provide these individuals with the training and resources
necessary to effectively and efficiently drive enrollment growth
and student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007, including the Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
program, and intend to launch a total of 12 new online programs
in 2008. We recently received approval to launch our first
doctoral degree program, a Doctorate of Education in
Organizational Leadership. Our new program offerings typically
build on existing programs and incorporate additional
specialized courses, which offers our students the opportunity
to pursue programs that address their specific educational
objectives while allowing us to expand our program offerings
with only modest incremental investment. We also seek to add new
programs in additional targeted disciplines, such as our
recently launched programs in psychology and digital media.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings. In our marketing
efforts, we emphasize the academic rigor and career orientation
of our programs. We seek to promote our brand by establishing
relationships with industry leaders, such as Ken Blanchard, who
have recognizable identities with potential students and further
validate the quality and relevance of our program offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we can market our
offerings to their employees. As evidence of our success in
these initiatives to date, in 2007, we taught courses at
29 hospitals and had direct billing arrangements with 23
employers covering programs being pursued by over 1,000 of their
employees. We recently established a national account sales
team, consisting of professionals with significant sales and
marketing experience, that seeks to develop strategic
relationships on a regional, national, and international basis
across a wide range of employers. These relationships provide
leads for our programs, build our recognition among employers in
our core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment.
58
Our current infrastructure is capable of supporting a
significantly larger number of enrollment counselors, and we
intend to expand this group in order to continue to drive
enrollment growth. We implemented a new learning management
system in 2007 to better serve the demands of our growing
student population and have expanded our student and technology
support capabilities to support a larger student base. We have
also invested in administrative and management personnel and
systems to prepare for our anticipated growth. We intend to
leverage our historical investments as we increase our
enrollment, which we believe will allow us to increase our
operating margins over time.
Our
Approach to Academic Quality
Some of the key elements that we focus on to promote a high
level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
|
|
Academically rigorous, career oriented
curricula. We create academically rigorous
curricula that are designed to enable all students to gain the
foundational knowledge, professional competencies, and
demonstrable skills required to be successful in their chosen
fields. Our curriculum is designed and delivered by faculty that
are committed to delivering a high quality, rigorous education.
We design our curricula to address specific career-oriented
objectives that we believe working adult students in the
disciplines we serve are seeking. Through this combination, we
believe that we produce graduates that can compete and become
leaders in their chosen fields.
|
|
|
|
Qualified faculty. We demonstrate our
commitment to high quality education by hiring and contracting
qualified faculty with relevant practical experience.
Substantially all of our current faculty members hold at least a
masters degree in their respective field and approximately
30% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. Many of our
faculty members are able to integrate relevant, practical
experiences from their professional careers into the courses
they teach. We invest in the professional development of our
faculty members by providing training in ground and online
teaching techniques, hosting events and discussion forums that
foster sharing of best practices, and continually assessing
teaching effectiveness through peer reviews and student
evaluations.
|
|
|
|
Standardized course design. We employ a
standardized curriculum development process to ensure a
consistent learning experience with frequent faculty-student
interaction in our courses. We thereafter continuously review
our programs in an effort to ensure that they remain consistent,
up-to-date,
and effective in producing the desired learning outcomes. We
also regularly review student surveys to identify opportunities
for course modifications and upgrades.
|
|
|
|
Effective student services. We establish teams
comprised of academic and administrative personnel that act as
the primary support contact point for each of our students,
beginning at the application stage and continuing through
graduation. In recent years, we have also concentrated on
improving the technology used to support student learning,
including enhancing our online learning platform and further
improving student services through the implementation of online
interfaces. As a result, many of our support services, including
academic, administrative, library, and career services, are
accessible online, generally allowing users to access these
services at a time and in a manner that is generally convenient
to them.
|
|
|
|
Continual academic oversight. We have
centralized the academic oversight and assessment functions for
all of our programs through our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research, which continuously evaluates the
academic content, delivery method, faculty performance, and
desired learning outcomes for each of our programs. We
continuously assess outcomes data to determine whether our
students graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills
that are necessary to succeed in the workplace. The Office and
Assessment and Institutional Research also initiates and manages
periodic examinations of our curricula by internal and external
reviewers to evaluate and verify program quality and workplace
applicability. Based on these processes and student feedback, we
determine whether to modify or discontinue programs that do not
meet our standards or market needs, or to create new programs.
The Office and Assessment and Institutional Research also
oversees regular reviews of our programs conducted by
accrediting commissions.
|
59
We also offer, for both our online and ground programs, the
following features in an effort to enrich the academic
experience of current and prospective students:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexibility in program delivery. We also seek
to meet market demands by providing students with the
flexibility to take courses exclusively online or to combine
online coursework with various campus and onsite options. For
example, based on market demand, particularly in connection with
our nursing programs, we have established satellite locations at
multiple hospitals that allow nursing students to take clinical
courses onsite while completing other course work online. We
have established similar onsite arrangements with other major
employers, including schools and school districts through which
students can pursue student teaching opportunities. This
flexibility raises our profile among employers, encourages
students to take and complete courses and eliminates
inconveniences that tend to lessen student persistence.
|
|
|
|
Small class size. Over 90% of our online and
ground classes had 25 or fewer students, with no classes
exceeding 40 students. These class sizes provide each student
with the opportunity to interact directly with course faculty
and to receive individualized feedback and attention while also
affording our faculty with the opportunity to engage proactively
with a manageable number of students. We believe this
interaction enhances the academic quality of our programs by
promoting opportunities for students to participate actively and
thus build the requisite knowledge, competencies, and skills.
|
Accreditation
and Program Approvals
We believe that the quality of our academic programs is
evidenced by the college- and program-specific accreditations
and approvals that we have pursued and obtained. Grand Canyon
University has been continually accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor since 1968, obtaining
its most recent
ten-year
reaccreditation in 2007. We are licensed in Arizona by the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, we have obtained the following specialized
accreditations and approvals for our core program offerings:
|
|
|
|
|
College
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program Approvals
|
|
Current Period
|
|
College of Education
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Education
approves our College of Education to offer Institutional
Recommendations for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators.
|
|
2006 - 2008*
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs accredits our Master of Business
Administration degree program and our Bachelor of Science degree
programs in Accounting, Business Administration, and Marketing.
|
|
2007 - 2017
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education accredits our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing
and Master of Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Nursing
approves our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing and Master of
Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of
Athletic Training Education accredits our Athletic Training
Program.
|
|
2002 - 2008*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
We have had our site visits related
to the renewal of this specialized accreditation or program
approval and are not aware of any factors that could cause this
specialized accreditation or program approval not to be renewed
in the ordinary course.
|
60
Our regional accreditation with the Higher Learning Commission,
and our specialized accreditations and approvals for our core
programs, reflect the quality of, and standards we set for, our
programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the
employability of our graduates.
Curricula
We offer the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of
Education, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science,
Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science and a variety of
programs leading to each of these degrees. Many of our degree
programs also offer the opportunity to obtain one or more
emphases. We require students to take a minimum of three
designated courses to achieve a given emphasis. We also offer
certificate programs, which consist of a series of courses
focused on a particular area of study, for students who seek to
enhance their skills and knowledge. In addition, we recently
were approved to offer our first doctoral program in education,
which will begin in 2008.
We offer our academic programs through our four distinct
colleges:
|
|
|
|
|
the College of Education, which has a nearly
60-year
history as one of Arizonas leading teachers colleges
and consistently graduates teachers who meet or exceed state
averages on the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessment exams;
|
|
|
|
the Ken Blanchard College of Business, which has a well-known
brand among our target student population, an advisory board
that includes nationally recognized business leaders, and a
reputation for offering career-oriented degree programs,
including an Executive MBA and programs in leadership,
innovation, and entrepreneurship;
|
|
|
|
the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, which has a strong
reputation within the Arizona healthcare community and is the
second largest nursing program in Arizona; and
|
|
|
|
the College of Liberal Arts, which develops and provides many of
the general education course requirements in our other colleges
and also serves as one of the vehicles through which we offer
programs in additional targeted disciplines.
|
61
Under the overall leadership of our provost and chief academic
officer, our senior academic affairs personnel, and the deans of
the individual colleges, each of the colleges organizes its
academic programs through various departments and schools. At
December 31, 2007, we offered 82 academic degree programs
and emphases, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Education
|
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Arts in Teaching
|
|
|
|
Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Education
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Education Administration
Institutional Recommendation (IR)
Education Administration
Organizational Leadership
Education Administration
School Leadership
Elementary Education IR
Elementary Education Non-IR
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading
Curriculum and Instruction:
Technology
Secondary Education IR
Secondary Education Non-IR
Special Education for Certified Special
Educators
Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Languages
Special Education IR
Special Education Non-IR
School Counseling K-12*
Elementary/Special Education*
Elementary Education Early
Childhood Education
Elementary Education
English
Elementary Education
Math
Elementary Education
Science
Secondary Education
Biology*
Secondary Education
Business Education
and Technology
Secondary Education
Chemistry*
Secondary Education
Mathematics
Secondary Education
Social Studies
Secondary Education
Physical Education
|
|
Master of Business Administration
Master of Science
Bachelor of Science
|
|
General Management
Health Systems Management
Leadership
Management of Information Systems
Marketing
Six Sigma
Leadership Leadership Disaster Preparedness Crisis Management Executive Fire Leadership
Accounting Business Administration Business Administration Healthcare Management Business
Administration Management of Information Systems Marketing Applied Management Accounting Finance Entrepreneurial Studies Public Safety Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
English for Secondary Teachers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
College of Liberal Arts
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Science Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner*
Nursing Leadership in Healthcare
Systems
Clinical Nurse Specialist*
Clinical Nurse Specialist (Education
Focus)*
Nursing Education
Biology Basic Science*
Biology Pre-Medicine*
Biology Pre-Pharmacy*
Biology Pre-Physician
Assistant*
Biology Pre-Physical Therapy*
Biology Pre-Occupational
Therapy*
Biology Pre-Veterinary*
Health Science: Professional Development
and Advanced Patient Care
Medical Imaging Sciences
Athletic Training*
Corporate Fitness and Wellness*
|
|
Bachelor of Arts in History*
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
Justice Studies*
Psychology
Sociology*
Communications Digital Media*
Communications Graphic Design*
Communications Public
Relations*
English Literature*
Interdisciplinary Studies
Communication
Christian Leadership
Intercultural Studies
Christian Studies
Biblical/Theological Studies
Christian Studies Pastoral
Ministry
Christian Studies Worship
Ministry
Christian Studies Youth
Ministry
Christian Leadership
|
|
|
Physical Education*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recreation*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate Minors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Coaching*
Behavioral Sciences* Business
Critical Thinking and Expression*
Exercise Science* Family Studies Health Education* History*
|
|
Justice Studies*
Physical Education*
Political Science*
Psychology*
Recreation*
Social Sciences*
Sociology*
Spanish*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
We have established relationships with health care systems,
school districts, emergency services providers, and other
employers through which we offer programs onsite to provide
flexibility and convenience to students and their employers. For
example, for our nursing programs, we offer clinical courses
onsite at hospitals and other healthcare centers with which we
have relationships, and also arrange to allow these students to
complete their clinical work onsite. We refer to students
attending a program with us through such relationships as
professional studies ground students.
We offer our programs through three 16-week semesters in a
calender year, with two starts available per semester for our
online students and our professional studies ground students and
one start available per semester for our traditional ground
students. During each semester, classes may last for five,
eight, or 16 weeks. Depending on the program, students generally
enroll in one to three courses per semester. We require online
students to complete two courses of three credits hours each
during a 16-week semester, with each student concentrating on
one course during each eight-week period. While there is no
explicit requirement, we communicate to our online students our
expectation that they access their online student classroom at
least four times each week in order to maintain an active
dialogue with their professors and classmates. Our online
programs provide a digital record of student interactions for
the course instructor to assess students levels of
engagement and demonstration of required competencies.
New
Program Development
We typically identify a potential new degree program or emphasis
area through market demand or from proposals developed by
faculty, staff, students, alumni, or partners, and then perform
an analysis of the development cost and the long-term demand for
the program. If, following this analysis, we decide to proceed
63
with the program, our Curriculum Design and Development Team
designates a subject matter expert who works with other faculty
and our curriculum development personnel to design a program
that is consistent with our academically rigorous,
career-oriented program standards. The program is then reviewed
by the dean of the applicable college, the Academic Affairs
Committee, and our provost and chief academic officer and,
finally, presented for approval to our Program Standards and
Evaluation Committee. Upon approval, the subject matter expert
develops a course syllabus and our Marketing Department creates
a marketing plan to publicize the new program. Our average
program development process is six months from proposal to
course introduction. The development process is typically longer
if we are expanding into a new field or offering a new type of
degree.
Assessment
In 2007, we established our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research to serve as our central resource for
assessing and continually improving our curricula, student
satisfaction and learning outcomes, and overall institutional
effectiveness. Among other things, the assessment team reviews
student course satisfaction surveys, analyzes archived student
assignments to assess whether a given program is developing
students foundational knowledge, professional
competencies, and skills to achieve the expected learning
outcomes, supervises and analyzes faculty peer reviews, and
monitors program enrollment and retention data. Based on this
data and the conclusions of the assessment team, we modify
programs as necessary to meet our student satisfaction and
educational development standards and make recommendations as to
adding or modifying programs.
Faculty
Our faculty includes full-time, ground-based faculty who teach
under a nine-month or twelve-month teaching contract, as well as
adjunct ground-based faculty and online faculty who we contract
to teach on a
course-by-course
basis for a specified fee. As of December 31, 2007, we
employed 370 ground-based faculty members, of which 54 were
full-time and 316 were part-time adjuncts, and maintained a pool
of over 1,000 online faculty members, all of whom had completed
our required training and 735 of which taught at least one
course during 2007. Substantially all of our current faculty
members hold at least a masters degree in their respective
field and approximately 30% of our faculty members hold a
doctoral degree. On occasion, we engage a limited number of
faculty members who may not hold a graduate degree, but who
evidence significant professional experience and achievement in
their respective subject areas.
We establish full-time, adjunct and online positions based on
program and course enrollment. As enrollment increases, we
expect to continue to increase our online faculty pool. We
manage faculty workload by limiting our faculty to a maximum of
four courses per semester and by restricting the number of
students per class.
We attract faculty through referrals by current faculty members
and advertisements in education and trade association journals,
as well as from direct inquiries through our website. We require
each new online faculty member to complete an online orientation
and training program that leads to certification and assignment.
We believe that potential faculty members are attracted to us
because of the opportunity to teach academically rigorous,
career-oriented material to motivated working adult students.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our
success, particularly because faculty members have more
interaction with our students than any other university
employee. Accordingly, we regularly review the performance of
our faculty, including by engaging our full-time ground faculty
and other specialists to conduct peer reviews of our online
faculty, monitoring the amount of contact that faculty have with
students in our online programs, reviewing student feedback, and
evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students. If we
determine that a faculty member is not performing at the level
that we require, we work with the faculty member to improve
performance, including by assigning him or her a mentor or
through other means. If the faculty members performance
does not improve, we terminate the faculty members
contract or employment.
Student
Support Services
Encouraging students that enter Grand Canyon University to
complete their degree programs is critical to the success of our
business. We focus on developing and providing resources that
support the student educational experience, simplify the student
enrollment process, acclimate students to our programs and our
64
online environment, and track student performance toward degree
completion. Many of our support services, including academic,
administrative, and library services, are accessible online and
are available to our online and ground students, allowing users
to access these services at a time and in a manner that is
generally convenient to them. The student support services we
provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a
variety of services designed to support their academic studies.
Our Center for Academic and Professional Success offers new
student orientation, academic advising, technical support,
research services, writing services, and other tutoring to all
our online and campus students.
Administrative services. We provide students
with the ability to access a variety of administrative services
both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students
can register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their
tuition and access their transcripts online. We believe this
online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service
capabilities that our students value. Our financial aid
counselors provide personalized online and telephonic support to
our students.
Library services. We provide a mix of online
and ground resources, services, and instruction to support the
educational and research endeavors of all students, faculty, and
staff, including ground and online libraries and a qualified
library staff that is available to help faculty and students
with research, teaching, and library resource instruction.
Collectively, our library services satisfy the criteria
established by the Higher Learning Commission and other
accrediting and approving bodies for us to offer undergraduate,
masters and doctoral programs.
Career services. For those students seeking to
change careers or explore new career opportunities, we offer
career services support, including resume review and evaluation,
career planning workshops, and access to career services
specialists for advice and support. Other resources that we
offer include a Job Readiness Program, which advises students on
matters such as people skills, resumes and cover letters, mock
interviews, and business etiquette; a job board, which
advertises employment postings and career exploration
opportunities; career counseling appointments and consultations;
and career fairs.
Technology support services. We provide online
technical support 16 hours per day during the week and
14 hours per day on weekends to help our students remedy
technology-related issues. We also provide online tutorials and
Frequently Asked Questions for students who are new
to online coursework.
Marketing,
Recruitment, and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of marketing
activities designed to position us as a provider of academically
rigorous, career-oriented educational programs, build strong
brand recognition in our core disciplines, differentiate us from
other educational providers, raise awareness among prospective
students, generate enrollment inquiries, and stimulate student
and alumni referrals. Our online target market includes working
adults focused on program quality, convenience, and career
advancement goals. Our ground target market includes traditional
college students, working adults seeking a high quality
education in a traditional college setting, and working adults
seeking to take classes with a cohort onsite at their
employers facility. In marketing our programs to
prospective students, we emphasize the value of the educational
experience and the academic rigor and career orientation of the
programs, rather than the cost or speed to graduation. We
believe this approach reinforces the qualities that we want
associated with our brand and also attracts students who tend to
be more persistent in starting and finishing their programs.
We have established dedicated teams, consisting of both
marketing and enrollment personnel, at each of our colleges to
lead our efforts to attract new students. We believe that these
blended groups, organized around each core discipline, promote
more effective internal communication within our sales and
marketing functions, allow deeper penetration within our target
markets due to each teams singular focus on a core
discipline, and enable us to gain a better understanding of the
attributes of our students who ultimately enroll and graduate so
that we can target our marketing and enrollment processes
accordingly.
65
To generate student leads, our marketing and enrollment
personnel employ an integrated marketing approach that utilizes
a variety of lead sources to identify prospective students.
These lead generation sources include:
|
|
|
|
|
Internet and affiliate advertising, which generates the majority
of our leads and which includes purchasing leads from
aggregators and also engaging in targeted, direct email
advertising campaigns, and coordinated campaigns with various
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
search engine optimization techniques, through which we seek to
obtain high placement in search engine results in response to
key topic and word searches and drive traffic to our website;
|
|
|
|
seminar and event marketing, in which our marketing and
enrollment personnel host group events at various venues,
including community colleges, corporations, and hospitals;
|
|
|
|
referrals from existing students, alumni, and employees;
|
|
|
|
a national accounts program that seeks to develop relationships
with employers in our core disciplines, including healthcare
providers, school districts, emergency services providers, and
large corporations, that may be interested in providing
dedicated and customized online and onsite educational
opportunities to their employees, and to encourage senior
executives to participate in executive training
programs; and
|
|
|
|
print and direct mail advertising campaigns, and other public
relations and communications efforts, including promoting our
athletic programs and student and alumni events.
|
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has
indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our programs, our
lead management system identifies and directs an enrollment
counselor to initiate immediate communication. The enrollment
counselor serves as the primary, direct contact for the
prospective student and the counselors goal is to help
that individual gain sufficient knowledge and understanding of
our programs so that he or she can assess whether there is a
good match between our offerings and the prospective
students goals. Upon the prospective students
submission of an application, the enrollment counselor, together
with our student services personnel, works with the applicant to
gain acceptance, arrange financial aid, if needed, register for
courses, and prepare for matriculation.
Our enrollment counselors typically have prior education
industry or sales experience. Each counselor undergoes a
standardized three-week training program that involves both
classroom and supervisor-monitored fieldwork and provides the
counselor with training in financial aid, regulatory
requirements, general sales skills, and our history and
heritage, mission, and academic programs. As of
December 31, 2007, we employed over 300 enrollment
counselors at facilities in Arizona and Utah and have capacity
at our existing locations to support approximately 700
enrollment counselors, which we expect to be sufficient to
handle our growth plans through 2009. We believe we can obtain
additional capacity to accommodate our growth plans beyond 2009
on terms acceptable to us.
Retention. We employ a retention team whose
purpose is to support the student in advancing from
matriculation through graduation. At the end of 2007, our
retention team consisted of 15 retention
specialists, whom, among other things, monitor
triggering events, such as the failure to buy books
for a registered course or to participate in online orientation
exercises, which signal that a student may be at-risk for
dropping out. Upon identifying an at-risk student, specialists
proactively interact with the student to resolve any issues and
encourage the student to continue with his or her program. In
2006, we developed and introduced our concierge
system, which is a software program that monitors and manages
the resolution of student issues, such as financial aid or
technology problems, that, if left unresolved, may lead to
dissatisfaction and lower student persistence. Under this
system, each reported problem is issued a ticket
that is accessible by all functional groups within Grand Canyon
University and remains outstanding until the problem is
resolved. The system directs the ticket to personnel best able
to resolve the problem, and escalates the ticket to higher
levels if not resolved within appropriate time periods. We have
found that personally involving our employees in the student
educational process, and proactively seeking to resolve issues
before they become larger problems, can significantly increase
retention rates among students. The concierge system also
provides our marketing and enrollment personnel with greater
insight into the qualities exhibited by successful students,
which enables our enrollment team to recruit and enroll higher
quality applicants.
66
Admissions
Admission is available to qualified students who are at least
16 years of age. Applicants to our graduate programs must
generally have an undergraduate degree from an accredited
college, university, or program with a grade point average of
2.8 or greater, or a graduate degree from such a college,
university, or program. Undergraduate applicants may qualify in
various ways, including by having a high school diploma and an
unweighted grade point average of 2.25 or greater or a composite
score of 920 or greater on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, or a
passing score of 520 or greater on the General Education
Development (GED) tests. Some of our programs require a higher
grade point average
and/or other
criteria to qualify for admission. In addition, some students
who do not meet the qualifications for admission may be admitted
at our discretion. A student being considered for admission with
specification may be asked to submit additional information such
as personal references and an essay addressing academic history.
Students may also need to schedule an interview to help clarify
academic goals and help us make an informed decision.
Enrollment
At the end of 2007, we had 14,754 students enrolled in our
courses, of which 12,497, or 84.7%, were enrolled in our online
programs, and 2,257, or 15.3%, were enrolled in our ground
programs. Of our online students, which were geographically
distributed throughout all 50 states of the United States, and
Canada, 92.7% were age 25 or older. Of our ground students,
which, although we draw students from throughout the United
States, were predominantly comprised of students from Arizona,
63.2% were age 25 or older.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at the end
of 2007 (which included less than 100 students pursuing
non-degree certificates) by degree type and by instructional
delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Masters
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62
|
.1
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37
|
.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
Online
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84
|
.7
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15
|
.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
Tuition
and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of program and by
degree level. For all graduate and undergraduate programs,
tuition is determined by the number of courses taken by each
student. For our
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that begins in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour will be $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline of the course. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740
block tuition for undergraduate ground students
taking between 12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an
additional $645 per credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A
traditional undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of
120 credit hours. The minimum number of credit hours required
for a masters degree and overall cost for such a degree
varies by program although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. We expect our new doctoral
program in education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09 academic year, to cost $770 per credit hour and require
approximately 60 credit hours.
67
We offer tuition scholarships to select students, including
online students, athletes, employees, and participants in
programs we offer through relationships with employers. For the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we offered tuition
scholarships representing a total value of approximately
$8.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively, over the
same periods.
We have established a refund policy for tuition and fees based
upon semester start dates. If a student drops or withdraws from
a course during the first week of the semester, 100% of the
charges for tuition and fees are refunded, while during the
second and third weeks of a semester 75% and 50%, respectively,
of the tuition charges are refunded but none of the fees.
Following the third week of the semester, tuition and fees are
not refunded. Fees charged by us include application and
graduation fees of $100 and $150, respectively, as well as fees
for dropping or withdrawing from courses after the beginning of
the semester. This tuition and fees refund policy is different
from, and applies in addition to, the return of Title IV
funds policy we are required to use as a condition of our
participation in the Title IV programs.
Sources
of Student Financing
Our students finance their education through a combination of
methods, as follows:
Title IV programs. The federal government
provides for grants and loans to students under the
Title IV programs, and students can use those funds at any
institution that has been certified as eligible by the
Department of Education. Student financial aid under the
Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of a
students financial need, which is generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount the student and the students family can reasonably
contribute to that cost. All students receiving Title IV
program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress
toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each
school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
students.
During fiscal 2007, we derived approximately 74.0% of our
revenue (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with
Department of Education standards) from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs. The primary Title IV programs
that our students receive funding from are the Federal Family
Education Loan, or FFEL, Program, and the Federal Pell Grant, or
Pell, Program, which are described below:
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL. Under the FFEL Program, banks and other
lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program
includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS
Program (which provides loans to graduate and professional
studies students as well as parents of dependent undergraduate
students), and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a
student defaults on an FFEL loan, payment to the lender is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who
demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford
loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government
pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and
during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment,
until the students obligation to repay the loan begins.
Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and
are available to students who do not qualify for a subsidized
Stafford loan or, in some cases, in addition to a subsidized
Stafford loan. Loan funds are disbursed to us, and we in turn
disburse the amounts in excess of tuition and fees to students.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective July 1, 2007, under the Federal Stafford Loan
Program, a dependent undergraduate student may borrow up to
$3,500 for the first academic year, $4,500 for the second
academic year, and $5,500 for each of the third and fourth
academic years. Students who are classified as independent can
obtain up to an additional $4,000 for each of the first and
second academic years and an additional $5,000 for each of the
third and fourth academic years. Students enrolled in graduate
programs can borrow up to $20,500 per academic year. Students
enrolled in certain graduate-level health programs can receive
an additional $12,500 per academic year. Effective July 1,
2008, the annual loan limits for most undergraduate students
were increased by $2,000.
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
Pell. Under the Pell Program, the Department
of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who
demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2007, the
maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell
Program is $4,310, and effective July 1, 2008 that maximum
will increase to $4,731.
|
Our students also receive funding under other Title IV
programs, including the Federal Perkins Loan Program, the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the
Federal Work-Study Program, the National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant Program.
Other financial aid programs. In addition to
the Title IV programs listed above, eligible students may
participate in several other financial aid programs or receive
support from other governmental sources. These include veterans
educational benefits administered by the U.S. Department of
Veterans Affairs and state financial aid programs. During fiscal
2007, we derived an immaterial amount of our net revenue from
tuition financed by such programs.
Private loans. Some of our students also use
private loan programs to help finance their education. Students
can apply to a number of different lenders for private loans at
current market interest rates. Private loans are intended to
fund a portion of students cost of education not covered
by the Title IV programs and other financial aid. During
fiscal 2007, payments derived from private loans constituted
approximately 5.0% of our cash revenue. Third-party lenders
independently determine whether a loan to a student is
classified as subprime, and, based on these determinations,
payments to us derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue.
Other sources. We derived the remainder of our
net revenue from tuition that is self-funded or attributable to
employer tuition reimbursements.
Technology
Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a secure, reliable, scalable
technology system that provides a high quality online
educational environmental and gives us the capability to
substantially grow our online programs and enrollment.
Online course delivery and management. In
2007, we implemented the ANGEL Learning Management Suite, which
is a web-based system and collaboration portal that stores,
manages, and delivers course content; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; enables assignment
uploading; and supplies online evaluation tools. The system also
provides centralized administration features that support the
implementation of policies for content format and in-classroom
learning tools. We continually seek to develop and implement
features that enhance the online classroom experience, such as
delivering course content through streaming video, which we
expect to begin for selected courses in the fall of 2008.
Internal administration. We utilize a
commercial customer relations management package to distribute,
manage, track, and report on all prospective student leads
developed, both internally and externally. We also utilize a
commercial software package to track Title IV funds,
student records, grades, accounts receivable, and accounts
payable. Each of these packages is scalable to capacity levels
well in excess of current requirements.
Infrastructure. We operate two data centers,
one at our campus and one at a third party co-location facility.
All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data
backup. We manage our technology environment internally. Our
wide area network uses multi-protocol label switching technology
for maximum availability and flexibility. Student access is
provided through redundant data carriers in both data centers
and is load balanced for maximum performance. Real-time
monitoring provides current system status across server,
network, and storage components.
69
Ground
Campus
Our ground campus is located on approximately 90 acres in
the center of the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near
downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist of 43
buildings with more than 500,000 square feet of space,
which include 63 classrooms, three lecture halls, a 500-seat
theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are
available to students 18 hours per day, a 68,000-volume
physical library, and a media arts complex that provides
communications students with audio and video equipment. We house
our ground students in on-campus student apartments and
dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students.
We have 18 athletic teams that compete in Division II of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Our athletic
facilities include two gymnasiums, which accommodate basketball,
volleyball, and wrestling, as well as facilities for our
baseball, softball, tennis, lacrosse, and swimming programs. Our
baseball program has produced more than ten Major League
Baseball players.
We believe our ground-based programs and traditional campus not
only offers our ground students, faculty, and staff an
opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience,
but also provides our online students, faculty, and staff with a
sense of connection to a traditional university. Additionally,
our full-time ground faculty play an important role in
integrating online faculty into our academic programs and
ensuring the overall consistency and quality of the ground and
online student experience. We believe our mix of a rapidly
growing online program, anchored by a traditional ground-based
program with a nearly
60-year
history and heritage, differentiates us from most other
for-profit postsecondary education providers.
Employees
In addition to our faculty, as of December 31, 2007, we
employed 702 staff and administrative personnel in university
services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment
services, university administration, financial aid, information
technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance, and
other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party
to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us. We
consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities
serving traditional and adult students. Competition is highly
fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, modality,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one
institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary
market.
Our ground program competes with Arizona State University,
Northern Arizona University, and the University of Arizona, the
in-state public universities, as well as two-year colleges
within the state community college system. To a limited extent,
our ground program also competes with geographically proximate
universities with similar religious heritages, including Azusa
Pacific University, Baylor University, and Seattle Pacific
University. Our online programs compete with local, traditional
universities geographically located near each of our prospective
students, and with other for-profit postsecondary schools that
offer online degrees, particularly those schools that offer
online graduate programs within our core disciplines, including
Capella University, University of Phoenix, and Walden University.
Non-profit institutions receive substantial government
subsidies, and have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to
for-profit
schools. Accordingly, non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those
in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors,
including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition
and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable
them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also
expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants
to the online education market, including established colleges
and universities that had not previously offered online
education programs.
70
We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary
education market include:
|
|
|
|
|
availability of career-oriented and accredited program offerings;
|
|
|
|
the types of degrees offered and marketability of those degrees;
|
|
|
|
reputation, regulatory approvals, and compliance history of the
school;
|
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and
classes;
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty;
|
|
|
|
level of student support services;
|
|
|
|
cost of the program;
|
|
|
|
marketing and selling effectiveness; and
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree.
|
Property
Our ground campus occupies approximately 90 acres in
Phoenix, Arizona. We lease the campus under a lease that expires
in 2024. Renewal terms under this lease allow for us to extend
the current lease for up to four additional five-year terms. We
also lease two additional enrollment facilities, one in Utah and
one in Arizona. We believe our existing facilities are adequate
for current requirements and that additional space can be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future
requirements.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third
parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances,
our course content is produced for us by faculty and other
subject matter experts under work for hire agreements pursuant
to which we own the course content in return for a fixed
development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course
content from a third party on a royalty fee basis.
We are parties to an exclusive license agreement with Blanchard
Education, LLC pursuant to which we license the right to name
our business school The Ken Blanchard College of
Business and to use the name of Ken Blanchard to promote
our business school and business degree programs. In return, we
pay royalties to the licensor equal to a fixed percentage of our
net tuition received in respect of our upper level business
courses. The agreement expires in June 2011, and is
automatically renewable for an additional five years unless
terminated by either party within six months prior to such
expiration date.
We rely on trademark and service mark protections in the United
States for our name and distinctive logos, along with various
other trademarks and service marks related to our specific
offerings. We also own domain name rights to
www.gcu.edu, as well as other words and
phrases important to our business.
Legal
Proceedings
On February 28, 2007, we filed a complaint against SunGard
Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa County
Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to a technology services
agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted
the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to arbitrate.
SunGard has also counterclaimed alleging breach of contract
relating to the parties technology services agreement.
Various other motions have been made and heard, discovery is
ongoing, and arbitration is scheduled to commence in late May
2008. We are seeking approximately $1.4 million from
SunGard, and SunGard has counterclaimed for approximately
$1.7 million.
From time to time, we are a party to various other lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as
plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which,
individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or
results of operation.
71
REGULATION
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education
agencies, accrediting commissions, and the federal government
through the Department of Education under the Higher Education
Act. The regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies
cover the vast majority of our operations, including our
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and
certificates, we are required to be authorized by appropriate
state education authorities. In addition, in order to
participate in the federal programs of student financial
assistance for our students, we must be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through
which an institution submits to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the
accrediting commission and the stated aims and purposes of the
institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting
commissions recognized by the Department of Education to review
and monitor many aspects of an institutions operations and
to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the
accrediting commissions standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department
of Education due to our participation in federal student
financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher
Education Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the
Title IV programs. The Title IV programs include
educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a
students default on repaying the loan, and also grant
programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To
participate in the Title IV programs, a school must receive
and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education.
Our business activities are planned and implemented to comply
with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a
full-time director of compliance who is knowledgeable about
regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs
and our chief financial officer and general counsel also provide
oversight designed to ensure that we meet the requirements of
our regulated operating environment.
State
Education Licensure and Regulation
We are authorized to offer our programs by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency
governing private postsecondary educational institutions in the
state of Arizona, where we are located. We do not presently have
campuses in any states other than Arizona. We are required by
the Higher Education Act to maintain authorization from the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order
to participate in the Title IV programs. This authorization
is very important to us and our business. To maintain our state
authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to,
among other things, educational programs, facilities,
instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and
educational programs, and various operational and administrative
procedures. Failure to comply with the requirements of the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could
result in us losing our authorization to offer our educational
programs, which would cause us to lose our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and which, in turn,
could force us to cease operations. Alternatively, the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could restrict
our ability to offer certain degree programs.
Most other states impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state
educational institutions operating within their boundaries, such
as those having a physical facility or recruiting students
within the state. State laws establish standards in areas such
as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
other operational matters, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. Laws in
some states limit schools ability to offer educational
programs and award degrees to residents of those states. Some
states also prescribe financial regulations that are different
from those of the Department of Education, and many require the
posting of surety bonds.
72
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction
over educational institutions offering online degree programs
that have no physical location or other presence in the state
but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. New laws,
regulations, or interpretations related to doing business over
the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states,
which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues
and have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In other states, we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain
licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our
state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to
other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in
that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of licensure or
authorization in a state other than Arizona could prohibit us
from recruiting prospective students or offering services to
current students in that state, which could significantly reduce
our enrollments.
State
Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must
satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in specified
fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These
requirements vary by state and by field. A students
success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically
depends on several factors, including the background and
qualifications of the individual graduate, as well as the
following factors, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a
professional association;
|
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
requirements for professional licensure in that state;
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if
so, by what accrediting commissions; and
|
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other
states in which a student may seek to work.
|
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or
examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in certain
fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify
individuals if they have already been certified in another state.
Our College of Education is approved by the Arizona State Board
of Education to offer Institutional Recommendations
(credentials) for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators. Our
College of Nursing and Health Services is approved by the
Arizona State Board of Nursing for the Bachelor of Science in
Nursing and Master of Science Nursing degrees. Due
to varying requirements for professional licensure in each
state, we inform students of the risks associated with obtaining
professional licensure and that it is each students
responsibility to determine what state, local, or professional
licensure and certification requirements are necessary in his or
her individual state.
73
Accreditation
We have been institutionally accredited since 1968 by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor, each a regional
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Our accreditation was reaffirmed in 2007 as part of a
regularly scheduled reaffirmation process. Accreditation is a
private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of
educational institutions and their programs in areas including
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by the
Department of Education, accrediting commissions must adopt
specific standards for their review of educational institutions,
conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and publicly
designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An
accredited school is subject to periodic review by its
accrediting commissions to determine whether it continues to
meet the performance, integrity and quality required for
accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the
Department of Education, each with a specified geographic scope
of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting
colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six
regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission, which accredits Grand Canyon University, is the same
regional accrediting commission that accredits such universities
as the University of Arizona, Arizona State University, and
other degree-granting public and private colleges and
universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri,
Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to
us for several reasons, including the fact that it enables our
students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges
and universities depend, in part, on an institutions
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications
to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating candidates credentials, and
students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition
reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that
an institution maintains quality educational standards. If we
fail to satisfy the standards of the Higher Learning Commission,
we could lose our accreditation by that agency, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs.
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are
numerous specialized accrediting commissions that accredit
specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of
which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation
of specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting
commissions signifies that those programs have met the
additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being
accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have the
following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
accredits our Master of Business Administration degree program
and our Bachelor of Science degree programs in Accounting,
Business Administration, and Marketing;
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits our
Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science
Nursing degree programs; and
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
accredits our Athletic Training Program.
|
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized
accrediting commissions, we could lose the specialized
accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific requirements contained in
the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder
by the Department of Education. An institution must, among other
things, be licensed or authorized to offer its educational
programs by the state in which it is physically located (in our
case, Arizona) and maintain institutional
74
accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the
Department of Education. We are currently certified to
participate in the Title IV programs through June 30,
2008.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools
through the Title IV programs, the large number of students
and institutions participating in these programs, and
allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational
institutions have caused Congress to require the Department of
Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over
for-profit educational institutions. As a result, our
institution is subject to extensive oversight and review.
Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and
regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the
Title IV program requirements will be applied in all
circumstances.
Significant factors relating to the Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional action. Congress must
reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis,
usually every five to six years. Congress most recent
comprehensive reauthorization of the Higher Education Act was in
1998, and it has been temporarily extended several times since
then. Congress is currently considering a comprehensive
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and is expected to
complete that process in 2008. In addition, in 2007 Congress
enacted legislation that reduces interest rates on certain
Title IV loans and government subsidies to lenders that
participate in the Title IV programs. In May 2008, Congress
enacted additional legislation to attempt to ensure that all
eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in
the future, and that a sufficient number of lenders will
continue to provide Title IV loans. Additional legislation
is also pending in Congress. We are not in a position to predict
with certainty whether any of the pending legislation will be
enacted. The elimination of certain Title IV programs,
material changes in the requirements for participation in such
programs, or the substitution of materially different programs
could increase our costs of compliance and could reduce the
ability of some students to finance their education at our
institution.
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for the
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels
for the Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some
of our students to finance their education. The loss of or a
significant reduction in Title IV program funds available
to our students could reduce our enrollments and revenue.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each
institution must apply periodically to the Department of
Education for continued certification to participate in the
Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is
required every six years, but may be required earlier, including
when an institution undergoes a change in control. An
institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a
new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it
offers. The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such
as when an institution is certified for the first time or
undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional
certification, the institution must comply with any additional
conditions included in the schools program participation
agreement with the Department of Education. In addition, the
Department of Education may more closely review an institution
that is provisionally certified if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change. If the Department of Education determines
that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or opportunity for the institution to challenge the action.
Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain
eligible to receive Title IV program funds.
We are currently certified to participate in the Title IV
programs through June 30, 2008, on a provisional basis. The
Department of Education issued our current program participation
agreement in May 2005, after an extended review following the
change in control that occurred in February 2004. In the May
2005 recertification, the Department of Education imposed
certain conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a
letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our
program offerings and enrollment, and receive certain
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment (pursuant to which an institution is required to
credit students with Title IV funds prior to obtaining
those funds from the Department
75
of Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which
an institution receives Title IV funds from the Department
of Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method. However, we remain certified on a provisional basis. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008,
which remains pending. If the Department of Education does not
make a decision on our recertification application on or before
June 30, 2008, our provisional certification status will be
extended on a month-to-month basis. There can be no assurance
that the Department of Education will recertify us, or that it
will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our
pending recertification application or with respect to any
future recertification.
Administrative capability. Department of
Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an
institution must establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in the
Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability
standards, an institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;
|
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory
academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified
levels;
|
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and
safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required
records;
|
|
|
|
administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and
balances in its system of internal controls;
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector
General any credible information indicating that any student,
parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the
institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct
involving the Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely
manner; and
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the
Department of Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its
students previously received;
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of
Title IV funds to heightened cash monitoring status or the
reimbursement system of payment;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the institutions participation in the
Title IV programs.
|
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability requirements, our
students could lose, or be limited in their access to,
Title IV program funding.
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education
Act and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
Grand Canyon University must satisfy in order to participate in
the Title IV programs. The Department of Education
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an
annual basis, based on the institutions annual audited
financial statements, as well as when the institution applies to
the Department of Education to have its eligibility to
76
participate in the Title IV programs recertified. The most
significant financial responsibility standard is the
institutions composite score, which is derived from a
formula established by the Department of Education based on
three financial ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital
resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;
|
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability
to operate at a profit or within its means.
|
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the
results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to
positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness
and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department
of Education then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio
and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to
produce a composite score for the institution. The composite
score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further Department
of Education oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things,
provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with
Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial
obligations including required refunds to students and any
Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt
payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed
opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
When we were recertified by the Department of Education in 2005
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, the
Department of Education advised us that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility, based on our fiscal year
2004 financial statements, as submitted to the Department of
Education. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, based
upon its review of our fiscal year 2005 financial statements. We
subsequently submitted our fiscal year 2006 financial statements
to the Department of Education as required, and we calculated
that our composite score for that year exceeded 1.5.
We have applied the Department of Educations financial
responsibility standards using the financial information
included in our audited financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2007 included herein, and expect that our
composite score for that year will also exceed 1.5. We
therefore believe that we meet the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards for our most
recently completed fiscal year. If the Department of Education
were to determine that we did not meet the financial
responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite
score or other factors, we would expect to be able to establish
financial responsibility on an alternative basis permitted by
the Department of Education, which could include, in the
Departments discretion, posting a letter of credit,
accepting provisional certification, complying with additional
Department of Education monitoring requirements, agreeing to
receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other
than the Department of Educations standard advance funding
arrangement, such as the reimbursement system of payment or
heightened cash monitoring,
and/or
complying with or accepting other limitations on our ability to
increase the number of programs we offer or the number of
students we enroll.
The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions
imposed by the Department of Education could increase our cost
of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with
the other standards of financial responsibility, and could not
post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative
bases for establishing financial responsibility, our students
could lose their access to Title IV program funding.
Return of Title IV funds for students who
withdraw. When a student who has received
Title IV funds withdraws from school, the institution must
determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student
has earned. If the student withdraws during the
first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the
77
amount of Title IV program funds that the student has
earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student
received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible.
If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the
student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV
program funds he or she received. The institution must then
return the unearned Title IV program funds to the
appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely
manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the
date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, the institution will be
required to submit a letter of credit to the Department of
Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the
institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its
most recently completed fiscal year. Under Department of
Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program
funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit
sample in the institutions annual Title IV compliance
audit for either of the institutions two most recent
fiscal years or in a Department of Education program review
triggers this letter of credit requirement. We did not exceed
this 5% threshold in our annual Title IV compliance audit
for either of our two most recent fiscal years.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of
the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule provides that an institution loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs, if, under a complex
regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution
derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year from
Title IV program funds. This rule applies only to
for-profit postsecondary educational institutions, including us.
Any institution that violates the rule becomes ineligible to
participate in the Title IV programs as of the first day of
the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which it exceeds
the 90% threshold, and it is unable to apply to regain its
eligibility until the next fiscal year. If an institution
exceeds the 90% threshold for a fiscal year and it and its
students have received Title IV funds for the next fiscal
year, it will be required to return those funds to the
applicable lender or the Department of Education. Using the
Department of Educations formula under the 90/10
Rule, for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years we derived
approximately 71.5 % and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds.
Recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant
and loan limits, and possible additional increases in the
future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive
from the Title IV programs, which could make it more
difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 Rule.
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of their
FFEL student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal
fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of
student defaults for each institution (known as a cohort
default rate). An institutions FFEL cohort default
rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the
rate at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment
obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted by the end of
the following federal fiscal year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
FFEL cohort default rates for each of the three most recent
federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institutions
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after that notification, unless the institution
appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institutions participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification by the Department of Education
that its most recent FFEL cohort default rate is greater than
40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on
specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An
institution whose participation ends under either of these
provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the
remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives
the notification and for the next two fiscal years.
If an institutions FFEL cohort default rate equals or
exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institutions access to Title IV program
funds, but an institution on provisional status is subject to
closer review by the Department of Education if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change, and the Department of Education may revoke
such institutions certification without advance notice if
it determines that the institution is not fulfilling material
Title IV program requirements. Our cohort default rates on
FFEL program loans for the 2005, 2004
78
and 2003 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for
which such rates have been calculated, were 1.8%, 1.4%, and
1.2%, respectively. The FFEL cohort default rates for federal
fiscal year 2006 are expected to be released by the Department
of Education in September 2008, but the Department of Education
advised us in February 2008 that our draft FFEL cohort default
rate for federal fiscal year 2006 was 1.6%. Congress is
considering legislation that would extend the period for
including student defaults in an institutions default rate
by one additional year, which if enacted is expected to increase
the student loan default rates for most institutions.
Incentive compensation rule. An institution
that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment,
admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. The Department
of Educations regulations set forth 12 safe
harbors, which describe payments and arrangements that do
not violate the incentive compensation rule, but the law and
regulations governing this requirement do not establish clear
criteria for compliance in all circumstances. The restrictions
of the incentive compensation rule also extend to any
third-party companies that an educational institution contracts
with for student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid
awarding services. Since 2005, we have engaged Mind Streams, LLC
to assist us with student recruitment activities.
In recent years, several for-profit education companies have
been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui
tam cases, brought by former employees alleging that their
institution had made impermissible incentive payments. The
employees bringing such lawsuits typically seek, for themselves
and for the federal government, substantial financial penalties
against the subject company. If we or any third parties we have
engaged or engage in the future violate the incentive
compensation rule, we could be fined or sanctioned by the
Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary
penalties that could be substantial. Although there can be no
assurance that the Department of Education or a court would not
find deficiencies in our present or former compensation
practices for employees and third parties, we believe that our
employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements
comply with the incentive compensation rule.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to
announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by
various external agencies, including the Department of
Education, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing
agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans, the Department of
Veterans Affairs, and accrediting commissions. As part of the
Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of
institutions administration of the Title IV programs,
the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually
submit to the Department of Education a Title IV compliance
audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education
audit standards. In addition, to enable the Department of
Education to make a determination of an institutions
financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Privacy of student records. The Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the
Department of Educations FERPA regulations require
educational institutions to protect the privacy of
students educational records by limiting an
institutions disclosure of a students personally
identifiable information without the students prior
written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow
students to review and request changes to their educational
records maintained by the institution, to notify students at
least annually of this inspection right, and to maintain records
in each students file listing requests for access to and
disclosures of personally identifiable information and the
interest of such party in that information. If an institution
fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may
require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate
an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In
addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard
student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or
GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal
financial information held by financial institutions and other
entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and
the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among
other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written
information security program designed to protect against the
unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial
information of students, parents, or other individuals with whom
such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution
fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be
required to take corrective
79
actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the Federal
Trade Commission, or FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties
imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also
subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the
FTC with respect to their collection, use, and disclosure of
student information.
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If
we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing the
Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose
one or more sanctions, including transferring us to the
reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a
letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education as a
condition for continued Title IV certification, taking
emergency action against us, initiating proceedings to impose a
fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate our participation in the
Title IV programs, or referring the matter for civil or
criminal prosecution. In addition, the agencies that guarantee
FFEL loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit,
suspend, or terminate our eligibility to provide FFEL loans in
the event of certain regulatory violations. If such sanctions or
proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a
substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in
the Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues, and
results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program
funds was reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. We
believe that one or more private organizations would be willing
to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no
assurance that this would be the case. The interest rate and
other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as
favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might
be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative
assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection
with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that
we would be able to arrange alternative funding on any terms to
replace all the Title IV funding our students receive.
Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available Title IV program funding for our students, would
be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a
result of our participation in the Title IV programs, we
are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to
regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third
parties, such as present or former students or employees and
other members of the public.
Uncertainties, increased oversight, and changes in student
loan environment. During 2007 and 2008, student
loan programs, including the Title IV programs, have come
under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education,
Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties. Issues
that have received extensive attention include allegations of
conflicts of interest between some institutions and lenders that
provide Title IV loans, questionable incentives given by
lenders to some schools and school employees, allegations of
deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans, and
schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several
institutions and lenders have been cited for these problems and
have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle
those claims. The practices of numerous other schools and
lenders are being examined by government agencies at the federal
and state level. The Attorney General of the State of Arizona
has previously requested extensive documentation and information
from us and other institutions in Arizona concerning student
loan practices, and we recently provided testimony in response
to a subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Arizona
about such practices. While no penalties have been assessed
against us, we do not know what the results of that
investigation will be. As a result of this scrutiny, Congress
has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted
stricter regulations that take effect July 1, 2008, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of funding to
schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. In addition, recent adverse market
conditions for consumer loans in general have begun to affect
the student lending marketplace.
80
The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions has
caused some lenders to cease providing Title IV loans to
students, including some lenders that have previously provided
Title IV loans to our students. Other lenders have reduced
the benefits and increased the fees associated with the
Title IV loans they do provide. We and other schools have
had to modify student loan practices in ways that result in
higher administrative costs. If the costs of their Title IV
loans increase, some students may decide not to take out loans
and not enroll in a postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new
federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all
eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in
the future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue
to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new
legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loan funding.
The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans
remains in a state of flux, with reviews of many institutions
and lenders still pending and with additional legislative and
regulatory changes being actively considered at the federal and
state levels. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any
resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces
students access to Title IV loans, may adversely
affect our student enrollments.
Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with
expanding our operations or other changes are subject to review
or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational
programs, and increasing enrollment. The
requirements and standards of state education agencies,
accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education limit
our ability in certain instances to establish additional
teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or
increase enrollment in certain programs. Many states require
review and approval before institutions can add new locations or
programs, and Arizona also limits the number of undergraduate
nursing students we may enroll (which represents a small portion
of our overall nursing program). The Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission,
and other state education agencies and specialized accrediting
commissions that authorize or accredit us and our programs
generally require institutions to notify them in advance of
adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the quality of the
facility or the program and the financial, academic, and other
qualifications of the institution. For instance, following
applications we filed in December 2006, we received approval
from the Higher Learning Commission and the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education in March 2008 to add our
first doctoral level program.
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution
participating in the Title IV programs plans to add a new
location or educational program, the institution must generally
apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
location or educational program designated as within the scope
of the institutions Title IV eligibility. However, a
degree-granting institution such as us is not required to obtain
the Department of Educations approval of additional
programs that lead to an associate, bachelors,
professional, or graduate degree at the same degree level as
programs previously approved by the Department of Education.
Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance
approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful
employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an
educational program that has previously been designated by the
Department of Education as an eligible program at that
institution if it meets certain minimum-length requirements.
However, as a condition for an institution to participate in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, the Department of
Education can require prior approval of such programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add
or the extent to which an institution can modify existing
educational programs. If an institution that is required to
obtain the Department of Educations advance approval for
the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so,
the
81
institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV
program funds received by the institution or students in
connection with that program or enrolled at that location.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not
acquired any other schools in the past, we may seek to do so in
the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state
education agencies and accrediting commissions require a company
to seek their approval if it wishes to acquire another school.
In our case, we would need to obtain the approval of the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education or other state
education agency that licenses the school being acquired, the
Higher Learning Commission, any other accrediting commission
that accredits the school being acquired, and the Department of
Education. The level of review varies by individual state and
accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an
acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval
after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education
certifying the acquired school to participate in the
Title IV programs under our ownership. The restrictions
imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay
or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some
circumstances.
Provisional certification. Each institution
must apply to the Department of Education for continued
certification to participate in the Title IV programs at
least every six years, or when it undergoes a change in control,
and an institution may come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding an
educational program, or modifying the academic credentials that
it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards. In addition, if a company acquires a
school from another entity, the acquired school will
automatically be placed on provisional certification when the
Department of Education approves the transaction. During the
period of provisional certification, the institution must comply
with any additional conditions or restrictions included in its
program participation agreement with the Department of
Education. Students attending provisionally certified
institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program
funds, but if the Department of Education finds that a
provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or opportunity for the institution to challenge that action. In
addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an
institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change.
We are currently certified to participate in the Title IV
programs through June 30, 2008, on a provisional basis. The
Department of Education issued our current program participation
agreement in May 2005, after an extended review following the
change in control that occurred in February 2004. The Department
of Educations 2005 recertification imposed certain
conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a letter
of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our program
offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under
the heightened cash monitoring system of payment rather than by
advance payment. In October 2006, the Department of Education
eliminated the letter of credit requirement and allowed the
growth restrictions to expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated
the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to
the advance payment method. However, we remain certified on a
provisional basis, which means that the Department of Education
may more closely review our applications for recertification,
new locations, new educational programs, acquisitions of other
schools, or other significant changes, and it may revoke its
certification of us without advance notice if it determines we
are not fulfilling material Title IV requirements. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008,
which remains pending. If the Department of Education does not
make a decision on our recertification application on or before
June 30, 2008, our provisional certification status will be
extended on a
month-to-month
basis. There can be no assurance that the Department of
Education will recertify us, or that it will not impose
restrictions as a condition of approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification.
Change in ownership resulting in a change in
control. Many states and accrediting commissions
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain
approval of certain changes in control and changes in other
82
aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of
and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the
states and accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval
in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution
to retain its accredited status, but the Higher Learning
Commission does not set specific standards for determining when
a transaction constitutes a change in ownership. In addition, in
the event of a change in ownership, the Higher Learning
Commission requires an onsite evaluation within six months in
order to continue the institutions accreditation. Our
other specialized accrediting commissions also require an
institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event
that constitutes the change in control under their standards.
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common
stock in the definition of a change in control requiring
approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in
control vary widely. The standards of the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education provide that an institution
undergoes a change in control if there is a transfer of 50% or
more of its voting stock over a five-year period. In our case,
we believe the five-year period to apply this standard would
begin after our prior change in control in February 2004. A
change in control under the definition of one of the other state
agencies that regulate us might require us to obtain approval of
the change in control in order to maintain our authorization to
operate in that state, and in some cases such states could
require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that
undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and must apply to the
Department of Education in order to reestablish such
eligibility. If an institution files the required application
and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may
temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis
following the change in control, so that the institutions
students retain access to Title IV program funds until the
Department of Education completes its full review. In addition,
the Department of Education will extend such temporary
provisional certification if the institution timely files other
required materials, including the approval of the change in
control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting
commission and an audited balance sheet showing the financial
condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the
date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet
any of these application and other deadlines, its certification
will expire and its students will not be eligible to receive
Title IV program funds until the Department of Education
completes its full review, which commonly takes several months
and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the
application after a change in control, it will certify the
institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to
approximately three years.
For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely
held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education
regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change
in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in
the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation.
For such a corporation, the Department of Education will
generally find that a transaction results in a change in control
if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the
outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or a
person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding
voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or
control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases
to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, the
Richardson family will continue to own or control more than 25%
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation following the
offering.
We will notify or seek confirmation from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, and other state
education agencies and accrediting commissions, as we believe
necessary, that this offering will not constitute a change in
control under their respective standards. We do not expect that
this offering will result in a change in control for any of
those agencies, or that any of those agencies will require us to
obtain their approval in connection with this offering. If any
of those agencies deemed this offering to be a change in
control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from
that agency, in some cases in advance of this offering,
according to its procedures. In addition, if the Department of
Education deemed this offering to be a change in control, the
Department of Education would apply a different set of financial
tests to determine our financial responsibility in conjunction
with its review and approval of the change in control. We would
be required to submit a
same-day
audited balance sheet reflecting our financial condition
immediately following the offering. Our
same-day
balance sheet would have to demonstrate an acid test
ratio of at least 1:1, calculated by adding cash and cash
83
equivalents to current accounts receivable and dividing the sum
by total current liabilities (and excluding all unsecured or
uncollateralized related party receivables). The
same-day
balance sheet would also have to demonstrate at least one dollar
of positive tangible net worth. If we did not satisfy either of
these requirements, the Department of Education could condition
our continued certification for participation in the
Title IV programs on our agreement to post a letter of
credit in favor of the Department of Education and our
acceptance of additional monitoring requirements.
A change in control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which we are involved following the consummation
of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. In addition, Department of Education regulations
provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded
corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either:
(i) there is an event that would obligate the corporation
to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the
corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the
largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the
largest stockholder. These standards are subject to
interpretation by the Department of Education. A significant
purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future,
including a disposition of voting stock by the Richardson
family, could be determined by the Department of Education to be
a change in control under this standard. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the
adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could
discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Additional state regulation. Most state
education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have
sought to assert jurisdiction over
out-of-state
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In addition
to Arizona, we have determined that our activities in certain
states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to
the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or
be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our
activities in that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of
licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona could
prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering
services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
84
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our
executive officers, directors, and
director-nominees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Dr. Kathy Player
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Provost and Chief Academic Officer
|
Chad N. Heath
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Director
|
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Brent D. Richardson has been serving as our Chief
Executive Officer and director since 2004. From 2000 to 2004,
Mr. Richardson served as Chief Executive Officer of Masters
Online, LLC, a company that provided online educational programs
and marketing services to several regionally and nationally
accredited universities. Prior to 2000, Mr. Richardson
served as Director of Sales and Marketing and later General
Manager of the Educational Division of Private Networks, a
company that produced customized distance learning curricula for
the healthcare and automotive industries. Mr. Richardson
has over 20 years of experience in the education industry.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Science degree in
Finance from Eastern Illinois University. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson are brothers.
John E. Crowley has been serving as our Chief Operating
Officer since 2004. Prior to 2004, Mr. Crowley served as
the President of Educational Resources, a national distributor
of educational software, technology solutions, and related
services, and as President of Youth In Motion, Inc., a
distributor of educational materials. Mr. Crowley earned
his Bachelor of Finance degree and Master of Business
Administration degree from Western New England College.
Christopher C. Richardson has been serving as our General
Counsel since 2007 and as a director since 2004. From 2004 to
2007, Mr. Richardson served as legal counsel in our Office
of General Counsel. Prior to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
the Chief Operating Officer for Masters Online, LLC, a company
that provided online educational programs and marketing services
to several regionally and nationally accredited universities.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in
Political Science from Brigham Young University, and Juris
Doctor from the University of Arizona College of Law, where he
graduated summa cum laude. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
are brothers.
Timothy R. Fischer has been serving as our Chief
Financial Officer since 2005. Prior to 2005, Mr. Fischer
served as an independent management and financial consultant to
both public and private companies in the Phoenix, Arizona area.
Mr. Fischer is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and is licensed as a certified
public accountant by the New Mexico State Board of Public
Accountancy. Mr. Fischer earned his Bachelor of Business
Administration degree from Eastern New Mexico University.
Michael S. Lacrosse has been serving as our Chief
Information Officer since August 2006. From February 2001 to
August 2006, Mr. Lacrosse served as Chief Information
Officer of Trax Technology, a global transportation management
firm, and 21st Century Learning, an educational technology
company which provides supplemental curriculum to K-12 students,
professional development opportunities for teachers and
administrators, as well as programs for parents.
85
Dr. Kathy Player has been serving as our Provost and
Chief Academic Officer since 2007. From 1998 to 2007,
Dr. Player served in several other leadership roles at
Grand Canyon University, including most recently as Dean of the
Ken Blanchard College of Business. Dr. Player earned her
Doctorate of Education degree in Counseling Psychology from the
University of Sarasota, a Master of Business Administration
degree and a Master of Science degree in Nursing Leadership from
Grand Canyon University, a Master of Science degree in
Counseling from Nova Southeastern University, and a Bachelor of
Science degree in Nursing from St. Josephs College.
Chad N. Heath has been serving as a director of Grand
Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Heath is a managing
director of Endeavour Capital, a private equity firm based in
Portland, Oregon that currently manages over $925 million
in equity capital. Prior to joining Endeavour Capital,
Mr. Heath served as a principal at Charterhouse Group
International, a New York-based private equity firm focused on
middle-market transactions. Prior to Charterhouse,
Mr. Heath worked in the investment banking division of
Merrill Lynch. Mr. Heath currently sits on the board of
directors of Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson
Auction Company) and Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba:
Dri-Eaz Products). Mr. Heath received a Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration degree, magna cum laude, from
Georgetown University.
D. Mark Dorman has been serving as a director of
Grand Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Dorman is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital. Prior to joining
Endeavour Capital, Mr. Dorman served as an investment
banker at Green Manning & Bunch, a Denver-based
investment banking firm focused on merger and acquisition
transactions and advisory work for middle-market clients across
the West. He also served in the investment banking groups of
Boettcher & Company and Morgan Stanley.
Mr. Dorman currently sits on the boards of directors of PSI
Services Holding Inc. (dba: Policy Studies); SpeeCo, Inc.;
Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba: Dri-Eaz Products); and
Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson Auction
Company). Mr. Dorman received a Bachelor of Science degree
from Lewis & Clark College and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Harvard Business School.
David J. Johnson has been nominated and has agreed to
serve as a member of our board of directors effective upon the
closing of the offering. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Johnson
served as Chief Executive Officer and chairman of the board of
KinderCare Learning Centers, Inc., a for-profit provider of
early childhood education and care services, and from 1991 to
1996, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and
chairman of the board of Red Lion Hotels, Inc., a hotel company,
each of which were portfolio companies of Kohlberg Kravis
Roberts & Co. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson
served as a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a
private equity investment firm, from 1989 to 1991, as President,
Chief Operating Officer and director of Dillingham Holdings, a
diversified company, from 1986 to 1988, and as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Cal Gas Corporation, a principal
subsidiary of Dillingham Holdings, which was also a portfolio
company of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., from 1984 to 1987.
Jack A. Henry has been nominated and has agreed to serve
as a member of our board of directors effective upon the closing
of the offering. Mr. Henry began his career with Arthur
Andersen in 1966, and in 2000 retired as the managing partner of
the Phoenix office. In 2000, Mr. Henry formed Sierra Blanca
Ventures LLC, a private investment and advisory firm. He
currently serves on the boards of directors of White Electronics
Design Corporation and Point Blank Solutions, both of which are
public reporting companies, and several other private companies.
Mr. Henry previously served on the boards of directors of
Simula, Inc., SOS Staffing Services, Inc., Vodavi Technology,
Inc., Tickets.com, and VistaCare, Inc., all public reporting
companies. Mr. Henry currently serves as President of the
Arizona Chapter of the National Association of Corporate
Directors. Mr. Henry holds a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Michigan.
Other than Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson, who are
brothers, there are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of four persons,
including two independent directors, Messrs. Heath and
Dorman. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our board
will consist of at least
86
six directors, our four current directors and our two
director-nominees, four of whom will be independent. At each
annual meeting, our stockholders elect our full board of
directors. Directors may be removed at any time for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power then entitled to vote.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors directs the management of our business
and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its
business through meetings of the board of directors. Effective
upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will
establish three standing committees: an audit committee; a
compensation committee; and a nominating and governance
committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees
may be established under the direction of the board of directors
when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of
the board committees will comply, when required, with the
applicable rules of Nasdaq and applicable law. Our board of
directors will adopt a written charter for each of the standing
committees. These charters will be available on our website
following the completion of the offering.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee will be
comprised solely of independent directors as defined
under and required by the rules of Nasdaq and the federal
securities laws. Our audit committee will be directly
responsible for, among other things, the appointment,
compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent
registered public accounting firm. The oversight includes
reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement with the
firm, approving any additional professional services provided by
the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm. Commencing
with our first report on internal controls over financial
reporting, the committee will be responsible for discussing the
effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting
with the firm and relevant financial management.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation
committee will consist solely of independent
directors as defined under and required by the rules of Nasdaq,
non-employee directors under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, and outside directors for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code. The compensation committee will be
responsible for, among other things, supervising and reviewing
our affairs as they relate to the compensation and benefits of
our executive officers. In carrying out these responsibilities,
the compensation committee will review all components of
executive compensation for consistency with our compensation
philosophy and with the interests of our stockholders.
Nominating and Governance Committee. Our
nominating and governance committee will consist solely of
independent directors as defined under and required
by the rules of Nasdaq. The nominating and governance committee
will be responsible for, among other things, identifying
individuals qualified to become board members; selecting, or
recommending to the board, director nominees for each election
of directors; developing and recommending to the board criteria
for selecting qualified director candidates; considering
committee member qualifications, appointment and removal;
recommending corporate governance principles, codes of conduct
and compliance mechanisms; and providing oversight in the
evaluation of the board and each committee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
There are no interlocking relationships requiring disclosure
under the applicable rules promulgated under the
U.S. federal securities laws.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
For information concerning limitation of liability and
indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers
and, in certain cases, employees, please see Description
of Capital Stock located elsewhere in this prospectus.
87
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with Compensation of Named Executive
Officers and the related tables that are presented
immediately below.
Overview
The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis is to
provide information about each material element of compensation
that we pay or award to, or that is earned by, our named
executive officers, who consist of our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, and our three other most
highly compensated executive officers. For our 2007 fiscal year,
our named executive officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson, our Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson, our General Counsel;
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer, our Chief Financial Officer; and
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse, our Chief Information Officer.
|
This compensation discussion and analysis addresses and explains
the compensation practices we followed in 2007, the numerical
and related information contained in the summary compensation
and related tables presented below, and actions we have taken
regarding executive compensation since the end of our 2007
fiscal year.
Compensation
Determinations
Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with a
relatively small number of stockholders, including our lead
outside investor, Endeavour Capital, and we have not been
subject to exchange listing requirements requiring us to have a
majority independent board or to exchange or SEC rules relating
to the formation and functioning of board committees, including
audit, nominating, and compensation committees. As such, most,
if not all, of our compensation policies, and determinations
applicable to our named executive officers, have been the
product of negotiation between our named executive officers and
Endeavour Capital. For additional information regarding the
compensation committee of our board of directors that will
oversee our compensation program following the completion of
this offering, please see Board Committees above.
Objectives
of Compensation Programs
We pay our executive officers based on business performance and
individual performance, and, in setting compensation levels, we
take into consideration the marketplace for the individuals that
we wish to attract, retain, and motivate, our past practices and
our current and anticipated future needs, and the relative
skills and experience of each individual executive. To date, we
have not utilized the services of a compensation consultant and
have not engaged in any formal benchmarking when making
policy-level or individual compensation determinations. Rather,
compensation decisions have been made based on the knowledge of
the market possessed by our board of directors, as supplemented
by market knowledge of Endeavour Capital and our human resources
department, and as negotiated with our named executive officers.
Compensation philosophy. Under our
compensation philosophy, a named executive officers total
compensation will vary based on our overall performance and with
the particular named executive officers personal
performance and contribution to overall results. This philosophy
generally applies to all of our employees, with a more
significant level of variability and compensation at risk
depending upon an employees function and level of
responsibility. Our overall goals in implementing this
philosophy are to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified
individuals responsible for guiding us and creating value for
our investors.
88
Compensation objectives. We believe that the
compensation program we follow helps us achieve the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be related to
performance. We believe that the
performance-based portion of an individuals total
compensation should increase as the individuals business
responsibilities increase. Thus, a material portion of executive
compensation should be linked to our and the individuals
performance, which also serves to align the named executive
officers interests with those of our investors.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be competitive and cost effective. We
believe that our compensation programs should foster an
innovative, high integrity, and performance-oriented culture
that serves to attract, motivate, and retain executives and
other key employees with the appropriate skill sets to lead us
through expected future growth in a dynamic and competitive
environment. Accordingly, we should provide compensation in
amounts necessary to achieve these goals and which is of fair
value relative to other positions in Grand Canyon University.
|
Company compensation policies. A named
executive officers total in-service compensation consists
of base salary, a cash bonus, and limited perquisites. With
regard to these components, we have in the past adhered to the
following compensation policies:
|
|
|
|
|
Founders with significant equity stakes require limited
incentives. As founders of our company, Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have significant equity ownership in Grand
Canyon University. We believe that the Richardons
ownership stake provides a level of motivation that would not be
appreciably enhanced through material cash bonus opportunities
or the grant of further equity incentives. Accordingly, in 2007,
the Richardsons were compensated solely through base salary and
limited perquisites.
|
|
|
|
Base salaries should be the largest component of
compensation. Our compensation programs should reflect base
salaries as being compensation for the named executive officers
to perform the essential elements of their respective jobs, and
cash bonuses as a reward for superior company and individual
performance. In this regard, base salary should be the largest
component of cash compensation, with cash bonuses being
significantly less than base salaries.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be paid in cash. As a
private company whose equity securities were not publicly traded
prior to completion of this offering, we believed that the true
compensatory value to be accorded to equity-based incentives
would be difficult for both us and a recipient to determine.
Accordingly, we have not in the past utilized equity-based
incentives and have instead focused entirely on providing the
opportunity for our named executive officers to earn total cash
compensation at levels that enable us to achieve the motivation
and retention goals described above.
|
We believe our policies have helped us achieve our compensation
objectives of motivation and retention, as evidenced by the
limited turnover in our executive officer ranks over the past
several years.
Compensation
Programs Design and Elements of Compensation
We choose to pay each element of compensation to further the
objectives of our compensation program, which, as noted,
includes the need to attract, retain, and reward key leaders
critical to our success by providing competitive total
compensation.
Elements of In-Service Compensation. For our
2007 fiscal year, our executive compensation mix included base
salary, discretionary cash bonuses, and other benefits generally
available to all employees. Perquisites were not a significant
component of executive compensation. We generally determine the
nature and amount of each element of compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Base salary. We typically agree upon a base
salary with a named executive officer at the time of initial
employment, which may or may not be reflected in an employment
agreement. The amount of base salary agreed upon, which is not
at risk, reflects our views as to the individual
executives
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
past experience, future potential, knowledge, scope of
anticipated responsibilities, skills, expertise, and potential
to add value through performance, as well as competitive
industry salary practices. Although minimum base salaries for
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson are set by
their respective employment agreements, as described below, we
review executive salaries annually and may adjust them based on
an evaluation of the companys performance for the year and
the performance of the functional area(s) under an
executives scope of responsibility. We also consider
general market knowledge, as supplemented by the general market
knowledge of our investors and human resources department, in
making any adjustments. In some cases, competitive market
information may be difficult to obtain due to the unique duties
and responsibilities of a particular position. In those
instances, we consider qualitative criteria, such as education
and experience requirements, complexity, and scope or impact of
the position compared to other executive positions internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonuses. We provide cash bonuses, which are
at-risk, to recognize and reward our named executive officers
with cash payments above base salary based on our success in a
given year. In the past, we have awarded bonus on a
discretionary basis, and we have not implemented or followed a
formal bonus plan tied to specific financial and non-financial
objectives.
|
|
|
|
Perquisites. We seek to compensate our named
executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for
perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for
his or her own needs. Accordingly, in 2007, the only perquisite
we provided to any of our named executive officers was allowing
Brent Richardson to utilize a car leased by Grand Canyon
University.
|
|
|
|
Other. We offer other employee benefits to key
executives for the purpose of meeting current and future health
and security needs for the executives and their families. These
benefits, which we generally offer to all eligible employees,
include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term
disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible
spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a
401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings
plan is a defined contribution plan under Section 401(a) of
the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the
plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to
prescribed IRS annual limits.
|
Elements of Post-Termination Compensation and
Benefits. We are a party to written agreements
that provide certain of our named executive officers with
post-termination salary and benefit continuation while the
officer searches for new employment. We believe that the amounts
of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during
which they would be provided are fair and reasonable, and we
have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be
received by a named executive officer following termination when
establishing current compensation levels. The elements of
post-termination compensation that we provide consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Salary continuation. Each of Brent Richardson,
John Crowley, and Chris Richardson has a written employment
agreement under which he will receive continuing salary payments
for a stated period of time following termination of employment,
unless such termination constitutes termination for cause. Under
these agreements, Brent Richardson would continue to receive his
then-current base salary for a period of 12 months
following termination of employment, while John Crowley and
Chris Richardson would receive such salary continuation for a
period of six months following termination of employment,
subject to an option by us to extend the period to
12 months if we seek to extend their post-termination
non-compete and related covenants.
|
|
|
|
Benefits continuation. Under their agreements,
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson would
also receive continuation of benefits during the applicable
salary continuation period.
|
90
Impact
of Performance on Compensation
In the past, we have reviewed overall company and individual
performance in connection with our review of named executive
officer compensation.
Company performance. In reviewing our
performance, we focus principally on the achievement of net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA levels, and on maintaining
regulatory compliance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income
(loss) plus interest expense net of interest income, income tax
expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA),
as adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to
an agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as
of April 15, 2008, as discussed herein and in Note 2
to our financial statements included with this prospectus and
(ii) management fees that are no longer paid or that will
no longer be payable following completion of this offering. We
focus on Adjusted EBITDA in connection with our compensation
decisions because we believe that it provides useful information
regarding our operating performance and executive performance as
it does not give effect to items that management does not
consider to be reflective of our core operating performance. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Non-GAAP Discussion.
As such, we believe it is fair and reasonable to our executives
to assess their individual performance on the same basis as our
performance is assessed by our board of directors and investors.
Individual performance. In reviewing
individual performance, we also look at an executives
achievement of non-financial objectives that, with respect to a
given named executive officer, may include achieving objectives
related to some or all of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enrollment growth;
|
|
|
|
program development and expansion; and
|
|
|
|
regulatory compliance.
|
Conclusion
We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named
executive officers for their service in 2007 were reasonable and
appropriate and in our best interests.
Actions
Taken in Current Fiscal Year
As discussed above, we have historically relied upon base
salaries and cash bonuses to attract, motivate and retain our
named executive officers. Effective upon the completion of this
offering, we intend to adopt a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or
our Incentive Plan, and a 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or
our ESPP, to provide our directors, executive officers, and
other employees with additional incentives by allowing them to
acquire an ownership interest in our business and, as a result,
encouraging them to contribute to our success. These plans, the
intended terms of which are described below, will be effective
upon the approval of our stockholders, which will occur
immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
Incentive Plan. We will initially authorize
and reserve a total
of shares
of our common stock for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This
reserve will automatically increase on a cumulative basis on
January 1, 2009 and each subsequent anniversary through
2017, by an amount equal to the smaller of
(a) % of the number of shares of
common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding
December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by our
board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments in the
number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the
Incentive Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to awards that expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again
become available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. The
shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash
or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.
Only the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock
appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net
exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be
deducted from the shares available under the Incentive Plan.
91
We may grant awards under the Incentive Plan to our employees,
officers, directors, or consultants, or those of any future
parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity.
While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we
may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant.
Only members of the board of directors who are not employees at
the time of grant will be eligible to participate in the
non-employee director awards component of the Incentive Plan.
The board of directors or the compensation committee will set
the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Non-employee
director awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and
restricted stock unit awards.
In the event of a change in control, as described in the
Incentive Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or
continue all or any awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan
or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that
are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in
control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in
control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in
control. The compensation committee may provide for the
acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon
such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the
vesting of all non-employee director awards will automatically
be accelerated in full. The Incentive Plan also authorizes the
compensation committee, in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding
award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange
for a payment to the participant with respect to each share
subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess
of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the
change in control transaction over the exercise price per share,
if any, under the award.
In conjunction with adoption of the Incentive Plan, our board of
directors will approve a comprehensive policy relating to the
granting of stock options and other equity-based awards. Under
this policy:
|
|
|
|
|
all stock option grants, restricted stock awards, and other
equity based awards, which we collectively refer to as
stock-based grants, must be approved by the compensation
committee;
|
|
|
|
all stock-based grants will be approved at formal meetings
(including telephonic) of the compensation committee;
|
|
|
|
the date for determining the strike price and similar
measurements will be the date of the meeting (or a date shortly
after the meeting) or, in the case of an employee, director, or
consultant not yet hired, appointed, or retained, respectively,
the subsequent date of hire, appointment, or retention, as the
case may be;
|
|
|
|
if our board of directors implements an annual stock-based
grant, the grant will be approved at a regularly scheduled
meeting of the compensation committee during the first part of
the year, but after the annual earnings release, if any. We
believe that coordinating any annual award grant after our
annual earnings release, if any, will generally result in this
grant being made at a time when the public is in possession of
all material information about us;
|
|
|
|
the annual grant to executive officers and directors, if any,
will occur at the same time as the annual grant to other
employees;
|
|
|
|
we will not intentionally grant stock-based awards before the
anticipated announcement of materially favorable news or
intentionally delay the grant of stock-based awards until after
the announcement of materially unfavorable news; and
|
|
|
|
the compensation committee will approve stock-based grants only
for persons specifically identified at the meeting by management.
|
ESPP. We will initially authorize and reserve
a total
of shares
of our common stock for sale under the ESPP. In addition, the
ESPP will provide for an automatic annual increase in the number
of shares available for issuance under the plan on January 1 of
each year beginning in 2009 and continuing through and including
January 1, 2017 equal to the lesser of
(a) % of our then issued and
outstanding shares of
92
common stock on the immediately preceding December 31,
(b) shares or (c) a number of shares as our board of
directors may determine. We will make appropriate adjustments in
the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase
rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants
rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our
capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which
expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance
under the ESPP.
Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or
subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be
eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily
employed by us, or such other entity, if applicable, for more
than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any
calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right
to purchase stock under the ESPP if: (a) the employee
immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of our capital stock, or (b) the employees rights to
purchase stock under the ESPP and Incentive Plan would accrue at
a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of
participation in such plans.
The ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential
offering periods, generally three months in duration beginning
on the first trading days of February, May, August, and November
each year. However, the administrator may establish an offering
period to commence on the effective date of the ESPP that will
end on September 30, 2008. The administrator is authorized
to establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping
offering periods and offering periods having a different
duration or different starting or ending dates, provided that no
offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.
Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally through
payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase of
shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at
a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of our
common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of an
offering period, the administrator will be authorized to change
the purchase price discount for that offering period, but the
purchase price may not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of our common stock at the beginning of the
offering period or at the end of the offering period.
The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any
three-month offering period will be the lesser of (a) that
number of shares determined by multiplying
(i) shares
by (ii) the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole
month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole
share, or (b) that number of whole shares determined by
dividing (i) the product of $
and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in
the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar by
(ii) the fair market value of a share of our common stock
at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to the beginning
of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum
number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during
the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of
shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering
period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan
to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to
which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will
make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts
withheld from participants compensation in excess of the
amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded.
In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor
corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the
ESPP. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume
such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the
offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date
prior to the change in control, and the number of shares of
stock subject to outstanding purchase rights will not be
adjusted.
93
Compensation
of Named Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for
services rendered during fiscal year 2007 by our named executive
officers.
2007
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
292,019
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,312
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
307,331
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,019
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
194,500
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,500
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
160,385
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,385
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson,
represents the minimum base salary payable under their
respective employment agreements of $250,000, as adjusted for
fiscal year 2007 by the board of directors. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents cash bonuses awarded to the recipients by the board
of directors on a discretionary basis. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the value of lease payments made by Grand Canyon
University on a vehicle utilized by Mr. Richardson. |
Employment
Agreements
We have entered into an employment agreement with each of Brent
D. Richardson, John E. Crowley, and Christopher C. Richardson.
Our board of directors approved the terms of each agreement. The
material terms of the agreements are summarized below.
Agreement with Brent D. Richardson. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and Brent Richardson entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Richardsons death, disability, separation from
Grand Canyon as a result of a determination of the board of
directors that separation is in our best interests, or a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Richardson. The agreement
provides for a minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which
may be increased in the discretion of the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson may also receive a discretionary performance
bonus, which may be awarded by the board of directors based upon
the achievement of performance, budgetary, or other objectives
that may, from time to time, be set by the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson is also entitled to insurance, vacation,
holidays, and other benefits that are consistent with those that
we provide to our practices for our employees generally.
The agreement provides for certain benefits upon separation, as
further described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below. The agreement also contains
customary covenants requiring Mr. Richardson to maintain
the confidentiality of information obtained in his capacity as
an owner and member of our senior management team and
prohibiting Mr. Richardson from, for a period of
24 months following any separation event,
(i) competing with us, (ii) soliciting funds on behalf
of or for the benefit of another regionally accredited higher
education institution, (iii) soliciting current or
prospective students, (iv) inducing or attempting to induce
our employees to leave employment with us, and
(v) interfering with our business relationships generally.
Mr. Richardson is also prohibited from making any
disparaging remarks about us.
Agreement with John E. Crowley. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and John Crowley entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Crowleys death, disability, separation from us as
a result of a determination of the board of directors that
separation is in our best interests, or a voluntary
94
resignation by Mr. Crowley. The agreement provides for a
minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which may be increased
in the discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Crowley
may also receive a discretionary performance bonus, which may be
awarded by the board of directors based upon the achievement of
performance, budgetary, or other objectives that may, from time
to time, be set by the board of directors. Mr. Crowley is
also entitled to insurance, vacation, holidays, and other
benefits that are consistent with those that we provide to our
practices for our employees generally. The agreement provides
for certain benefits upon separation, as further described in
the Severance and Change of Control Payments section
below. The agreement also contains substantially similar
covenants as those in the agreements with Brent Richardson, as
described above.
Agreement with Christopher C.
Richardson. Effective August 24, 2005, we
and Chris Richardson entered into an employment agreement. The
agreement with Chris Richardson contains substantially the same
terms as the agreement with John Crowley. The agreement also
provides for certain benefits upon separation as further
described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below.
95
Severance and Change of Control Payments. The
employment agreements with Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and
Chris Richardson entitle them to certain severance payments and
other benefits in the event of certain types of terminations,
which are summarized below. The table below reflects the amount
of compensation to be paid to each of them in the event of
termination of such executives employment. The amounts
shown assume that such termination was effective as of
December 31, 2007, and thus includes amounts earned through
such time and are estimates of the amounts that would be paid
out to the executives upon their termination. The actual amounts
to be paid out can only be determined at the time of such
executives separation from the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
|
Triggering
Event(1)(2)
|
|
Payment/Benefit
|
|
Material Conditions
|
|
Potential
Value(3)
|
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
12 months following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 24 months
|
|
$
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley
|
|
Separation by Mr. Crowley for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Crowley must abide by the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants discussed above
for 12 months (subject to extension to 24 months)
|
|
|
295,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Crowley, separation by Mr. Crowley without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Crowley will receive benefits as
determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
2,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chris Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 12 months (subject to extension to
24 months)
|
|
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
96
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Good Reason is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include a resignation within 30 days after
the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) the failure
by us to pay amounts owed to the executive following
15 days prior written notice of such failure; (b) the
assignment to the executive of duties materially inconsistent
with the executives title or the failure to elect or
reelect the executive to his position; or (c) a requirement
by us that the executive perform services at a location that is
more than 50 miles from our main campus. |
|
(2) |
|
Cause is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include: (a) the executives commission
of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, any other
willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to us or our customers or suppliers, misappropriation of
our funds or assets for personal use or engaging in conduct
bringing substantial public disgrace or disrepute to us;
(b) the executives neglect of duties following
notice, gross misconduct in performance of duties or material
and repeated failure to perform duties; (c) the
executives engaging in conduct that constitutes cause for
separation under applicable law, and (d) the
executives breaching the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation,
and
non-disparagement
covenants applicable to him. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes that, in the case of Chris Richardson and John Crowley,
we exercise our option to extend severance payments beyond the
required six month period, as described in the table above. Also
assumes health insurance premiums of $696.20 per month, $248.74
per month, and $696.20 per month for Brent Richardson, John
Crowley, and Chris Richardson, respectively, over the periods
indicated. |
Compensation
of Directors
To date, we have not paid our directors any compensation for
their services in that capacity. We do reimburse our
non-employee directors for all reasonable expenses incurred by
them to attend board and committee meetings.
After the completion of this offering, we intend to pay our
non-employee directors an annual cash retainer for their board
and board committee service and a per meeting fee for each
meeting of the board attended. We also intend to pay the members
of our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate
governance committees an additional annual cash retainer, and
the chairs of such committees an additional annual cash
retainer. In addition, non-employee directors will be eligible
to receive awards under our Incentive Plan. We will reimburse
all directors for reasonable expenses incurred to attend our
board and board committee meetings.
We also anticipate appointing Mr. David J. Johnson, one of
our director-nominees, as our lead independent director and to
provide him an annual cash retainer and equity award in addition
to those received by board members generally.
97
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written
code of business conduct and ethics, or code of conduct,
effective as of the date of and applicable to transactions on or
after the offering, pursuant to which our executive officers,
directors, and principal stockholders, including their immediate
family members and affiliates, will not be permitted to enter
into a related person transaction with us without the prior
consent of our audit committee, or other independent committee
of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for
our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict
of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with
an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of
such persons immediate family members or affiliates, in
which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will first be
presented to our audit committee for review, consideration, and
approval. All of our directors, executive officers, and
employees will be required to report to our audit committee any
such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the
proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the facts
and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit
committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and
benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability
of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if
applicable, the impact on a directors independence. Our
audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in
light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent
with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in
the good faith exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if
we should discover related person transactions that have not
been approved, the audit committee will be notified and will
determine the appropriate action, including ratification,
rescission, or amendment of the transaction. This policy has not
been and will not be applied to the transactions described below.
Stockholders
Agreement
In connection with our conversion from a limited liability
company to a corporation and the related investment in us by
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, which we refer to as the Endeavour Entities, 220
GCU, L.P. and certain of its affiliates, and certain other
investors on August 24, 2005, we entered into a
stockholders agreement with the Endeavour Entities and certain
other parties. The stockholders agreement, as amended, contains
agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our
directors and restrictions on the issuance or transfer of
shares, including special corporate governance provisions. Each
of our current directors was appointed pursuant to the terms of
the stockholders agreement. Upon the completion of this
offering, the stockholders agreement will terminate in
accordance with its terms.
Investor
Rights Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we also entered into an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, and certain other named parties. The investor rights
agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties
with respect to registration rights, information rights and
certain operating covenants that we must comply with during the
term of the agreement. Upon the completion of this offering, the
investor rights agreement will terminate with respect to the
information rights and other covenants, but will remain in
effect with respect to the registration rights provisions. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights for a description of the registration rights that
will remain in effect following the closing of this offering.
Voting
Agreement
As discussed in Regulation Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change in
Control, many states and accrediting commissions require
institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of
certain changes in control and changes in other aspects of
institutional organization or control. In connection with this
offering, certain of our stockholders intend to enter into a
proxy and voting agreement whereby such persons will grant to
Brent D. Richardson, our chief executive officer and director,
and Christopher C. Richardson, our general counsel and director,
a five-year irrevocable proxy to exercise all voting authority
with respect to all shares of our common
98
stock held by such persons. As a result of the proxy and voting
agreement, prior to this offering the Richardsons will have
voting authority with respect to approximately 64.8% of our
outstanding shares of capital stock. See Beneficial
Ownership of Common Stock.
Endeavour
Professional Services Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC. Under the agreement, we engaged
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters, including, without
limitation, corporate strategy, budgeting, acquisition and
divestiture strategies, and debt and equity financings. Under
the agreement, we paid Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a one time fee
of $340,667 upon execution of the agreement and agreed to pay
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a consulting fee of $250,000 per year
thereafter, subject to annual increases as determined by the
board of directors (not including those directors appointed by
Endeavour) based on performance. In addition, we agreed to
reimburse Endeavour Capital IV, LLC for reasonable legal, due
diligence, travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, and to
indemnify Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and its affiliates for any
action or inaction related to the agreement, except as a result
of their gross negligence or intentional misconduct. The fees
paid by us to Endeavour Capital IV, LLC in 2005, 2006, and 2007
constituted less than 5% of Endeavour Capital IV, LLCs
consolidated gross revenues for each such year. The professional
services agreement will terminate by its terms upon the closing
of this offering.
Financing
Transactions
The following summarizes sales by us of our capital stock to
certain of our directors, executive officers, holders of more
than 5% of our voting securities, and their affiliates and
immediate family members in private placement financing
transactions since 2005.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On March 31, 2005, we sold
$14.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes to the
Endeavour Entities. On August 24, 2005, we sold
5,953 shares of our newly designated Series A
preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,233.67 per share, or
$19.3 million in total gross proceeds, of which
4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A substantial
portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour Entities was
paid through the contributions to us of the notes that were
previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The general partner
of the Endeavour Entities is Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, of which
Mr. D. Mark Dorman and Mr. Chad N. Heath, two of our
directors, are managing directors. Mr. Charles M. Preston
III, one of our former directors, is an affiliate of
220 Management, LLC, which is the general partner of 220
GCU GP, LP, the general partner of 220 GCU, L.P.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On December 31, 2005, we issued
2,163 shares of our newly designated Series B
preferred stock and received gross proceeds of approximately
$7.0 million, or $3,236.25 per share, in the form of a
stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. Of these shares, 1,298 were sold to the
Endeavour Entities and 865 were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC. Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC is a limited liability company
whose members include Brent Richardson, our chief executive
officer and a director, John Crowley, our chief operating
officer, and Chris Richardson, our general counsel and a
director. Later in 2006, the shares of Series B preferred
stock sold to the Endeavour Entities were redeemed for cash at
their stated repurchase price.
Series C Preferred Stock Issuance. On
December 18, 2007 and January 11, 2008, we sold an
aggregate of 3,829 shares of our newly designated
Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,500.00
per share, or approximately $13.4 million in total gross
proceeds, of which 1,675 shares were sold to the Endeavour
Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC, and 935 shares were sold to 220 GCU, LP and certain of
its affiliates. The purchase price payable by Rich Crow
Enterprises for its shares of Series C preferred stock was
paid through the contribution to us of the 865 outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock it purchased in 2006.
99
Special
Distribution
We intend to declare a special distribution that will be paid
promptly upon the completion of this offering to our
stockholders of record as
of ,
2008. The payment of the special distribution with the gross
proceeds of this offering permits a return of capital to all of
our stockholders of record as of the record date, and does so
without significantly decreasing our capital resources or
requiring these stockholders to sell their shares. The aggregate
amount of the special distribution will be equal
to % of the gross proceeds received
by us from the sale of stock in this offering. Assuming an
initial public offering price of $
per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the amount
of the special distribution will be
$ million, or
$ per common share on an as-if
converted basis.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate amount of the
special distribution by
$ million and the per share
amount of the special distribution by
$ , assuming the number of shares
offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease the special distribution and our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, with
respect to our net proceeds, less underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses.
Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special distribution,
$ million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers as a group are deemed to exercise sole or
shared voting or investment power. These proceeds will be
allocated among such group as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds. |
Arrangement
with Mind Streams
We are a party to an agreement with Mind Streams, LLC, which is
owned and operated, in part, by Gail Richardson, father to Brent
Richardson, our chief executive officer and a director, and
Chris Richardson, our general counsel and a director. Pursuant
to this agreement, Mind Streams identifies qualified applicants
for admission to Grand Canyon University in return for which it
is a paid a stated percentage of the net revenue (calculated as
tuition actually received, less scholarships, refunds, and
allowances) derived by us from those identified applicants that
matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The term of the
agreement runs through December 31, 2010, and can be
terminated by either party upon 45 days prior written
notice. We previously were previously a party to an agreement
with 21st Century Learning, which was owned by Gail Richardson,
Brent Richardson, and Chris Richardson, providing for a similar
revenue sharing arrangement. This agreement was terminated in
2005 when we entered into the agreement with Mind Streams. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, we paid
$2.8 million, $3.7 million and $4.3 million,
respectively, to these parties pursuant to this arrangement for
students enrolled and expenses reimbursed.
100
Arrowhead
Management
We previously had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC, which is owned by, among others, irrevocable trusts
for the benefit of Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson. We
paid approximately $0.2 million to Arrowhead for services
and reimbursements during the year ended December 31, 2005.
Center
for Educational Excellence
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC was created to
explore opportunities to promote and enhance the academic
experience we offer. John Crowley, our chief operating officer,
is a member of The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC. For
the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid approximately
$0.6 million of expenses incurred by The Center for
Educational Excellence, LLC, of which $0.3 million was
reimbursed to us.
Arrangement
with Vergo Marketing
From time to time we obtain marketing services from Vergo
Marketing, Inc., of which the sister-in-law of Brent Richardson,
our chief executive officer, is a significant stockholder and
chief executive officer. For the year ended December 31,
2007, we paid Vergo Marketing, Inc. $0.5 million for such
services.
Youth in
Motion Consulting Arrangement
Youth in Motion, Inc. is owned by John Crowley, our chief
operating officer. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, we paid to Youth in Motion, Inc.
$0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0, respectively, for
consulting services rendered.
Significant
Ventures Consulting Agreement
Significant Ventures, LLC held approximately 9.3% of our common
stock immediately prior to this offering. On January 8,
2004, we entered into a consulting agreement with Significant
Ventures, Inc., predecessor to Significant Ventures, LLC. This
consulting agreement terminated by its terms on
December 31, 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid $0.1 million,
$0.4 million, and $0, respectively, to Significant Ventures
for services rendered and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this
arrangement.
220
Consulting Agreement
On January 8, 2004, we entered into a consulting agreement
with 220 Partners, LLC, which is affiliated with Charles M.
Preston III, one of our former directors who is an affiliate of
certain of our significant stockholders. This consulting
agreement terminated by its terms on December 31, 2006. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid
$0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0, respectively, to
220 Partners, LLC for services rendered and expenses reimbursed
pursuant to this arrangement.
101
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30,
2008, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being
offered in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and director-nominees;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and named executive officers as a group.
|
The information in the following table has been presented in
accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules,
beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any
shares of such class as to which a person, directly or
indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and
also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire
such voting or investment power within 60 days through the
exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. If two or
more persons share voting power or investment power with respect
to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise
indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we
believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed
below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each holder listed
below is 3300 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona
85017.
For purposes of calculating beneficial ownership, we have
assumed that, as of April 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock are
converted into an equal number of shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series C preferred stock,
which will convert into common stock upon the closing of the
offering based on a conversion price equal to the initial public
offering price per share, are converted into an equal number of
shares of common stock; and
|
|
|
|
We will
issue shares
of common stock in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to the
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
Offering(1)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Over-Allotment(2)
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Principal Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 GCU, LP and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
4,754
|
|
|
|
23.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant Ventures,
LLC(5)
|
|
|
1,865
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(6)
|
|
|
13,159
|
|
|
|
64.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E.
Crowley(7)
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(6)
|
|
|
13,159
|
|
|
|
64.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy N. Fischer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(8)
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(8)
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors, director-nominees, and executive officers as a
group (9 persons)
|
|
|
19,782
|
|
|
|
97.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a
particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares
beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of
shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting
or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the
sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the
number of shares as to which such person has the right to
acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after
such date. Consequently, the denominator for calculating
beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each
beneficial owner. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts presented assume that the over-allotment option is
exercised in full. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
4,213 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A preferred stock and approximately
1,426 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
258 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series A preferred stock and approximately
87 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record
by Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.; and
|
|
|
|
477 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series A preferred stock and approximately
161 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC is the general partner of the
Endeavour Entities, and has voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held by the Endeavour Entities.
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and serves on our
board of directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his respective pecuniary
interest. The address for these entities is 920 SW Sixth Avenue,
Suite 1400, Portland, Oregon 97204.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,005 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A preferred stock and approximately
340 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by 220 GCU, LP;
|
|
|
|
710 shares of common stock and approximately
162 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record
by 220 Education, LP;
|
|
|
|
568 shares of common stock and approximately
130 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record
by 220-SigEd, LP; and
|
|
|
|
1,326 shares of common stock and approximately
303 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by SV One, LP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 Management, LLC is the general partner of 220 GCU GP,
LP and SV One GP, LP, which are the general partners of 220 GCU,
LP and SV One LP, respectively. 220 Management, LLC is also the
general partner of 220 Education, LP, which is the general
partner of 220 SigEd, LP. 220 Management, LLC has dispositive
power with respect to the shares held by 220 GCU, LP, 220
Education, LP, 220 SigEd, LP, and SV One, LP, which we
collectively refer to as the 220 Entities, and is affiliated
with Charles M. Preston III, one of our former directors. The
address for these entities is
c/o 220
Partners, LLC, One American Center, 600 Congress Avenue,
Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78701. Pursuant to a proxy and
voting agreement expected to be entered into prior to the
closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares beneficially
owned by the 220 Entities. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson
and Chris Richardson disclaim beneficial ownership of such
shares, except to the extent of such voting interest.
|
103
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Consists of 1,516 shares of common stock and approximately
349 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
shares of Series C preferred stock. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
1,833 shares of common stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and 267 shares of
common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C
preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in
each case which are attributable to, and beneficially owned by,
Mr. Brent D. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
1,834 shares of common stock held of record by
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
267 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Christopher C. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
1,833 shares of common stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and 267 shares of
common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C
preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in
each case which are attributable to, and beneficially owned by,
the sister of Mr. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
209 shares of common stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC and approximately 33 shares of common
stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred
stock held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case
which are attributable to, and beneficially owned by,
Mr. John Crowley.
|
|
|
|
The shares held by the 220 Entities and the
1,865 shares held by Significant Ventures, as described in
Note (4) and (5) above.
|
|
|
|
170 shares of common stock and 35 shares of common
stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock
held of record by other stockholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement expected to be entered
into prior to the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson have voting power over the
shares beneficially owned by their sister and by
Mr. Crowley, as well as those covered by the
220 Entities, Significant Ventures, and the other
stockholders. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except
to the extent of such voting interest.
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Consists of 209 shares of common stock and approximately
33 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record by
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable
to, and beneficially owned by, Mr. John Crowley. Pursuant
to a proxy and voting agreement expected to be entered into
prior to the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson have voting power over the
shares beneficially owned by Mr. Crowley. Each of
Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of
such voting interest. |
|
(8) |
|
Consists of 4,948 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of Series A preferred stock and
1,675 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record by
the Endeavour Entities (see note (3) above).
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing member of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, the general
partner of the Endeavour Entities, and serves on our board of
directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except
to the extent of his respective pecuniary interest. |
104
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following description of our capital stock summarizes
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as
they will be in effect upon completion of the offering. As of
the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock
consists
of shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share,
and shares
of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of
which
are designated as Series A preferred stock
and
are designated as Series C preferred stock. Immediately
after completion of this offering, after giving effect to the
conversion of our outstanding Series A preferred stock and
Series C preferred stock into common stock and the
effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist
of shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share,
and shares
of undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.
The following description of the material provisions of our
capital stock and our charter and bylaws is only a summary, does
not purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law
and the full provisions of our charter and bylaws. You should
refer to our charter and bylaws as in effect upon the closing of
this offering, which are included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common
Stock
As of May 9, 2008, there were 20,307 shares of our
common stock outstanding and held of record by seven
stockholders, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock.
Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by
stockholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to
voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no
preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund
provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and
are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights
of holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is
outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive
ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by
the board of directors out of funds legally available for
dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We
currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation
and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.
Liquidation Rights. Upon a liquidation or
dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary,
creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential
liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to
holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of
common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per
share of any excess amount.
Undesignated
Preferred Stock
Under our charter, which will be effective upon the completion
of this offering, the board of directors has authority to issue
undesignated preferred stock without stockholder approval. The
board of directors may also determine or alter for each class of
preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences,
and special rights, qualifications, limitations, or restrictions
as permitted by law. The board of directors may authorize the
issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights
that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of
the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock
provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions
and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other
things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of our company and may adversely affect the
market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights
of the holders of common stock.
105
Warrants
As of April 30, 2008, we had outstanding a warrant to
purchase an aggregate of 498 shares of our common stock at
exercise prices of approximately $1,057 per share, subject to
adjustments to the exercise price and number of shares of common
stock underlying these warrants upon the occurrence of specified
events, including any recapitalization, consolidation or merger,
or sale of all assets. Under the original terms of the warrant,
we were entitled to repurchase the warrant for an aggregate
price of $16.0 million. Under an amendment to the warrant
that was effected in connection with our 2005 conversion from a
limited liability company to a corporation, the right to
repurchase the warrant, as well as a right to repurchase any
shares issued upon exercise of the warrant, in each case for
$16.0 million, was transferred to a holding company owned
by our original investors. In connection with this offering, if
such investors do not exercise such right, then we may exercise
the right to repurchase the warrant or the underlying shares. We
intend to use up to $16.0 million of the gross proceeds of
this offering to repurchase any portion of the warrant or the
underlying shares not purchased by such investors. See Use
of Proceeds for further information.
Registration
Rights
We are a party to an amended investor rights agreement with the
Endeavour Entities, the 220 Entities, and certain other parties
pursuant to which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to
register shares of common stock held by each of the parties to
the agreement under the Securities Act. The registration rights
provisions of the investor rights agreement grant to the
Endeavour Capital funds the right, beginning 90 days
following the completion of this offering, to cause us, at our
expense, to use our reasonable commercial efforts to register
such securities held by the Endeavour Capital funds for public
resale, subject to certain limitations. The exercise of this
right will be limited to two requests. In the event that we
register any of our common stock following completion of this
offering, the Endeavour Capital funds and the other holders are
entitled to piggyback registration rights in which
they may require us to include their securities in future
registration statements that we may file, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights. In addition, after we have completed our
initial public offering, these entities have the right to
request that their shares of common stock be registered on a
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
so long as the anticipated aggregate sales price of such
registered securities as of the date of filing of the
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
is at least $1 million. These registration rights are
subject to various conditions and limitations, including the
right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
registrable securities that may be included in the offering. We
are generally required to bear all of the expenses of these
registrations, except underwriting discounts and selling
commissions and transfer taxes, if any. Registration of any
securities pursuant to these registration rights will result in
shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such
registration.
Provisions
of Delaware Law and our Charter and Bylaws with Anti-Takeover
Implications
Charter
and Bylaw Provisions
Our charter and bylaws will, upon completion of this offering,
include a number of provisions that may have the effect of
encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or
other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board
of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover
attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. Our
bylaws will provide that directors may be removed only for cause
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power of all the outstanding shares of capital stock
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting
together as a single class. Furthermore, any vacancy on our
board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors
then in office even if less than a quorum.
No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our
charter will provide that all stockholder actions are required
to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or
special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action
by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
106
Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws will
provide that only a majority of the members of our board of
directors then in office may call special meetings of
stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of
the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special
meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that
may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those
matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements. Our bylaws will
establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder
proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election
as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of
our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of
stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our
corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is
to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at
our principal executive offices not less than 120 days
prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for
the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information
specified in the bylaws.
Amendment to Bylaws and Charter. As required
by the DGCL, any amendment of our charter must first be approved
by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law
or our charter, thereafter be approved by a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a
majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to
vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the
provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation
of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of
incorporation must be approved by no less than
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority
vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations
set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our charter will
provide
for authorized
shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but
unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of
directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt
to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer,
proxy contest, or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise
of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to
determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests
of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause
shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder
approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions
that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed
acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this
regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of
directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of
authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance
of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of
earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of
shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect
the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders
and may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a
change in control of us.
Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporate Law
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general,
Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation
from engaging in a business combination with an
interested stockholder for a three-year period
following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. A business combination includes,
among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale, or other
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own
within three years prior to the determination of interested
stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporations voting
stock. Under Section 203, a business
107
combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder
is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following
conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also
officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or
|
|
|
|
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the
business combination was approved by the board of directors of
the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting
of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by
the interested stockholder.
|
Limitations
of Director Liability and Indemnification Directors, Officers
and Employees
As permitted by the DGCL, provisions in our charter and bylaws
that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will
limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors.
Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or
our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability
under the federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or
rescission.
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion
of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions,
including an exception for indemnification in connection with a
proceeding (or counterclaim) initiated by such persons; and
|
|
|
|
we will advance expenses, including attorneys fees, to our
directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors,
certain officers and employees, in connection with legal
proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
|
Contemporaneous with the completion of this offering, we intend
to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our
executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that,
subject to limited exceptions and among other things, we will
indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the
fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each
indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which a right to
indemnification is available.
We also intend to maintain general liability insurance that
covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising
out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as
directors or officers, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors,
officers, or persons who control Grand Canyon University, we
have been
108
informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a
lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary
duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and
officers, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a
stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the
extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against
directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions. We believe that these provisions, the
indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to
attract and retain talented and experienced directors and
officers.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification
will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim
for such indemnification.
Nasdaq
Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public
market for the common stock. We intend to apply to have our
common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market,
subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol LOPE.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
109
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of
approximately shares
of common stock. Of these
shares, shares
of common stock to be sold in this offering,
or shares
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are
held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares were
issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible
for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or
sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701, each of
which is discussed below. In addition, upon completion of this
offering, we will have outstanding stock options held by
employees and directors for the purchase
of shares
of common stock.
The holders of all of our currently outstanding stock and
holders of substantially all of our currently outstanding stock
options are subject to
lock-up
agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is
subject to extension in some circumstances, as discussed below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our
common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering)
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or
Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly and except as described below,
beginning after expiration of the
lock-up
period pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701.
|
We expect the
remaining shares
to become eligible for future sale in the public market pursuant
to Rule 144 at varying times after six months from the date
of this prospectus.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate,
has not been our affiliate for the previous three months, and
who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at
least six months may sell all such shares. An affiliate or a
person who has been our affiliate within the previous
90 days, and who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least six months, may sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding, which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
All sales under Rule 144 are subject to the availability of
current public information about us. Sales under Rule 144
by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the
previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements. Upon expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period, subject to any extension of the
lock-up
period under circumstances described below,
approximately shares
of our outstanding restricted securities will be eligible for
sale under Rule 144.
Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering up
to shares
of common stock reserved for issuance under our Incentive Plan
and our ESPP. These registration statements are expected to be
filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will
automatically
110
become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered
under such registration statements will be available for sale in
the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with us or are otherwise subject to the
lock-up
agreements and manner of sale and notice requirements that apply
to affiliates under Rule 144 described above.
Lock-Up
Agreements
For a description of the
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters that restrict sales of shares
by us, or directors, executive officers, and stockholders, see
the information under the heading Underwriting.
Registration
Rights
For a description of registration rights with respect to our
common stock, see the information under the heading titled
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights.
111
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to
non-U.S. Holders
with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of
our common stock. In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
is any holder of our common stock other than the following:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien
individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United
States or meets the substantial presence test under
section 7701(b)(3) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the
trust, or (ii) it has a valid election to be treated as a
U.S. person in effect.
|
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code,
Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial
opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service,
or IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are
subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal
income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or
non-U.S.
taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to particular
Non-U.S. Holders
that may be subject to special treatment under the
U.S. federal income tax laws, such as insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers,
dealers in securities, and U.S. expatriates. If a
partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. This discussion assumes that the
Non-U.S. Holder
will hold our common stock as a capital asset, generally
property held for investment.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND
NON-U.S. INCOME
AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND
DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
Dividends
As described above under Dividend Policy, except in
connection with our special distribution, we do not anticipate
declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in
the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on
our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for
U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those
distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first
reduce the recipients basis in our common stock, but not
below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of
stock as described below under Gain on Sale or
Other Disposition of Common Stock.
In general, dividends paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to
30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the
dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States. Under applicable Treasury Regulations,
a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements,
generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN,
directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced
rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If
tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount prescribed
by an applicable income tax treaty, a refund of the excess
amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim
for refund with the IRS.
112
Dividends that are effectively connected with such a
U.S. trade or business (and where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained
by the recipient) generally will not be subject to
U.S. withholding tax if the
Non-U.S. Holder
files the required forms, including IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or any successor form, with the payor of the dividend, but
instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the
Non-U.S. Holder
were a resident of the United States. A corporate
Non-U.S. Holder
that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to
an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower
rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, with respect
to effectively connected dividends (subject to adjustment).
Gain on
Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain
realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the
Non-U.S. Holders
shares of common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States;
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual who holds shares of common stock as capital
assets and is present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year of disposition and various other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a United States real property
holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the
five-year period preceding the disposition or the
Non-U.S. Holders
holding period for our common stock.
|
If the recipient is a
non-United
States holder described in the first bullet above, the recipient
will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the
sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates,
and corporate
non-United
States holders described in the first bullet above may be
subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If
the recipient is an individual
non-United
States holder described in the second bullet above, the
recipient will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain
derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States
source capital losses.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a
USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a
USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real
property relative to the fair market value of our other business
assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a
USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as
long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market, such common stock will be treated as
U.S. real property interests only if the
Non-U.S. Holder
actually or constructively held more than 5% of our common stock.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even
if withholding was not required because the dividends were
effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an
applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other
agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax
authorities in the recipients country of residence.
Payments made to a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to
backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless a
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be
made on IRS
Form W-8BEN.
Proceeds from the disposition of common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
effected by or through a United States office of a broker will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to,
113
among other things, its address and status as a
Non-U.S. Holder
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, United States
information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a
payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected
outside the United States by or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign
corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its
gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of
foreign banks or insurance companies or a foreign partnership
with certain connections to the United States, information
reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder
is a
Non-U.S. Holder
and other conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
|
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount
of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax
liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup
withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal
income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required
documents are filed with the IRS.
Estate
Tax
Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as
specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes)
at the time of death will be includible in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
114
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement
dated ,
2008, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below,
for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as the
representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of
common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase on a pro rata basis up
to
additional shares from us at the initial public offering price
less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may
be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $ per share.
After the initial public offering, the representative may change
the public offering price and concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect
sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make
any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, or filing, without the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event that either (1) during the last
17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
Our directors, executive officers, and stockholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our
common stock or securities
115
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have
the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge, or other
arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether
any of these transactions is to be settled by delivery of our
common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or
publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge,
or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written
consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the
event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public
offering price up
to shares
of the common stock for employees, directors, and other persons
associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing
common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to
the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any
reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the
other shares.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the
underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We intend to apply to list the shares of common stock on the
Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol LOPE.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have
from time to time performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial advisory, commercial banking, and investment
banking services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary
course of business, for which they received, or will receive,
customary fees and expenses.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
will compete;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management;
|
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earning;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering.
|
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the common stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an
active trading market for the common stock will develop and
continue after the offering.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
116
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
117
NOTICE TO
EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA RESIDENTS
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer
to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and
agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it
has not made and will not make an offer of shares of common
stock to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common
stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the
Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and
including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
shares of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member
State at any time,
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000, and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than
qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive)
subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any
such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this section, the expression an offer
of shares of common stock to the public in relation to any
shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common
stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to
purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same
may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
NOTICE TO
UNITED KINGDOM RESIDENTS
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and
agrees as follows:
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated
and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an
invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services
and Markets Act of 2000, or FSMA) to persons who have
professional experience in matters relating to investments
falling with Article 19(5) of the FSMA (Financial
Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
NOTICE TO
CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale
Restrictions
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made
only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement
that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities
regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common
stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be
made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending
on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to
be made under available statutory exemptions or under a
discretionary exemption granted by the
118
applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers
are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the
common stock.
Representations
of Purchasers
By purchasing the common stock in Canada and accepting a
purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the
dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
|
|
|
|
|
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities
laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a
prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
|
|
|
|
where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as
principal and not as agent,
|
|
|
|
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale
Restrictions, and
|
|
|
|
the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of
specified information concerning its purchase of the common
stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to
collect the information.
|
Further details concerning the legal authority for this
information is available on request.
Rights of
Action Ontario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who
purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period
of distribution will have a statutory right of action for
damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for
rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains
a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser
relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages
is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from
the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving
rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on
which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action
for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from
the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a
purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission,
the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against
us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed
the price at which the common stock were offered to the
purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the
securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have
no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not
be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven
to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock
as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights
are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other
rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The
foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario
purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text
of the relevant statutory provisions.
Enforcement
of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may
not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of
process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a
substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those
persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those
persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian
courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
Taxation
and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of the common stock should consult their own
legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of
an investment in the common stock in their particular
circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for
investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
119
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
DLA Piper US LLP, Phoenix, Arizona. The underwriters have been
represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles,
California.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of
December 31, 2006 and 2007, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007, as set forth in
their report. We have included our financial statements in the
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the
registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus.
This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information that is in the
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain
portions of the registration statement have been omitted as
allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in
this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily
complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You
may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we
may file with the SEC at the public reference facilities of the
SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public
filings can be obtained from the SECs Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
120
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the
related statements of operations, preferred stock and
stockholders deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. at December 31, 2006 and
2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
May 12, 2008, except for Note 16, as to which the date is
[ l ],
2008
The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the
determination of the pro forma financial information described
in Note 16 to the financial statements.
Phoenix, Arizona
May 12, 2008
F-2
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Balance
Sheets
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$3,653 in 2006 and $6,079 in 2007
|
|
|
8,525
|
|
|
|
13,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due from related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
25,339
|
|
|
|
46,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
29,017
|
|
|
|
33,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash and investments
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposit with former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
62,477
|
|
|
$
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
3,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,536
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
6,133
|
|
|
|
10,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
7,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of notes payable
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
20,699
|
|
|
|
37,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
28,779
|
|
|
|
28,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable, less current portion
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
1,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
51,566
|
|
|
|
67,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 7,500 and 9,700 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 5,953 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $57,750 at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B 12% preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 2,200 shares at December 31,
2006 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 865 and 0 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $0 at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C 8% preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 0 and 3,900 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 0 and 3,829 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $26,800 at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 30,000 shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 10,325 shares at
December 31, 2006 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
7,860
|
|
|
|
7,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(10,479
|
)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
$
|
62,477
|
|
|
$
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-3
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Operations
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,327
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
36,852
|
|
Selling and promotional, including $2,839 in 2005; $3,742 in
2006, and $4,293 in 2007 to related parties
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
19,355
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
15,326
|
|
|
|
18,385
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
54,760
|
|
|
|
67,279
|
|
|
|
92,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss), per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-4
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members/Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
Membership Interests
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
8,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,645
|
)
|
Distribution to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
Exchange of membership interests for common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
(8,327
|
)
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Promissory Notes into Series A Preferred Stock
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock for services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $639
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
4,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,025
|
)
|
|
|
(11,638
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,686
|
|
Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,298
|
)
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend on Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,860
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(10,479
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,036
|
|
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
(2,780
|
)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of amounts due to related party with Series C
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
|
|
10,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend on Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Accretion of Series C Preferred Stock Dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
$
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
3,829
|
|
|
$
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,511
|
|
|
$
|
80
|
|
|
$
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-5
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Cash Flows
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
3,905
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(735
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(5,357
|
)
|
|
|
(5,973
|
)
|
|
|
(8,573
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
Due to/from related parties
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,433
|
)
|
|
|
(565
|
)
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
2,284
|
|
|
|
(2,294
|
)
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
2,668
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
4,236
|
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
2,668
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Deposit with former owners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
|
|
7,107
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
(2,387
|
)
|
|
|
(7,410
|
)
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(9,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,044
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(9,969
|
)
|
|
|
6,657
|
|
|
|
(7,559
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on notes payable and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(2,306
|
)
|
|
|
(1,178
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
Proceeds from line of credit and other debt obligations
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock
|
|
|
4,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
Proceeds from related party payable on preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemptions of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to members and dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(497
|
)
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
16,044
|
|
|
|
(1,675
|
)
|
|
|
9,301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(897
|
)
|
|
|
11,782
|
|
|
|
8,849
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
2,579
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
$
|
2,523
|
|
|
$
|
2,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
4,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment through capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
858
|
|
|
$
|
5,945
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
Issuance of Series B and Series C preferred stock for
notes receivable
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
Conversion of senior secured notes to Series A preferred
stock
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of membership interest into common stock
|
|
|
8,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receipt of marketable securities for Series B preferred
stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C preferred stock for settlement of
balances owed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
Accretion of dividends on Series C preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the Company) was
formed in Delaware in November 2003 as a limited liability
company, under the name Significant Education, LLC, for the
purpose of acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University from
a non-profit foundation on February 2, 2004. On
August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation and changed its name to
Significant Education, Inc. On May 9, 2008, the Company
changed its name to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. The Company is
a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in its core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to online
programs, the Company offers courses at its campus in Phoenix,
Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. The Company
is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
All references in the notes to the financial statements
regarding per share information have been restated to their
equivalent based on the conversion of the membership units of
Significant Education, LLC into shares of common stock of
Significant Education, Inc.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Formation
and Transactions with Former Owner
On January 29, 2004, the Company entered into an asset
purchase agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with the
Grand Canyon University Institute for Advanced Studies (the
Institute or former owner), an Arizona
nonprofit corporation, pursuant to which the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets (excluding the ground
campus and related buildings) of Grand Canyon University (the
University), including all accreditations,
licensures, and approvals necessary to offer its ground and
online education programs. In consideration for the purchase of
such assets, the Company paid the Institute $500 in cash,
assumed certain liabilities, and agreed to pay the Institute a
royalty equal to 5% of the revenue generated by the Company
through its online education program for each year in the period
2004 through 2008 and 4% for each year thereafter, in perpetuity
(the Royalty Agreement). The consideration paid and
liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the assets
acquired by $2,900 which was recorded as goodwill. The
transaction closed on February 2, 2004 at which time the
Company commenced its operations.
On June 25, 2004, the Company entered into an ancillary
agreement (the Ancillary Agreement) with the
Institute, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase the
ground campus and related buildings (the Campus)
from the Institute for the following consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
$26,750 in cash;
|
|
|
|
The assumption of a $1,500 note payable to a third party (the
Kirksville Note);
|
|
|
|
the issuance by the Company to the Institute of a warrant (the
Institute Warrant) to purchase a 10.0% non-dilutable
equity interest in the Company for an exercise price of $1
during a one month period beginning in July 1, 2011 subject
to a right for the Company to repurchase the warrant at any time
prior to its exercise for $6,000.
|
The value of the warrant was estimated at $420 which
approximates 10% of the estimated fair value of the Company at
the date of grant and was included as a component of the cost of
the campus and related buildings.
In connection with the Ancillary Agreement, (i) the Company
assigned its right to purchase the ground campus and related
buildings to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC
(Spirit), (ii) following such assignment,
Spirit acquired the assets from the Institute for cash (iii)
Spirit leased them to the Company under a long-term
F-7
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
lease (the Spirit Lease), and (iv) the
Institute loaned the Company $1,250 payable over seven
years (the Institute Loan).
Shortly after the completion of the acquisition, the Company and
the Institute became involved in certain disputes, with the
Company alleging breaches of representations and warranties
concerning the Universitys operations, its compliance with
Department of Education regulations, and the Institutes
failure to adequately disclose liabilities in the Purchase
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreement. In addition, the Company
withheld payment of amounts due under the Royalty Agreement and
the Institute Loan. At December 31, 2007, the Company had
withheld payment of approximately $7,428 in payments due under
the Royalty Agreement and approximately $840 of principal and
interest payments under the Institute Loan. As a result of these
disputes, the Company commenced legal proceedings in March 2006
and the Institute brought counterclaims.
In September 2007, the Company and the Institute entered into a
standstill agreement pursuant to which they agreed to stay all
legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In accordance
with the terms of the standstill agreement, the Company made an
initial non-refundable, non-creditable $3,000 payment to the
Institute and received an option to pay an additional $19,500 to
the Institute by April 15, 2008, which would serve, in its
entirety, as consideration for:
|
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of all past royalties due to the
Institute under the Royalty Agreement and the elimination of the
existing obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues
in perpetuity;
|
|
|
|
the cancellation of the Institute Warrant;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition by the Company of certain real property located
on the Campus that was owned by the Institute;
|
|
|
|
the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to which the
Institute leased office space on the Campus;
|
|
|
|
the assumption by the Company of all future payment obligations
in respect to certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of the $1,250 Institute Loan (including
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).
|
On April 15, 2008, the Company exercised its option and
paid the additional $19,500 to the Institute and the Institute
relinquished any and all rights it had to be involved in Grand
Canyon University, and all parties released any and all claims
they may have had against the other parties.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company invests cash in excess of current operating
requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money
market instruments. The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with maturities of three months or less at the time
of purchase to be cash equivalents.
F-8
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Restricted
Cash and Investments
The Company owns certain marketable securities that are pledged
as collateral for a Standby Letter of Credit as further
described in Note 3. The Company considers its investments
in such marketable securities as available-for-sale securities,
in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities. Available-for-sale investments are carried at
fair value as determined by quoted market prices, with
unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate
component of stockholders deficit. Unrealized losses
considered to be other-than-temporary are recognized currently
in earnings. The cost of securities sold is based on the
specific identification method. Amortization of premiums,
accretion of discounts, interest and dividend income and
realized gains and losses are included in investment income.
Because these investments are pledged as collateral, the Company
classifies all such amounts as long term assets.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and line of credit approximate
their fair value based on the liquidity or on the short-term
maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of notes
payable and capital lease obligations approximate fair value
based upon market interest rates available to the Company for
debt of similar risk and maturities.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of its students to make required payments. The Company
determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts
based on an analysis of its aging of the accounts receivable and
historical bad debt experience. The Company writes-off account
receivable balances deemed uncollectible on a regular basis.
However, the Company continues to reflect accounts receivable
with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes
there is a reasonable possibility of collection. Bad debt
expense is recorded as a general and administrative expense in
the statement of operations.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line
method. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures that materially extend the useful life of an asset
are capitalized. Construction in progress represents items not
yet placed in service and are not depreciated. The Company
capitalizes interest pursuant to SFAS No. 34,
Capitalization of Interest Costs. The Company used its
interest rates on the specific borrowings used to finance the
improvements, which approximated 8.7% in 2006 and 2007 given the
amount of the specific debt exceeded the in process value of the
project at all times. The Company did not have any projects that
required it to capitalize interest cost in 2005. Interest cost
capitalized and incurred in the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Interest incurred
|
|
$
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
3,007
|
|
|
$
|
3,197
|
|
Interest capitalized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
2,909
|
|
|
$
|
3,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Furniture, fixtures and
equipment are depreciated over a period of 3 to 10 years.
Leasehold improvements and
F-9
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
assets recorded under capital leases are amortized over the
related lease term or their estimated useful life, whichever is
shorter.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used
is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset
to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated
by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the
assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market
value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible
assets. Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if
circumstances indicate potential impairment, by comparing its
fair value to its carrying amount as defined by
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets.
The determination of whether or not goodwill is impaired
involves significant judgment. Although the Company believes its
goodwill is not impaired, changes in strategy or market
conditions could significantly impact these judgments and may
require future adjustments to the carrying amount of goodwill.
Income
Taxes
On August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation. For all periods subsequent
to such date, the Company has been and will continue to be
subject to corporate-level U.S. federal and state
income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes as
prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the
asset and liability method to compute the differences between
the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related
financial amounts using currently enacted tax laws.
The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to
periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to
the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from
courses taught by the Company online, at its traditional campus
in Phoenix, Arizona, and onsite at facilities of employers.
Tuition revenue is recognized monthly over the applicable period
of instruction, net of scholarships provided by the Company.
Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent
the excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received
as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of
operations and are reflected as current liabilities in the
accompanying balance sheet. The Companys educational
programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its
fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a
portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned in
accordance with the SECs Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements. If a student withdraws prior to the end of the
third week of a semester, the Company will refund all or a
portion of tuition already paid pursuant to its refund policy.
Textbook sales and other revenues are recognized as sales occur
or services are performed and represent less than 10% of total
revenues.
F-10
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Instructional
Costs and Services
Instructional cost and services consist primarily of costs
related to the administration and delivery of the Companys
educational programs. This expense category includes salaries
and benefits for full-time and adjunct faculty and
administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty,
information technology costs, curriculum and new program
development costs (which are expensed as incurred) and costs
associated with other support groups that provide services
directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services,
primarily at the Companys Phoenix, Arizona campus.
Selling
and Promotional
Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits
of personnel engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and
retention of students, as well as advertising costs associated
with purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and
producing marketing materials. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to selling and promotional activities at the
Companys facilities in Phoenix, Arizona and Orem, Utah.
Selling and promotional costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising costs, which include marketing leads, events, and
promotional materials for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 were $2,960, $4,235, and $9,213,
respectively.
The Company is party to revenue share arrangements with related
parties pursuant to which it pays a percentage of the net
revenue that it actually receives from applicants recruited by
those entities that matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The
related party bears all costs associated with the recruitment of
these applicants. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, the Company expensed approximately $2,839,
$3,742, and $4,293, respectively, pursuant to these
arrangements. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, $475 and
$416, respectively, were due to these related parties.
General
and Administrative
General and administrative expenses include salaries and
benefits of employees engaged in corporate management, finance,
human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions.
General and administrative expenses also include bad debt
expense, as well as an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the departments
providing general and administrative functions.
Royalty
to Former Owner
In connection with the February 2, 2004 acquisition of the
assets of Grand Canyon University from a non-profit foundation,
the Company entered into a royalty fee arrangement with the
former owner in which the Company agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by its online programs. In
early 2005, in connection with a dispute with the former owner,
the Company continued to accrue but did not pay the royalty. As
of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had accrued an
aggregate of $3,646 and $7,428, respectively, in such payments,
which amounts are included in royalty to former
owner in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company
settled all future royalty obligations with the former owner in
April 2008 as described above under Formation and
Transactions with Former Owner.
Insurance/Self-Insurance
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance
for a number of risks, including claims related to employee
health care, workers compensation, general liability, and
business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks
are estimated based on, among other things, historical claims
experience, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions.
The Companys loss exposure related to self-insurance is
limited by
F-11
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
stop loss coverage on a per occurrence and aggregate basis.
Expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while the
Company believes the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate
loss may differ from the amounts provided.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Company may extend credit for tuition to some students. A
substantial portion is repaid through the students
participation in federally funded financial aid programs.
Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to the
Company are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Education (Department of Education) requirements. A
majority of the Companys revenues are derived from tuition
financed under the Title IV programs of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended (the Higher Education
Act). The financial aid and assistance programs are
subject to political and budgetary considerations and are
subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Companys
administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by
various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be
the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions
including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through
a Department of Education prescribed application and eligibility
certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally
made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout
their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically
apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs
first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are
distributed directly to the student.
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income
The only item of accumulated other comprehensive income relates
to unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable
securities at December 31, 2006 and 2007, which totaled $35
(net of taxes of $23) and $80 (net of taxes of $52) at
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Segment
Information
The Company operates as a single educational delivery operation
using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and
educational delivery needs of both its ground and online
students regardless of geography. The Companys chief
operating decision maker manages the Companys operations
as a whole and no expense or operating income information is
generated or evaluated on any component level.
New
Accounting Standards
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). This interpretation, among other
things, creates a two step approach for evaluating uncertain tax
positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise
concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical
merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of
benefit that more-likely-than-not will be realized upon
settlement. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously
recognized would occur when a company subsequently determines
that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not
threshold of being sustained. FIN 48 specifically prohibits
the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for
derecognition of tax positions, and it has expanded disclosures.
The Company will adopt FIN 48 on January 1, 2008, and
does not expect adoption to have a material impact on its
financial position or results of operation.
F-12
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157), which provides
enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and
liabilities. SFAS No. 157 establishes a common
definition of fair value, provides a framework for measuring
fair value under U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles and expands disclosure requirements about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Company does not believe that the adoption of
SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on its
financial position or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of
SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact
on the Companys financial position or results of
operations.
|
|
3.
|
Restricted
Cash and Investments
|
The following is a summary of amounts included in Restricted
cash and investments. The Company considers all investments as
available for sale;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
567
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,166
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in
Municipal Securities were caused by interest rate increases. The
cash flows of the Agency instruments are guaranteed by an agency
of the U.S. government
F-13
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
while Municipal Securities are backed by the issuing
municipalitys credit worthiness. Contractual maturities of
the marketable securities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
359
|
|
Due in one to five years
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
Due in five to ten years
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
1,567
|
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of
available-for-sale securities were immaterial in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively the net
unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities were $0,
$35, and $45, net of tax effect.
|
|
4.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Buildings under capital lease
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
Equipment under capital leases
|
|
|
1,510
|
|
|
|
2,009
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,984
|
|
|
|
8,811
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
4,430
|
|
|
|
8,430
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,461
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,146
|
|
|
|
42,207
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,129
|
)
|
|
|
(8,358
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
29,017
|
|
|
$
|
33,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property
and equipment, including assets under capital lease, totaled
$1,864, $2,298, and $3,223 for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively.
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
1,569
|
|
|
$
|
3,775
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,044
|
|
|
$
|
6,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Financing
Arrangements
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company had a line of credit with
a bank that provided for borrowings of up to $6,000. The line
was intended to provide funding for operations as needed and was
collateralized by equipment and fixtures owned by the Company.
The interest rate on the line was equal to LIBOR plus 2.0% (6.8%
as of December 31, 2007). The line of credit expires in
November 2009. As of December 31, 2007 the amount
outstanding under this line of credit was $6,000. The line of
credit was paid in full in February 2008 and terminated in May
2008.
During 2004, the Company entered into the Spirit Lease. In
connection with the Spirit Lease, the Company is required to
maintain a $2,000 letter of credit in favor of Spirit. The
letter of credit is secured by a pledge of certain Company
assets that are included in Restricted cash and investments in
the accompanying balance sheet. In conjunction with the terms of
the Spirit Lease, Spirit provided the Company with funding to be
used for certain leasehold and other capital improvements. At
December 31, 2007, the Company was obligated to spend
$2,287 by July 2010 on such improvements.
|
|
7.
|
Notes
Payable and Capital Lease Obligations
|
Notes payable and capital lease obligations consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease for buildings (monthly payments of $277 at an
implicit interest rate of 8.7% through 2024)
|
|
$
|
29,161
|
|
|
$
|
28,451
|
|
Capital leases for equipment (various leases extending into
2012, with implicit interest rates ranging from 7.4% to 9.3%,
monthly payments totaling $35)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,779
|
|
|
$
|
28,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institute Loan; 8 quarterly payments of $60 through June 2006
and $120 for 20 quarters through June 2011; implicit interest at
23.6%
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
Kirksville Note; monthly payments of $20; interest at 3.9%
through September 2011
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
Notes payable for vehicles requiring monthly payments with
interest rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.0% extending into January
2013
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,088
|
|
|
$
|
1,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Spirit Lease provides the Company with the use of the campus
land and buildings for a term of twenty years and provides the
Company with four options to extend the term of the lease term
for five year periods through 2044. In accordance with SFAS
No. 13, Accounting for Leases, the lease of the
campus land was treated as an operating lease and the lease of
the buildings was treated as a capital lease. The lease includes
scheduled
bi-annual
adjustments based on the lesser of 5.0% or 125% of the change in
the Consumer Price Index. Under the original lease terms, Spirit
provided an advance to make tenant improvements of
F-15
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
$6,250 that were received in 2004 and 2005. Through
December 31, 2007, the Company had expended $3,963 of the
amounts advanced on approved capital improvement projects, and
is required to spend the remaining amounts through 2010. In June
2006, Spirit agreed to provide an additional $5,800 of lease
funding for tenant improvements. Through December 31, 2007,
the Company has expended $4,555 and utilized $3,589 of the
tenant improvement funds. The lease provides the Company with an
option to purchase the property at the greater of fair value or
Spirits total investment in the property.
Payments due under the notes payable and future minimum lease
payments under the capital lease obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Capital Lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
3,744
|
|
|
$
|
646
|
2009
|
|
|
3,544
|
|
|
|
586
|
2010
|
|
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
671
|
2011
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
|
|
456
|
2012
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
49
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
34,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,462
|
|
|
$
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Portion representing interest
|
|
|
23,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates
through 2023. Future minimum lease payments under operating
leases due each year are as follows at December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,203
|
2009
|
|
|
2,153
|
2010
|
|
|
2,003
|
2011
|
|
|
1,852
|
2012
|
|
|
1,852
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
20,326
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments
|
|
$
|
30,389
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense and related taxes and operating expenses
under operating leases for the years ended December 2005, 2006
and 2007 was $2,052, $2,136 and $2,260, respectively.
Legal
Matters
On February 28, 2007, the Company filed a complaint against
SunGard Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa
County Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to technology
F-16
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
services agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard
moved to stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court
granted the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to
arbitrate. SunGard has also counterclaimed alleging breach of
contract relating to the parties technology services
agreement. Various other motions have been made and heard,
discovery is ongoing, and arbitration is scheduled to commence
in late May 2008.
From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. When
the Company is aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses
the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the
loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be
reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the
specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is
reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. With
respect to the majority of pending litigation matters, the
Companys ultimate legal and financial responsibility, if
any, cannot be estimated with certainty and, in most cases, any
potential losses related to those matters are not considered
probable. The Company has reserved approximately $750 for losses
related to litigation and asserted claims where the
Companys ultimate exposure is considered probable and the
potential loss can be reasonably estimated, which is classified
within accrued liabilities on the accompanying December 31,
2007 balance sheet. There can be no assurance that the ultimate
outcome of any of the matters disclosed above will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition or results of operations. Upon resolution of any
pending legal matters, the Company may incur charges in excess
of presently established reserves. Management does not believe
that any such charges would, individually or in the aggregate,
have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing
net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share reflects
the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities,
consisting of preferred stock and common stock warrants for
which the estimated fair value exceeds the exercise price, less
shares which could have been purchased with the related
proceeds, unless anti-dilutive. Contingently issuable stock,
such as issuances to Blanchard Education, LLC (as discussed in
Note 10), is also included in the diluted shares
computation if enrollment levels have been attained, unless
anti-dilutive. For 2005, diluted earnings (loss) per common
share is computed on the same basis as basic earnings (loss) per
common share, as the inclusion of potential common shares
outstanding would be anti-dilutive.
The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding on an as if converted basis
used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common
share. For 2005, the basic and diluted common shares outstanding
is computed by the weighted average membership units outstanding
prior to the Companys conversion to a corporation, on a
converted basis as if the conversion to a corporation occurred
on January 1, 2005 combined with the weighted number of
shares of common stock outstanding after the conversion to a
corporation.
F-17
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic common shares outstanding
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Effect of dilutive preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,938
|
|
|
|
6,787
|
|
Effect of dilutive warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,844
|
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
Effect of contingently issuable common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted common shares outstanding
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average securities that could potentially dilute
earnings per share in the future that are not included above as
they are anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
2,337
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
10.
|
Preferred
Stock and Equity Transactions
|
Preferred
Stock
As of December 31, 2007, the following series of preferred
stock have been authorized:
Series A
Preferred Stock
The Company entered into a Series A preferred stock (the
Series A) purchase agreement on August 24,
2005. The holders of Series A are entitled to vote and to
receive dividends, when and as declared by the board of
directors from time to time, in each case on an as-converted to
common stock basis. The shares of Series A may convert into
common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof at
the then applicable conversion rate, and all shares of
Series A automatically convert into common stock at the
then applicable conversion rate upon the consummation of a
registered initial public offering that results in net cash
proceeds to the Company (after deducting applicable underwriting
discounts and commissions) of not less than $30,000 and that has
an offering price per share to the public of not less than $5
(as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits,
combinations and similar actions). In the event of liquidation,
or a change in control, as defined, the holders of the
Series A are entitled to receive in preference to holders,
other than holders of Series B preferred stock (the
Series B) and Series C preferred stock (the
Series C), any distributions of the assets of the
Company equal to three times the original purchase price of the
shares, or $9,702 per share, subject to certain adjustments.
On, or at any time, or from time to time, after
February 24, 2009 and before August 24, 2009, each
holder of the Series A may offer to the Company in writing
the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of such holders
outstanding shares of the Series A during the six month
period following the Companys receipt of such offer for
value greater than the then current liquidation value or fair
value as determined by an independent appraisal or public
market. A majority of the board of directors (excluding the
members of the board who are holders of the
Series A) may accept or reject the offer. If the board
of directors chooses not to redeem the Series A during this
optional redemption period, then the holders of a majority of
the Series A may, at their option, take voting control of
the Company, pursuant to which, in any vote by the holders of
the common stock, the holders of the Series A shall be
deemed to have that number of votes, on an as-converted to
common stock basis, necessary to comprise a majority of the
common stock entitled to vote on such matter.
F-18
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
During 2005, the Company issued 1,624 shares of
Series A and received net proceeds of $4,610. Additionally,
the Company converted $14,000 of principal on senior secured
promissory notes into 4,329 shares of Series A.
Series B
Preferred Stock
On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into a
Series B preferred stock purchase agreement. The holders of
Series B were entitled to receive, in preference to the
holders of Series A, when and as declared by the board of
directors, cumulative dividends at a rate of 12.0% per year,
less the amount of any dividends actually paid. Such dividends
accrued whether or not declared by the board of directors, and
whether or not there were funds legally available to pay
dividends. The Series B is non-voting.
On December 31, 2005 the Company issued 2,163 shares
Series B and received net proceeds of $6,980 in the form of
a stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. On November 6, 2006, the Company
redeemed 1,298 shares of the Series B for an aggregate
redemption price of $4,200 plus accrued and unpaid dividends of
$286. Dividends of $241 on the remaining shares of Series B
were declared by the board of directors of which $213 were paid
as of December 31, 2006. During 2007, the Company declared
$320 of dividends on the Series B of which $153 was paid
with the remaining balance accrued for as dividends payable. The
remaining 865 shares of Series B were converted into
800 shares of Series C on December 17, 2007. As
of December 31, 2007, no shares of Series B remain
outstanding.
Series C
Preferred Stock
On December 18, 2007, the Company entered into a
Series C preferred stock purchase agreement and
subscription agreement. The holders of Series C are
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the all
other classes of stock, when and as declared by the board of
directors or upon a liquidation event, cumulative dividends at a
rate of 8.0% per year, less the amount of any dividends actually
paid. Such dividends accrue whether or not declared by the board
of directors, whether or not there are funds legally available
to pay dividends, and compound on an annual basis. In the event
of liquidation, or a change in control, as defined, the holders
of the Series C are entitled to receive, in preference to
all other shareholders, any distributions of the assets of the
Company equal to two times the original purchase price of the
shares, or $7,000 per share, subject to certain adjustments,
plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends. The Series C is
non-voting.
Upon the consummation of a public offering that results in net
cash proceeds to the Company (after deducting applicable
underwriting discounts and commissions) of more than $75,000,
each shareholder shall vote for, consent to, and raise no
objection against the redemption by the Company of all shares of
the Series C at a redemption price equal to two times the
original Series C issuance price, as adjusted for any stock
dividends, less any Series C dividends previously paid.
On December 18, 2007 the Company issued 1,359 shares
of Series C stock and received net proceeds of $4,720 in
cash and a subscription receivable of $5,725 for the remaining
1,636 shares, which were paid for and issued in January
2008. Additionally, the Company issued 34 shares of
Series C in consideration for amounts owed to one of the
Series B stockholders and converted 865 shares of
Series B for 800 shares of Series C as noted
above. Cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series C were
$29 at December 31, 2007.
Common
Stock
On August 24, 2005, in connection with its conversion from
a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company issued
and exchanged one share of common stock to its membership
holders in exchange for each 100 of their previously outstanding
membership units in the limited liability company. Concurrently,
the Company also issued 325 shares of common stock to a
prospective investor in settlement of a legal action.
F-19
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Each share of the Companys common stock is entitled to one
vote. All shares of common stock rank equally as to voting and
all other matters. The shares of common stock have no preemptive
or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions,
are not liable for further call or assessment, and are not
entitled to cumulative voting rights. Subject to the prior
rights of holders of preferred stock, the holders of common
stock are entitled to share ratably in any dividends and in any
assets remaining upon liquidation after satisfaction of the
rights of the holders of preferred stock.
In June 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with
Blanchard Education, LLC (Blanchard) relating to the
Companys use of the Ken Blanchard name for its College of
Business. Under the terms of that agreement the Company agreed
to issue to Blanchard up to 498 shares of common stock with
the actual number issued to be contingent upon the
Companys achievement of stated enrollment levels in its
College of Business during the term of the agreement. Blanchard
had no future performance obligations with respect to the
agreement; therefore the Company charged $130 to expense in 2004
based upon the estimated fair value of the award at that date.
As of December 31, 2007, 100 shares were earned and
due to Blanchard under this agreement, but none had been issued.
On May 9, 2008, the Company and Blanchard amended the terms
of the agreement, pursuant to which Blanchard was issued 200
shares of the Companys common stock in full settlement of
all shares owed and contingently owed under this agreement.
Warrants
to Purchase Common Stock
On June 25, 2004, the Company issued a warrant to the
Institute (the Institute Warrant) to purchase a
10.0% non-dilutive membership interest (later amended to be
common stock), at an exercise price of $1. The Institute Warrant
was to have been exercisable for a one month period beginning on
July 1, 2011. The Company had the right to repurchase the
Institute Warrant prior to the exercise period for $6,000. On
April 15, 2008 the Institute Warrant was canceled with the
execution of the settlement discussed in Note 2.
On June 28, 2004, the Company issued to Spirit a warrant to
purchase a 5.0% membership interest in common stock of the
Company (the Spirit Warrant) for $526, as adjusted
to be 498 shares of common stock in conjunction with the
conversion to a corporation. The Spirit Warrant is exercisable
from January 1, 2005 through June 28, 2024 (the last
day of the Spirit lease term). The Spirit Warrant, and any
shares issuable upon exercise of the Spirit Warrant, are subject
to repurchase at a fixed price of $16,000 at any time prior to
the earlier of the expiration date of the Spirit Warrant or
three years after the Spirit Warrant is exercised. This
repurchase option may be exercised in whole or in part, first,
by the group of stockholders that constitute the former holders
of the Companys membership interests and, second, if they
do not exercise the option upon the occurrence of certain
liquidity transactions, including an underwritten public
offering that results in net cash proceeds of not less than
$30,000, by the Company. As of December 31, 2007 the
warrant had not been exercised nor had any of the repurchase
rights been executed.
Investor
Rights Agreement
The Company is a party to an investor rights agreement with
certain of its investors, pursuant to which the Company has
granted those persons or entities the right to register shares
of common stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act). Certain of the
holders of these rights are entitled to demand that the Company
register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act,
while others are entitled to piggyback registration
rights in which they may require the Company to include their
shares of common stock in future registration statements that
may be filed, either for its own account or for the account of
other security holders exercising registration rights. In
addition, after an initial public offering, certain of these
holders have the right to request that their shares of common
stock be registered on a
Form S-3
registration statement so long as the anticipated aggregate
sales price of such registered shares as of the date of filing
of the
Form S-3
registration statement is at least $1,000. The foregoing
registration rights are
F-20
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
subject to various conditions and limitations, including the
right of underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
registrable securities that may be included in an offering. The
registration rights terminate as to any particular shares on the
date on which the holder sells such shares to the public in a
registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The Company is generally required to bear all of
the expenses of these registrations, except underwriting
commissions, selling discounts, and transfer taxes.
The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect
the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of
deferred tax liabilities is principally dependent upon
achievement of projected future taxable income. The Company has
no valuation allowance at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
2,224
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
State
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
2,680
|
|
|
|
2,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(1,760
|
)
|
|
|
(1,252
|
)
|
|
|
(604
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(386
|
)
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,184
|
|
|
$
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the
U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Recognition of deferred taxes upon charter conversion
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss prior to charter conversion not subject to tax
|
|
|
20.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meals and entertainment
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(33.2
|
)%
|
|
|
41.8
|
%
|
|
|
39.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2007,
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
1,496
|
|
|
$
|
2,490
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
3,619
|
|
|
$
|
4,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and
state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In
particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education subject
the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of
numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to
participate in the various federal student financial assistance
programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the
relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited
by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of
Education and certified as eligible by the Department of
Education. The Department of Education will certify an
institution to participate in the Title IV programs only
after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the
Higher Education Act and the Department of Educations
extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the
Department of Education on an ongoing basis. As of
December 31, 2007, management believes the Company is in
compliance with the applicable regulations in all material
respects.
The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review
many aspects of an institutions operations in order to
ensure that the training offered is of sufficiently high quality
to achieve satisfactory outcomes, and that the institution is
complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate
compliance with accrediting standards may result in the
imposition of probation or Show Cause orders, or the
requirements of periodic reports, and ultimately the loss of
accreditation if deficiencies are not remediated.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. Congress must reauthorize the student
financial assistance programs of the Higher Education Act
approximately every five to six years. The last comprehensive
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act took place in 1998,
and it has been temporarily extended several times since then.
Congress has been considering a comprehensive reauthorization of
the Higher Education Act.
A significant component of Congress initiative to reduce
abuse in the Title IV programs has been the imposition of
limitations on institutions whose former students default on the
repayment of their federally
F-22
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
guaranteed or funded student loans above specific rates (cohort
default rate). Although the Company is not obligated to repay
any of its students or former students defaults on
payments of their federally guaranteed student loans, if such
default rates equal or exceed 25% for three consecutive years,
the institution may lose its eligibility to participate in, and
its students will be denied access to, the federally guaranteed
and funded student loan programs and the Federal Pell Grant
program. An institution whose cohort default rate for any
federal fiscal year exceeds 40% may have its eligibility to
participate in all of the Title IV programs limited,
suspended or terminated by the Department of Education.
All institutions participating in the Title IV programs
must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The
Department of Education evaluates institutions for compliance
with these standards each year, based on the institutions
annual audited financial statements, and also following a change
in ownership, as defined by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education calculates the institutions
composite score for financial responsibility based on its
(i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions
capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
(ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the
institutions ability to support current operations from
expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which
measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit.
An institution that does not meet the Department of
Educations minimum composite score may demonstrate its
financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor
of the Department of Education and possibly accepting other
conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company satisfied each of the
Department of Educations standards of financial
responsibility.
Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it,
like other industry participants, may be subject from time to
time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by
governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory
violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of
action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies
or third parties will not undertake investigations or make
claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will
not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, results of operations or financial condition,
management believes it has materially complied with all
regulatory requirements.
|
|
13.
|
Employee
Benefit Plan
|
Effective February 1, 2004 the Company adopted a 401(k)
Defined Contribution Benefit Plan (the Plan). The
Plan provides eligible employees, upon date of hire, with an
opportunity to make tax-deferred contributions into a long-term
investment and savings program. All employees over the age of 21
are eligible to participate in the plan. The Plan allows
eligible employees to contribute to the Plan subject to Internal
Revenue Code restrictions and the Plan allows the Company to
make discretionary matching contributions. No employer
contributions were made for the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2006. The Company made discretionary matching
contributions to the plan of $250 for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
|
|
14.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Related parties include shareholders and their affiliates. As
the Company participates in the Title IV programs
administered by the Department of Education pursuant to the
Higher Education Act, the Company must comply with the
regulations promulgated under the Higher Education Act. Those
regulations require that all related party transactions be
disclosed, regardless of their materiality to the financial
statements. The following transactions are in the normal course
of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is
the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the
related parties.
F-23
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007, related party transactions consisted of the following:
Shareholders
Significant Education Holding, LLC (Sig Ed)
At December 31, 2007, Sig Ed holds 10,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. The Company has not engaged in any
transactions with Sig Ed, but has engaged in certain
transactions with members of Sig Ed, as discussed below.
220 Partners, LLC (220 Partners) 220
Partners, which is affiliated with several entities that hold
membership interests in Sig Ed and a former director of the
Company, received management, consulting fees, and reimbursed
expenses of $299, $299, and $0 in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. There were
no amounts due from or payable to 220 Partners at
December 31, 2006, and 2007.
Affiliates of 220 Partners purchased 1,005 shares of
Series A for $3,250 during 2005 and also purchased
632 shares of Series C for $2,212 in 2007, of which
$1,409 was due as of December 31, 2007. There were no
amounts due from or payable to an affiliate of 220 Partners
at December 31, 2006 and 2007.
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC (Rich Crow)
Members of Rich Crow include the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
and General Counsel (Counsel) of the Company who are also both
Directors. Rich Crow also is a member of Sig Ed. A member of
Rich Crow is also related to the owner of a company that
provided marketing services totaling $454 in the year ended
December 31, 2007, of which $72 was owed at
December 31, 2007.
The Company had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC (Arrowhead), a management company owned by, among
others, irrevocable trust for the benefit of the Companys
CEO and General Counsel. The Company paid $155, $0, and $0 for
services and reimbursements during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Members of Rich Crow had a $2,000 irrevocable letter of credit
in favor of the Company as discussed further in Note 6.
During 2006, this letter of credit was transferred from Rich
Crow and collateralized by cash of the Company and secured by
the lease facilities of the Company.
The Company received subscriptions for 865 shares of Series B in
2005 for the amount of $2,800, which was recorded as a related
party subscription receivable due from Rich Crow. The
subscription receivable was paid in April 2006 with $2,908 in
marketable securities resulting in a balance due to Rich Crow of
$120 as of December 31, 2006, which was satisfied though
the payment of 34 shares of Series C in 2007. Rich
Crow received 800 shares of Series C in consideration
for 865 shares of Series B shares during the year ended
December 31, 2007. The Company also paid $212 and $153 in
Series B dividends to Rich Crow during 2006 and 2007,
respectively, and owed Rich Crow $29 and $207 as a dividend
payable as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The
Company made $51 payments to a company that provided
telecommunications services that was owned by a relative of the
CEO of the Company as of December 31, 2007. The Company
also made a sponsorship payment of $3 to a company that is owned
by a relative of the CEO as of December 31, 2007.
Significant Ventures, LLC (Significant
Ventures) Significant Ventures is a member of
Sig Ed. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the
Company made cash payments of $260 of which $240 was deemed a
return of capital to a member of Significant Ventures as
presented in the accompanying statement of stockholders
equity. In addition, the Company made payments of $124, $390,
and $0 to Significant Ventures for services and reimbursement of
expenses in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007,
F-24
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
respectively. There were no amounts due from or payable to
Significant Ventures as of December 31, 2006, and 2007.
Significant Ventures purchased 652 shares of Series C
for $2,282, which was included in due from related parties on
the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2007.
Lavaca Sig Ed, LLC (Lavaca Partners) Lavaca
Partners is a member of Sig Ed. A member of Lavaca Partners who
provided legal services to the Company and was paid $94, $30 and
$0 in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.
There were no amounts due from or payable to Lavaca Partners as
of December 31, 2006, and 2007.
Lavaca Partners purchased three shares of Series C
stock for $12 which was included in due from related parties on
the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2007.
Accretive Investors V, LLC (Accretive)
As a result of a settlement agreement between the Company and
Accretive, the Company paid direct costs of $206 and issued
325 shares of common stock to settle a dispute with
Accretive. The estimated fair value of the common stock of $60
was expenses upon issuance in the year ended December 31,
2005. There were no amounts due from or payable to Accretive as
of December 31, 2006 and 2007.
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, LP, Endeavour Associated
Fund IV, LP, and Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV,
LP (Endeavour) Members of the Companys
Board of Directors are also employees of Endeavour. In March
2005, the Company obtained $14,000 from Endeavour in exchange
for the issuance of senior secured promissory notes. The Company
paid interest of $340 to Endeavour in relation to the notes. On
August 24, 2005, when the Company converted into a
corporation, the principal balance on the promissory notes was
converted into Series A. Endeavour also paid $2,000 for
additional shares of Series A. Direct costs related to the
equity contribution totaled $434, which were accounted for as a
reduction of the proceeds. The Company also paid Endeavour
management and reimbursed fees of $88, $269 and $296 for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Endeavour subscribed for shares of Series B in 2005 for the
amount of $4,200. The subscription receivable was paid in April
2006. In November 2006, the Company repurchased the
Series B from Endeavour for $4,200 plus accrued dividends
of $285. In December 2007, Endeavour purchased 1,675 shares of
Series C for $3,952. As of December 31, 2007,
Endeavour owed $1,910 related to the Series C subscription
which is included in due from related parties on the
accompanying balance sheet. As of December 31, 2006 and
2007 there were no other amounts due from or payable to
Endeavour.
Carey Family Trust (Carey) Carey is a member
of Sig Ed. As of December 31, 2007, Carey owed $112 related
to 32 shares of Series C subscribed to and this amount
is included in due from related parties on the accompanying
balance sheets.
Affiliates
Mind Streams, LLC (Mind Streams) and 21st Century, LLC
(21st Century) Mind Streams and
21st Century are owned and operated, in part, by the father
of, the Companys CEO and General Counsel. See further
discussion in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Selling and Promotional.
Youth In Motion Youth In Motion is owned by
the Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Company. The Company
paid consulting fees and expense reimbursements to Youth In
Motion of $188, $113 and $0 in the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. There were no amounts due
from or payable to Youth In Motion at December 31, 2006 and
2007.
F-25
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Blanchard Education LLC (Blanchard) In June
2004, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with
Blanchard for certain intellectual property rights. In
consideration for entering into the agreement, the Company
agreed to pay Blanchard a royalty of 5.0% of net tuition from
the Companys business school and also granted Blanchard a
contingent stock award described in Note 10. For the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 the Company paid
Blanchard royalties of $156, $299, and $631, respectively. As of
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 the Company had included
in due to related parties $107, $213, and $382 in royalties
payable under this agreement.
Spirit Finance (Spirit) The Company leases
its primary operating facilities from Spirit. Payments totaling
$3,227, $3,422, and $4,128 were made under the agreement in the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. As part of
the lease agreement, Spirit provided cash of $718, $3,589, and
$0 for facility improvements during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. Spirit
also holds a common stock purchase warrant in the Company as
further discussed in Note 10.
Grand Canyon University Institute of Advanced Studies (the
Institute) The Institute is the former owner of
the assets and property of the Company. The Company has a
property management agreement for student housing with the
Institute. The Company made payments totaling $1,241, $1,140,
and $1,245 under the agreement during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. The
Institute also sub-leases space from the Company at no charge in
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007.
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC
(CEE) Members of CEE include the COO of the Company.
The Company paid $607 of expenses on CEEs behalf during
the year ended December 31, 2007 and was reimbursed $331,
and was owed $276 included in due from related parties at
December 31, 2007.
|
|
15.
|
Valuation
and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Deductions(1)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
(1,132
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,432
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
2,432
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
(1,652
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,653
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
3,905
|
|
|
|
(1,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,079
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries. |
Blanchard Amendment: On May 8,
2008, the Company entered into an amendment to the license
agreement with Blanchard in which the parties agreed to fix the
number of shares of common stock to which Blanchard is entitled
under the license agreement. In connection with the amendment
the Company issued to Blanchard 200 shares of common stock.
Initial Public Offering and Distribution of
Dividends: In 2008, the Company commenced
preparation for an initial public offering under the Securities
Act. On May 8, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors
approved the payment of a special distribution to its
stockholders of record as of
[ l ]
to be paid from the proceeds of the initial public offering, if
and when it is completed. As the above special distribution
represents distributions to existing shareholders to be made
from the proceeds of an initial public offering the accompanying
pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 reflecting
the distribution, but not giving effect to the offering
proceeds, is presented. In addition, as the amount of
distribution exceeds net income for the year ended
December 31, 2007, pro forma earnings per common share,
basic and diluted, are presented in
F-26
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements
(In
thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
the accompanying 2007 statement of operations, giving
effect to the number of shares that would be required to be
issued at an assumed initial public offering price of
$[ l ]
per share to pay the amount of dividends that exceeds net income
for the year ended December 31, 2007. The calculations of
the pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted,
discussed above are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
Amount of dividends to be paid
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Number of shares required to be issued at
$[ l ]
per share to pay excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
historical:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
pro forma:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
[ l ]
|
|
F-27
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following are the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities
registered under this registration statement, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are
estimates except the SEC registration fee and the Financial
Industry Regulatory, Inc. filing fee. The following expenses
will be borne solely by the registrant.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
9,039
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
23,500
|
|
Nasdaq listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a
director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if
he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or
her conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was
a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense
or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except
that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim,
issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged
to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court
determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall
deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against such
II-1
person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or
arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against
such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
Section 8.1 of our bylaws that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify,
to the fullest extend permitted by the DGCL, any person who was
or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise
involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the
fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal
representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or,
while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was
serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or
agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all
liability and loss suffered and expenses (including
attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by such person,
subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such
person. Section 8.1 of our bylaws that will be in effect
upon completion of this offering will further provide for the
advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.
Article IX of our charter that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may be
amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally
liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of
the DGCL, the personal liability of a director to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except
(i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty
to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under
Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful payment of
dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.
We also intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy
which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of
our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in
their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we
would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability under the DGCL or the provisions of charter or bylaws.
In connection with the sale of common stock being registered
hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with
each of our directors and our executive officers. These
agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our
directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by
law and by our charter and bylaws.
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the
underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions,
us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us,
within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain
liabilities.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration
statement, we have issued the following securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act:
Preferred
Stock
On March 31, 2005, we sold $14.0 million aggregate
principal amount of notes to the Endeavour Entities. On
August 24, 2005, we sold 5,953 shares of our newly
designated Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of
$3,233.67 per share, or $19.3 million total, of which
4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A substantial
portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour Entities was
paid through the contributions to us of the notes that were
previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The sales were made
in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated
under the Securities Act.
On December 31, 2005, we issued 2,163 shares of our
newly designated Series B preferred stock and received
gross proceeds of approximately $7.0 million, or
$3,236.25 per share, in the form of a stock subscription
receivable. The receivable was subsequently paid in April 2006.
Of these shares, 1,298 were sold
II-2
to the Endeavour Entities and 865 were sold to Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC. The sales were made in reliance on
Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act.
On December 18, 2007, we sold an aggregate of
3,829 shares of our newly designed Series C preferred
stock at a purchase price of $3,500 per share, or approximately
$13.4 million total, of which 1,675 shares were sold
to the Endeavour Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC, and 935 shares were sold to 220 GCU,
LP and certain of its affiliates. The sales were made in
reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under
the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws*
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate*
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
among Significant Education, Inc. and the other parties named
therein*
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP*
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and Brent Richardson
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and Christopher
Richardson
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and John Crowley
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated June 28,
2006, by and between Significant Education, Inc. and John
Crowley
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Lease Agreement, effective June 28, 2004, by and between
Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 24,
2004, by and between Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and
Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 23,
2005, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective June 2006, by and
between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant Education,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 9,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective December 31,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 30,
2007, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective March 28,
2008, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
License Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and between
Blanchard Education, LLC and Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and between
The Ken Blanchard Companies and Grand Canyon University
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Amendment to License Agreement, dated May 8, 2008, by and
between Blanchard Education, LLC and Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Collaboration Agreement, dated July 11, 2005, by and
between Mind Streams, LLC and Significant Education, LLC (as
supplemented by Project One and Project Two)*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included in
page II-5)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of David J. Johnson
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Jack A. Henry
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant
Education, Inc., which is the former name of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan,
contract or arrangement. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not
applicable or, the information is included in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question
whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
We hereby undertake that:
(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona on
May 13, 2008.
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Brent
D. Richardson
|
Brent D. Richardson
Chief Executive Officer
Know all men by these presents, that the undersigned directors
and officers of the registrant, a Delaware corporation, which is
filing a registration statement on
Form S-1
with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549 under the provisions
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, hereby constitute and
appoint Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson, and each of them,
the individuals true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for
the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign such registration statement and any or
all amendments, including post-effective amendments to the
registration statement, including a prospectus or an amended
prospectus therein and any registration statement for the same
offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to
Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and all other
documents in connection therewith to be filed with the SEC,
granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to
be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of
them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
registration statement and the Power of Attorney has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brent
D. Richardson
Brent
D. Richardson
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
May 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Timothy
R. Fischer
Timothy
R. Fischer
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Principal Accounting
Officer)
|
|
May 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher
C. Richardson
Christopher
C. Richardson
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
|
May 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ D.
Mark Dorman
D.
Mark Dorman
|
|
Director
|
|
May 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Chad
N. Heath
Chad
N. Heath
|
|
Director
|
|
May 13, 2008
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws*
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate*
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
among by and among Significant Education, Inc. and the other
parties named therein*
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP*
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and Brent Richardson
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and Christopher
Richardson
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Senior Management Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and
between Significant Education, Inc. and John Crowley
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated June 28,
2006, by and between Significant Education, Inc. and John
Crowley
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan*
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Lease Agreement, effective June 28, 2004, by and between
Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 24,
2004, by and between Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and
Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 23,
2005, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective June 2006, by and
between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant Education,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 9,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective December 31,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 30,
2007, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective March 28,
2008, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
License Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and between
Blanchard Education, LLC and Significant Education, LLC
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and between
The Ken Blanchard Companies and Grand Canyon University
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Amendment to License Agreement, dated May 8, 2008, by and
between Blanchard Education, LLC and Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Collaboration Agreement, dated July 11, 2005, by and
between Mind Streams, LLC and Significant Education, LLC (as
supplemented by Project One and Project Two)*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included in
page II-5)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of David J. Johnson
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Jack A. Henry
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant
Education, Inc., which is the former name of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan,
contract or arrangement. |
exv10w1
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Senior Management Agreement (Agreement) is entered into August 24, 2005,
between Significant Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and Brent
Richardson (Executive). Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement to provide for the terms
and conditions of Executives at will employment with the Company; and
WHEREAS, the success of the business of the Company is dependent on the goodwill established
by Executive and the Companys directors, executive officers and employees with the Companys
customers and the public generally.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and
Executive hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT
1.1 Employment. The Company hereby engages Executive to serve as Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, and Executive agrees to serve the Company as such at the direction of the
Board of Directors (Board), for the period beginning on the date hereof and until
Separation, in the capacities, and subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in this Agreement
(such period to be referred to as the Service Term). The Company and Executive agree
that this Agreement supersedes any employment agreement previously existing between Executive and
Company or any of its predecessors (including Significant Education, LLC), and such employment
agreement(s) shall be deemed to terminate as of the date of this Agreement.
1.2 Services. During the Service Term, Executive shall have all of the duties and
responsibilities customarily rendered by senior management of companies of similar size and nature,
with similar title and responsibility and as are provided in the Companys Bylaws and/or may be
delegated from time to time by the Board; provided, however, the following actions of the Company
must be approved in advance by the Board:
(a) Acquisitions or dispositions of the assets or Capital Stock of any entity (other than
inventory or transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);
(b) Agreements to borrow money on behalf of the Corporation;
(c) Senior management agreements or employment agreements (other than standard confidentiality
and noncompetition agreements with employees), including any amendments thereof;
(d) Appointment, separation and remuneration of senior management;
(e) Bonus or other incentive plans for senior management or other employees;
(f) Increase the compensation of any of the Companys employees in excess of that compensation
customarily paid to employees in companies of similar size, or similar maturity, and in a similar
business;
(g) Make, enter into or amend any joint venture agreement or contract, agreement or
arrangement with any consultant providing for gross compensation in excess of $50,000 over the term
of the agreement;
(h) Issuances of Capital Stock, stock options, warrants or other securities or plans or
agreements relating to the same;
(i) The establishment of annual corporate objectives;
(j) The establishment of annual operating and capital expenditure budgets;
(k) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any governmental authority;
(l) Dividends, distributions and redemptions of Capital Stock; and
(m) All actions involving statutory corporate matters, including but not limited to,
amendments to the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or qualifying to do business in
other jurisdictions.
Executive will devote substantially all of his business time and attention (except for
vacation periods and periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that such activities do not unreasonably interfere with
the fulfillment of Executives obligations hereunder, Executive may serve as a director or trustee
of any charitable or non-profit entity with the consent of the Board, acquire investment interests
in one or more entities which are not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or
are customers or suppliers of the Company, or own up to 5% of the outstanding voting securities of
any publicly-held company. Executive will perform his services for the Company at the Companys
principal place of business in Phoenix, Arizona (Current Location) or any other location
mutually agreed by Executive and the Company. Executive will travel to such other locations as may
be reasonably necessary in order to discharge his duties hereunder. In the event that the Company
proposes a location for Executive to perform services hereunder that is more than fifty (50) miles
from the Current Location and Executive agrees to relocate, the Company will reimburse Executive
for all reasonable relocation expenses incurred by Executive, including but not limited to moving
expenses and real estate brokerage commissions. In all other events, relocation expenses shall be
borne by Executive, provided, however, that Executive will be provided with all applicable moving
and relocation benefits in accordance with the Companys policies in existence at the time of the
relocations.
-2-
1.3 Salary, Bonus and Benefits. During the Service Term, the Company will pay
Executive a base salary (the Annual Base Salary) as the Board may designate from time to
time, at the rate of not less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per annum. The
Annual Base Salary shall be subject to review annually by the Board; provided, however, that the
Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Service Term. Executive will be eligible to
receive performance bonuses as determined by the Board based upon the Companys achievement of
performance, budgetary and other objectives set by the Board. In addition, during the Service
Term, Executive will be entitled to the insurance, vacation, holidays and other benefits consistent
with the Companys past practice for its employees generally and as approved by the Board.
1.4 Separation.
(a) Events of Separation. Executives employment with the Company shall cease upon:
(i) Executives death.
(ii) Executives disability, which means his incapacity due to physical or mental
illness or condition such that he is unable to perform his previously assigned duties where
(1) such incapacity has been determined to exist by either (x) the Companys disability
insurance carrier or (y) by the concurring opinions of two licensed physicians (one selected
by the Company and one by Executive), and (2) the Board has determined, based on competent
medical advice, that such incapacity will continue for such period of time of at least three
(3) continuous months and that it would have a material adverse effect on the Company;
provided, however, that in the event Executive is insured pursuant to any disability
insurance coverage maintained or paid for by the Company, any such Separation shall occur
only upon eligibility of Executive to receive payment of such disability insurance benefits,
subject to compliance with the terms and requirements of such disability insurance. Any
such Separation for disability shall be only as expressly permitted by the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
(iii) Separation by the Company upon the Boards determination, in its good faith
judgment, that such separation is in the best interests of the Company. Such Separation
will require delivery to Executive of a written notice from the Board that Executive has
been terminated (Notice of Separation) with or without Cause.
(iv) Executives voluntary resignation by the delivery to the Board of a written notice
from Executive that Executive has resigned with or without Good Reason.
(b) Rights on Separation.
(i) In the event that Separation is by Executive with Good Reason or a termination by
the Company without Cause, the Company will continue to pay to Executive a monthly portion
of the Annual Base Salary for a period equal to twelve (12) months commencing on the date of
Separation.
-3-
(ii) If the Company terminates Executives employment for Cause, if Executive dies or
is disabled, if Executive resigns without Good Reason or in the event of a Sale of the
Company (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Companys obligations to pay any
compensation or benefits under this Agreement will cease effective the date of Separation.
Executives right to receive any other benefits will be determined under the provisions of
applicable plans, programs or other coverages.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Companys obligation to Executive for severance pay or
other rights under either subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above (the Severance Pay) shall cease
if Executive is in violation of the provisions of Articles 2 or 3 hereof. The Severance Pay, if
any, shall be paid by the Company to Executive in equal installments payable commencing on the
Companys regularly scheduled payroll date next following the date of Executives Separation.
Until such time as Executive has received all of his Severance Pay, he will be entitled to continue
to receive the benefits to which he is entitled or is participating in accordance with the
provisions of Section 1.3 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him as an
employee and owner of the Company, or during the course of his performance under this Agreement,
concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Affiliates or acquisition opportunities
in or reasonably related to the Companys business or industry (Confidential Information)
are the confidential and proprietary trade secrets and other property of the Company. Therefore,
except as may be required by the lawful order of a court or agency of competent jurisdiction,
Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his own account
any Confidential Information without the Boards written consent unless and to the extent that the
aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as
a result of Executives acts or omissions. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company on the date
of Separation, or at any other time the Company may request in writing after the date of
Separation, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof)
relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, or their acquisition prospects which he
may then possess or have under his control.
ARTICLE 3
NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT
3.1 Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Executive acknowledges that in the course of
his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys senior management and
will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other Confidential Information and
that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. Therefore,
Executive agrees that, during the Service Term, and during the twenty-four (24) month period
following the Service Term (collectively, the Non-compete
-4-
Period), he shall not directly or indirectly (A) own (except ownership of less than
5% of any class of securities which are listed for trading on any securities which are listed for
trading on any securities exchange or which are traded in the over-the-counter market), manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in the
operation of a regionally accredited higher education institution or any business in which
Executive had significant involvement in the Companys or any of its predecessors business prior
to Executives Separation; (B) solicit funds on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any regionally
accredited higher education institution other than the Company or any other entity that competes
with the Company; (C) solicit individuals who are current or prospective students of the Company to
be students for any other regionally accredited higher education institution; (D) induce or attempt
to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere
with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof, or (E) induce or attempt to
induce any student, customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease
doing business with, or modify its business relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere
with or hinder the relationship between any such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business
relation and the Company.
3.2 Non-Disparagement. Following Separation, Executive agrees not to make to any
Person, including but not limited to customers of the Company, any statement that disparages the
Company or which reflects negatively upon the Company or the Investors, including but not limited
to statements regarding the Companys financial condition, its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees and affiliates.
3.3 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Articles 2 or 3 of this Agreement,
a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then
existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable
under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the
court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration,
scope and area permitted by law. Because Executives services are unique and because Executive has
access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an
inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened
breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights
and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific
performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of,
the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS
Affiliate
means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by or
under common control with the Company, including without limitation, any of its Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock shall mean all shares of all classes of the Companys capital stock,
including, without limitation, the Companys preferred stock and common stock.
-5-
Cause shall mean:
|
(1) |
|
Executives (i) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or
the commission of any other willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to the Company or any of its customers or suppliers, or (ii) misappropriation
of any funds or assets of the Company for personal use, or (iii) engaging in any
conduct bringing the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute; |
|
|
(2) |
|
Executives (i) continued and repeated neglect of his duties in breach of this
Agreement following notice of such breach and a failure to cure such breach following a
reasonable opportunity to cure, (ii) gross misconduct in the performance of his duties
hereunder, or (iii) his material and repeated failure to perform his duties in breach
of this Agreement as directed by the Board following notice of such breach and failure
to cure such breach following a reasonable opportunity to cure; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting cause for Separation under
applicable law; or |
|
|
(4) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting a breach of Article 2 or 3 of this
Agreement. |
Good Reason shall mean Executives resignation from employment with the Company within
thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any one of the following:
|
(1) |
|
The failure of the Company to pay an amount owing to Executive hereunder after
Executive has provided the Company with written notice of such failure and such payment
has not thereafter been made within fifteen (15) days of the delivery of such written
notice; |
|
|
(2) |
|
The assignment to Executive by the Company of duties materially inconsistent
with Executives title or duties from those set forth in this Agreement or the failure
to elect or reelect Executive to such position, except in the event of a termination
for Cause, death, disability or by Executive other than for Good Reason; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
The Companys requirement that Executive perform services under this Agreement
at a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current Location, and
Executives failure to do so. |
Investors means Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.,
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P. and 220 GCU, L.P.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an
association, a joint stock company, an investment fund, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
-6-
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof among
the Company, Significant Education Holding, LLC, and the Investors, as amended or restated from
time to time.
ARTICLE 5
NOTICES
Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally
delivered, mailed by first class United States mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable
overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or by facsimile to the recipient at the address below
indicated:
If to the Company:
Significant Education, Inc.
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
Telephone: (602) 589-2755
Facsimile: (602) 589-2458
with a copy to each of:
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC
920 SW Sixth Ave
Suite 1400
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath
Telephone: (503) 223-2721
Facsimile: (503) 223-1384
Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1550 Seventeenth Street, Suite 500
Denver, Colorado 80202-1500
Attention: Ronald R. Levine, II
Telephone: 303-892-9400
Facsimile: 303-893-1379
If to Executive:
Brent Richardson
6645 E. Exeter
Scottsdale, Arizona 85251
Telephone: 480-946-9128
-7-
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have
specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business,
promotional, travel and entertainment expenses incurred or paid by him during the Service Term and
the performance of his services under this Agreement, provided that Executive furnishes to the
Company in a timely fashion appropriate documentation required by the Internal Revenue Code in
connection with such expenses and shall furnish such other reasonable documentation and accounting
as the Company, from time to time, may reasonably request.
6.2 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein
and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the
parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or
among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of
which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same
agreement.
6.4 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any
applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed,
construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
had never been contained herein.
6.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, and its successors and assigns. Executive may not
assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
6.6 Choice of Law. The construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement
and the exhibit hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of Arizona, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or
rule (whether of the State of Arizona or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Arizona.
6.7 Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its
rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorneys fees)
caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing
in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in
-8-
its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without
posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to
enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.
6.8 Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived
only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.
6.9 Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder
expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Companys chief
executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day
immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.
6.10 Termination. All of the provisions of this Agreement shall terminate after the
expiration of the Service Term or upon the Separation of Executives employment with the Company,
except Article 2 and Section 3.2 shall survive indefinitely, and Section 3.1 shall terminate upon
expiration of the Non-compete Period.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
-9-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Senior Management Agreement on the
date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Christopher Richardson
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Christopher Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Managing Director and Secretary |
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE:
|
|
|
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
Brent Richardson |
|
Signature Page Senior Management Agreement (B. Richardson)
exv10w2
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Senior Management Agreement (Agreement) is entered into August 24, 2005,
between Significant Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and
Christopher Richardson (Executive). Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement to provide for the terms
and conditions of Executives at will employment with the Company; and
WHEREAS, the success of the business of the Company is dependent on the goodwill established
by Executive and the Companys directors, executive officers and employees with the Companys
customers and the public generally.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and
Executive hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT
1.1 Employment. The Company hereby engages Executive to serve as Managing Director of
the Company, and Executive agrees to serve the Company as such at the direction of the Board of
Directors (Board), for the period beginning on the date hereof and until Separation, in
the capacities, and subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in this Agreement (such period
to be referred to as the Service Term). The Company and Executive agree that this
Agreement supersedes any employment agreement previously existing between Executive and Company or
any of its predecessors (including Significant Education, LLC), and such employment agreement(s)
shall be deemed to terminate as of the date of this Agreement.
1.2 Services. During the Service Term, Executive shall have all of the duties and
responsibilities customarily rendered by senior management of companies of similar size and nature,
with similar title and responsibility and as are provided in the Companys Bylaws and/or may be
delegated from time to time by the President, Chief Executive Officer or the Board; provided,
however, the following actions of the Company must be approved in advance by the Board:
(a) Acquisitions or dispositions of the assets or Capital Stock of any entity (other than
inventory or transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);
(b) Agreements to borrow money on behalf of the Corporation;
(c) Senior management agreements or employment agreements (other than standard confidentiality
and noncompetition agreements with employees), including any amendments thereof;
(d) Appointment, separation and remuneration of senior management;
(e) Bonus or other incentive plans for senior management or other employees;
(f) Increase the compensation of any of the Companys employees in excess of that compensation
customarily paid to employees in companies of similar size, or similar maturity, and in a similar
business;
(g) Make, enter into or amend any joint venture agreement or contract, agreement or
arrangement with any consultant providing for gross compensation in excess of $50,000 over the term
of the agreement;
(h) Issuances of Capital Stock, stock options, warrants or other securities or plans or
agreements relating to the same;
(i) The establishment of annual corporate objectives;
(j) The establishment of annual operating and capital expenditure budgets;
(k) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any governmental authority;
(l) Dividends, distributions and redemptions of Capital Stock; and
(m) All actions involving statutory corporate matters, including but not limited to,
amendments to the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or qualifying to do business in
other jurisdictions.
Executive will devote substantially all of his business time and attention (except for
vacation periods and periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that such activities do not unreasonably interfere with
the fulfillment of Executives obligations hereunder, Executive may serve as a director or trustee
of any charitable or non-profit entity with the consent of the Board, acquire investment interests
in one or more entities which are not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or
are customers or suppliers of the Company, or own up to 5% of the outstanding voting securities of
any publicly-held company. Executive will perform his services for the Company at the Companys
principal place of business in Phoenix, Arizona (Current Location) or any other location
mutually agreed by Executive and the Company. Executive will travel to such other locations as may
be reasonably necessary in order to discharge his duties hereunder. In the event that the Company
proposes a location for Executive to perform services hereunder that is more than fifty (50) miles
from the Current Location and Executive agrees to relocate, the Company will reimburse Executive
for all reasonable relocation expenses incurred by Executive, including but not limited to moving
expenses and real estate brokerage commissions. In all other events, relocation expenses shall be
borne by Executive, provided, however, that Executive will be provided with all applicable moving
and relocation benefits in accordance with the Companys policies in existence at the time of the
relocations.
2
1.3 Salary, Bonus and Benefits. During the Service Term, the Company will pay
Executive a base salary (the Annual Base Salary) as the Board may designate from time to
time, at the rate of not less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per annum. The
Annual Base Salary shall be subject to review annually by the Board; provided, however, that the
Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Service Term. Executive will be eligible to
receive performance bonuses as determined by the Board based upon the Companys achievement of
performance, budgetary and other objectives set by the Board. In addition, during the Service
Term, Executive will be entitled to the insurance, vacation, holidays and other benefits consistent
with the Companys past practice for its employees generally and as approved by the Board.
1.4 Separation.
(a) Events of Separation. Executives employment with the Company shall cease upon:
(i) Executives death.
(ii) Executives disability, which means his incapacity due to physical or mental
illness or condition such that he is unable to perform his previously assigned duties where
(1) such incapacity has been determined to exist by either (x) the Companys disability
insurance carrier or (y) by the concurring opinions of two licensed physicians (one selected
by the Company and one by Executive), and (2) the Board has determined, based on competent
medical advice, that such incapacity will continue for such period of time of at least three
(3) continuous months and that it would have a material adverse effect on the Company;
provided, however, that in the event Executive is insured pursuant to any disability
insurance coverage maintained or paid for by the Company, any such Separation shall occur
only upon eligibility of Executive to receive payment of such disability insurance benefits,
subject to compliance with the terms and requirements of such disability insurance. Any
such Separation for disability shall be only as expressly permitted by the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
(iii) Separation by the Company upon the Boards determination, in its good faith
judgment, that such separation is in the best interests of the Company. Such Separation
will require delivery to Executive of a written notice from the Board that Executive has
been terminated (Notice of Separation) with or without Cause.
(iv) Executives voluntary resignation by the delivery to the Board of a written notice
from Executive that Executive has resigned with or without Good Reason.
(b) Rights on Separation.
(i) In the event that Separation is by Executive with Good Reason or a termination by
the Company without Cause, the Company will continue to pay to Executive a monthly portion
of the Annual Base Salary for a period equal to six (6) months commencing on the date of
Separation. In addition, the Company shall have the option, by delivering written notice to
Executive within thirty (30) days after the date of Separation of Executives employment in
the above-referenced circumstances, to extend
3
the severance period to the first annual anniversary of the date of Separation (the
Extension Severance) during which the Company will continue to pay to Executive a
monthly portion of the Annual Base Salary as additional consideration for the Executives
agreement to extend the Service Term for that additional period, and hence extend the time
during which the provisions of Article 3 shall apply to him.
(ii) If the Company terminates Executives employment for Cause, if Executive dies or
is disabled, if Executive resigns without Good Reason or in the event of a Sale of the
Company (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Companys obligations to pay any
compensation or benefits under this Agreement will cease effective the date of Separation.
Executives right to receive any other benefits will be determined under the provisions of
applicable plans, programs or other coverages.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Companys obligation to Executive for severance pay or
other rights under either subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above (the Severance Pay) shall cease
if Executive is in violation of the provisions of Articles 2 or 3 hereof. The Severance Pay, if
any, shall be paid by the Company to Executive in equal installments payable commencing on the
Companys regularly scheduled payroll date next following the date of Executives Separation.
Until such time as Executive has received all of his Severance Pay, he will be entitled to continue
to receive the benefits to which he is entitled or is participating in accordance with the
provisions of Section 1.3 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him as an
employee and owner of the Company, or during the course of his performance under this Agreement,
concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Affiliates or acquisition opportunities
in or reasonably related to the Companys business or industry (Confidential Information)
are the confidential and proprietary trade secrets and other property of the Company. Therefore,
except as may be required by the lawful order of a court or agency of competent jurisdiction,
Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his own account
any Confidential Information without the Boards written consent unless and to the extent that the
aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as
a result of Executives acts or omissions. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company on the date
of Separation, or at any other time the Company may request in writing after the date of
Separation, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof)
relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, or their acquisition prospects which he
may then possess or have under his control.
4
ARTICLE 3
NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT
3.1 Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Executive acknowledges that in the course of
his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys senior management and
will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other Confidential Information and
that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. Therefore,
Executive agrees that, during the Service Term, and during the twelve (12) month period following
the Service Term, or if the Company elects to pay Extension Severance, the twenty-four (24) month
period following the Service Term (collectively, the Non-compete Period), he shall not
directly or indirectly (A) own (except ownership of less than 5% of any class of securities which
are listed for trading on any securities which are listed for trading on any securities exchange or
which are traded in the over-the-counter market), manage, control, participate in, consult with,
render services for, or in any manner engage in the operation of a regionally accredited higher
education institution or any business in which Executive had significant involvement in the
Companys or any of its predecessors business prior to Executives Separation; (B) solicit funds
on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any regionally accredited higher education institution other
than the Company or any other entity that competes with the Company; (C) solicit individuals who
are current or prospective students of the Company to be students for any other regionally
accredited higher education institution; (D) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between
the Company and any employee thereof, or (E) induce or attempt to induce any student, customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with, or
modify its business relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere with or hinder the
relationship between any such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the
Company.
3.2 Non-Disparagement. Following Separation, Executive agrees not to make to any
Person, including but not limited to customers of the Company, any statement that disparages the
Company or which reflects negatively upon the Company or the Investors, including but not limited
to statements regarding the Companys financial condition, its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees and affiliates.
3.3 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Articles 2 or 3 of this Agreement,
a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then
existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable
under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the
court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration,
scope and area permitted by law. Because Executives services are unique and because Executive has
access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an
inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened
breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights
and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific
performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of,
the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
5
ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS
Affiliate means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by or
under common control with the Company, including without limitation, any of its Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock shall mean all shares of all classes of the Companys capital stock,
including, without limitation, the Companys preferred stock and common stock.
Cause shall mean:
|
(1) |
|
Executives (i) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or
the commission of any other willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to the Company or any of its customers or suppliers, or (ii) misappropriation
of any funds or assets of the Company for personal use, or (iii) engaging in any
conduct bringing the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute; |
|
|
(2) |
|
Executives (i) continued and repeated neglect of his duties in breach of this
Agreement following notice of such breach and a failure to cure such breach following a
reasonable opportunity to cure, (ii) gross misconduct in the performance of his duties
hereunder, or (iii) his material and repeated failure to perform his duties in breach
of this Agreement as directed by the Board following notice of such breach and failure
to cure such breach following a reasonable opportunity to cure; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting cause for Separation under
applicable law; or |
|
|
(4) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting a breach of Article 2 or 3 of this
Agreement. |
Good Reason shall mean Executives resignation from employment with the Company within
thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any one of the following:
|
(1) |
|
The failure of the Company to pay an amount owing to Executive hereunder after
Executive has provided the Company with written notice of such failure and such payment
has not thereafter been made within fifteen (15) days of the delivery of such written
notice; |
|
|
(2) |
|
The assignment to Executive by the Company of duties materially inconsistent
with Executives title or duties from those set forth in this Agreement or the failure
to elect or reelect Executive to such position, except in the event of a termination
for Cause, death, disability or by Executive other than for Good Reason; or |
6
|
(3) |
|
The Companys requirement that Executive perform services under this Agreement
at a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current Location, and
Executives failure to do so. |
Investors means Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.,
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P. and 220 GCU, L.P.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an
association, a joint stock company, an investment fund, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof among
the Company, Significant Education Holding, LLC, [Significant Ventures, LLC, 220 Partners, LLC] and
the Investors, as amended or restated from time to time.
ARTICLE 5
NOTICES
Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally
delivered, mailed by first class United States mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable
overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or by facsimile to the recipient at the address below
indicated:
If to the Company:
Significant Education, Inc.
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
Telephone: (602) 589-2755
Facsimile: (602) 589-2458
with a copy to each of:
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC
920 SW Sixth Ave
Suite 1400
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath
Telephone: (503) 223-2721
Facsimile: (503) 223-1384
7
Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1550 Seventeenth Street, Suite 500
Denver, Colorado 80202-1500
Attention: Ronald R. Levine, II
Telephone: 303-892-9400
Facsimile: 303-893-1379
If to Executive:
Chris Richardson
6030 E. Calle Camelia
Scottsdale, Arizona 85251
Telephone: 480-990-3652
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have
specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business,
promotional, travel and entertainment expenses incurred or paid by him during the Service Term and
the performance of his services under this Agreement, provided that Executive furnishes to the
Company in a timely fashion appropriate documentation required by the Internal Revenue Code in
connection with such expenses and shall furnish such other reasonable documentation and accounting
as the Company, from time to time, may reasonably request.
6.2 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein
and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the
parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or
among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of
which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same
agreement.
6.4 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any
applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed,
construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
had never been contained herein.
8
6.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, and its successors and assigns. Executive may not
assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
6.6 Choice of Law. The construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement
and the exhibit hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of Arizona, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or
rule (whether of the State of Arizona or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Arizona.
6.7 Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its
rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorneys fees)
caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing
in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole
discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond
or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent
any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.
6.8 Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived
only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.
6.9 Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder
expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Companys chief
executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day
immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.
6.10 Termination. All of the provisions of this Agreement shall terminate after the
expiration of the Service Term or upon the Separation of Executives employment with the Company,
except Article 2 and Section 3.2 shall survive indefinitely, and Section 3.1 shall terminate upon
expiration of the Non-compete Period.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Senior Management Agreement on the
date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE:
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher Richardson
|
|
|
Christopher Richardson |
|
|
|
|
Signature Page Senior Management Agreement (C. Richardson)
exv10w3
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Senior Management Agreement (Agreement) is entered into August 24, 2005,
between Significant Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and John
Crowley (Executive). Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have
the meanings set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement to provide for the terms
and conditions of Executives at will employment with the Company; and
WHEREAS, the success of the business of the Company is dependent on the goodwill established
by Executive and the Companys directors, executive officers and employees with the Companys
customers and the public generally.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and
Executive hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT
1.1 Employment. The Company hereby engages Executive to serve as Chief Operating
Officer and Executive Vice President of the Company, and Executive agrees to serve the Company as
such at the direction of the Board of Directors (Board), for the period beginning on the
date hereof and until the later of (a) June 30, 2006 or (b) the Separation, in the capacities, and
subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in this Agreement (such period to be referred to as
the Service Term). The Company and Executive agree that this Agreement supersedes any
employment agreement previously existing between Executive and Company or any of its predecessors
(including Significant Education, LLC), and such employment agreement(s) shall be deemed to
terminate as of the date of this Agreement.
1.2 Services. During the Service Term, Executive shall have all of the duties and
responsibilities customarily rendered by senior management of companies of similar size and nature,
with similar title and responsibility and as are provided in the Companys Bylaws and/or may be
delegated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board; provided, however, the
following actions of the Company must be approved in advance by the Board:
(a) Acquisitions or dispositions of the assets or Capital Stock of any entity (other than
inventory or transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);
(b) Agreements to borrow money on behalf of the Corporation;
(c) Senior management agreements or employment agreements (other than standard confidentiality
and non-competition agreements with employees), including any amendments thereof;
(d) Appointment, separation and remuneration of senior management;
(e) Bonus or other incentive plans for senior management or other employees;
(f) Increase the compensation of any of the Companys employees in excess of that compensation
customarily paid to employees in companies of similar size, or similar maturity, and in a similar
business;
(g) Make, enter into or amend any joint venture agreement or contract, agreement or
arrangement with any consultant providing for gross compensation in excess of $50,000 over the term
of the agreement;
(h) Issuances of Capital Stock, stock options, warrants or other securities or plans or
agreements relating to the same;
(i) The establishment of annual corporate objectives;
(j) The establishment of annual operating and capital expenditure budgets;
(k) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any governmental authority;
(l) Dividends, distributions and redemptions of Capital Stock; and
(m) All actions involving statutory corporate matters, including but not limited to,
amendments to the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or qualifying to do business in
other jurisdictions.
Executive will devote substantially all of his business time and attention (except for
vacation periods and periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that such activities do not unreasonably interfere with
the fulfillment of Executives obligations hereunder, including the non-compete provisions below,
Executive may serve as a director or trustee of any charitable or non-profit entity with the
consent of the Board, acquire investment interests in one or more entities which are not, directly
or indirectly, in competition with the Company or are customers or suppliers of the Company, own up
to 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any publicly-held company, and from time to time,
consult with other non-competing businesses (including Crowley Transportation Systems, LLC).
Executive will perform his services for the Company at the Companys principal place of business in
Phoenix, Arizona (Current Location) or any other location mutually agreed by Executive
and the Company. Executive will travel to such other locations as may be reasonably necessary in
order to discharge his duties hereunder. In the event that the Company proposes a location for
Executive to perform services hereunder that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current
Location and Executive agrees to relocate, the Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable
relocation expenses incurred by Executive, including but not limited to moving expenses and real
estate brokerage commissions. In all other events, relocation expenses shall be borne by
Executive, provided, however, that Executive will be provided with all applicable moving and
relocation benefits in accordance with the Companys policies in existence at the time of the
relocations.
2
1.3 Salary, Bonus and Benefits. During the Service Term, the Company will pay
Executive a base salary (the Annual Base Salary) as the Board may designate from time to
time, at the rate of not less than $225,000 per annum until December 31, 2005, and $250,000
thereafter. The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to review annually by the Board; provided,
however, that the Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Service Term. Executive will
be eligible to receive performance bonuses as determined by the Board based upon the Companys
achievement of performance, budgetary and other objectives set by the Board. In addition, during
the Service Term, Executive will be entitled to the insurance, vacation, holidays and other
benefits consistent with the Companys past practice for its employees generally and as approved by
the Board, but Executive shall be entitled to a minimum of two weeks vacation for calendar year
2005 and four weeks for calendar year 2006. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to the
following additional consideration:
(a) $50,000 payable within five (5) business days after the closing of the financing with the
Investors;
(b) Up to $100,000, which shall vest monthly in 11 equal amounts of $9,090.91 beginning on
August 31, 2005 and shall be payable on the earlier of June 30, 2006 or Executives date of
Separation; provided, that, Executive should be paid only that amount that vests through the date
of payment, so that if Executives Separation occurs prior to June 30, 2006, Executive shall
receive only those amounts vested prior to such date of Separation, and if Executives Separation
occurs on or after June 30, 2006, Executive shall receive the full $100,000; and provided, however,
that Executive should not be entitled to any payment under this Section 1.3(b) if Executive is
terminated for Cause; and
1.4 Separation.
(a) Events of Separation. Executives employment with the Company shall cease upon:
(i) Executives death.
(ii) Executives disability, which means his incapacity due to physical or mental
illness or condition such that he is unable to perform his previously assigned duties where
(1) such incapacity has been determined to exist by either (x) the Companys disability
insurance carrier or (y) by the concurring opinions of two licensed physicians (one selected
by the Company and one by Executive), and (2) the Board has determined, based on competent
medical advice, that such incapacity will continue for such period of time of at least three
(3) continuous months and that it would have a material adverse effect on the Company;
provided, however, that in the event Executive is insured pursuant to any disability
insurance coverage maintained or paid for by the Company, any such Separation shall occur
only upon eligibility of Executive to receive payment of such disability insurance benefits,
subject to compliance with the terms and requirements of such disability insurance. Any
such Separation for disability shall be only as expressly permitted by the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
3
(iii) Separation by the Company upon the Boards determination, in its good faith
judgment, that such separation is in the best interests of the Company. Such Separation
will require delivery to Executive of a written notice from the Board that Executive has
been terminated (Notice of Separation) with or without Cause.
(iv) Executives voluntary resignation by the delivery to the Board of a written notice
from Executive that Executive has resigned with or without Good Reason.
(b) Rights on Separation.
(i) In the event that Separation is by Executive with Good Reason or a termination by
the Company without Cause, the Company will continue to pay to Executive a monthly portion
of the Annual Base Salary for a period equal to six (6) months commencing on the date of
Separation. In addition, the Company shall have the option, by delivering written notice to
Executive within thirty (30) days after the date of Separation of Executives employment in
the above-referenced circumstances, to extend the severance period to the first annual
anniversary of the date of Separation (the Extension Severance) during which the
Company will continue to pay to Executive a monthly portion of the Annual Base Salary as
additional consideration for the Executives agreement to extend the Service Term for that
additional period, and hence extend the time during which the provisions of Article 3 shall
apply to him.
(ii) If the Company terminates Executives employment for Cause, if Executive dies or
is disabled, if Executive resigns without Good Reason or in the event of a Sale of the
Company (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Companys obligations to pay any
compensation or benefits under this Agreement will cease effective the date of Separation.
Executives right to receive any other benefits will be determined under the provisions of
applicable plans, programs or other coverages.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Companys obligation to Executive for severance pay or
other rights under either subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above (the Severance Pay) shall cease
if Executive is in violation of the provisions of Articles 2 or 3 hereof. The Severance Pay, if
any, shall be paid by the Company to Executive in equal installments payable commencing on the
Companys regularly scheduled payroll date next following the date of Executives Separation.
Until such time as Executive has received all of his Severance Pay, he will be entitled to continue
to receive the benefits to which he is entitled or is participating in accordance with the
provisions of Section 1.3 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him as an
employee and owner of the Company, or during the course of his performance under this Agreement,
concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Affiliates or acquisition opportunities
in or reasonably related to the Companys business or industry (Confidential Information)
are the confidential and proprietary trade secrets and other property of the
4
Company. Therefore, except as may be required by the lawful order of a court or agency of
competent jurisdiction, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any unauthorized Person or
use for his own account any Confidential Information without the Boards written consent unless and
to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by
the public other than as a result of Executives acts or omissions. Executive agrees to deliver to
the Company on the date of Separation, or at any other time the Company may request in writing
after the date of Separation, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents
(and copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, or their
acquisition prospects which he may then possess or have under his control.
ARTICLE 3
NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT
3.1 Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Executive acknowledges that in the course of
his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys senior management and
will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other Confidential Information and
that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. Therefore,
Executive agrees that, during the Service Term, and during the twelve (12) month period following
the Service Term, or if the Company elects to pay Extension Severance, the twenty-four (24) month
period following the Service Term (collectively, the Non-compete Period), he shall not
directly or indirectly (A) own (except ownership of less than 5% of any class of securities which
are listed for trading on any securities which are listed for trading on any securities exchange or
which are traded in the over-the-counter market), manage, control, participate in, consult with,
render services for, or in any manner engage in the operation of a regionally accredited higher
education institution or any business in which Executive had significant involvement in the
Companys or any of its predecessors business prior to Executives Separation; (B) solicit funds
on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any regionally accredited higher education institution other
than the Company or any other entity that competes with the Company; (C) solicit individuals who
are current or prospective students of the Company to be students for any other regionally
accredited higher education institution; (D) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between
the Company and any employee thereof, or (E) induce or attempt to induce any student, customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with, or
modify its business relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere with or hinder the
relationship between any such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the
Company.
3.2 Non-Disparagement. Following Separation, Executive agrees not to make to any
Person, including but not limited to customers of the Company, any statement that disparages the
Company or which reflects negatively upon the Company or the Investors, including but not limited
to statements regarding the Companys financial condition, its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees and affiliates.
3.3 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Articles 2 or 3 of this Agreement,
a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then
5
existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area
reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and
that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum
duration, scope and area permitted by law. Because Executives services are unique and because
Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would
be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event a breach or
threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to
other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any
violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS
2006 EBITDA shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
Affiliate means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by or
under common control with the Company, including without limitation, any of its Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock shall mean all shares of all classes of the Companys capital stock,
including, without limitation, the Companys preferred stock and common stock.
Cause shall mean:
|
(1) |
|
Executives (i) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or
the commission of any other willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to the Company or any of its customers or suppliers, or (ii) misappropriation
of any funds or assets of the Company for personal use, or (iii) engaging in any
conduct bringing the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute; |
|
|
(2) |
|
Executives (i) continued and repeated neglect of his duties in breach of this
Agreement following notice of such breach and a failure to cure such breach following a
reasonable opportunity to cure, (ii) gross misconduct in the performance of his duties
hereunder, or (iii) his material and repeated failure to perform his duties in breach
of this Agreement as directed by the Board following notice of such breach and failure
to cure such breach following a reasonable opportunity to cure; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting cause for Separation under
applicable law; or |
|
|
(4) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting a breach of Article 2 or 3 of this
Agreement. |
6
Good Reason shall mean Executives resignation from employment with the Company within
thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any one of the following:
|
(1) |
|
The failure of the Company to pay an amount owing to Executive hereunder after
Executive has provided the Company with written notice of such failure and such payment
has not thereafter been made within fifteen (15) days of the delivery of such written
notice; |
|
|
(2) |
|
The assignment to Executive by the Company of duties materially inconsistent
with Executives title or duties from those set forth in this Agreement or the failure
to elect or reelect Executive to such position, except in the event of a termination
for Cause, death, disability or by Executive other than for Good Reason; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
The Companys requirement that Executive perform services under this Agreement
at a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current Location, and
Executives failure to do so. |
Investors means Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.,
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P., and 220 GCU, L.P.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an
association, a joint stock company, an investment fund, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
Purchase Agreement means the Series A Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof
among the Company and the Investors, as amended from time to time.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof among
the Company, Significant Education Holding, LLC, and the Investors, as amended or restated from
time to time.
ARTICLE 5
NOTICES
Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally
delivered, mailed by first class United States mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable
overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or by facsimile to the recipient at the address below
indicated:
7
If to the Company:
Significant Education, Inc.
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
Telephone: (602) 589-2755
Facsimile: (602) 589-2458
with a copy to each of:
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC
920 SW Sixth Ave
Suite 1400
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath
Telephone: (503) 223-2721
Facsimile: (503) 223-1384
Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1550 Seventeenth Street, Suite 500
Denver, Colorado 80202-1500
Attention: Ronald R. Levine, II
Telephone: 303-892-9400
Facsimile: 303-893-1379
If to Executive:
John Crowley
8154 Via de Viva
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
Attention: John Crowley
Telephone: 413-478-5002
Facsimile: __-__-____
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have
specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business,
promotional, travel and entertainment expenses incurred or paid by him during the Service Term and
the performance of his services under this Agreement, provided that Executive furnishes to the
Company in a timely fashion appropriate documentation required by the Internal Revenue
8
Code in connection with such expenses and shall furnish such other reasonable documentation
and accounting as the Company, from time to time, may reasonably request.
6.2 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein
and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the
parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or
among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
6.3 Confidential Information. Except as herein provided, this Agreement and all
discussions regarding this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the amount of consideration,
offers, counteroffers or other terms or conditions of the negotiations or the agreement reached,
shall be kept confidential by Executive, the Investors and the Company from all persons and
entities other than the parties to this Agreement.
6.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of
which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same
agreement.
6.5 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any
applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed,
construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
had never been contained herein.
6.6 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, and its successors and assigns. Executive may not
assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
6.7 Choice of Law. The construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement
and the exhibit hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of Arizona, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or
rule (whether of the State of Arizona or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Arizona.
6.8 Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its
rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorneys fees)
caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing
in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole
discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond
or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent
any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.
6.9 Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived
only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.
9
6.10 Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder
expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Companys chief
executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day
immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.
6.11 Termination. All of the provisions of this Agreement shall terminate after the
expiration of the Service Term or upon the Separation of Executives employment with the Company,
except Article 2, Section 3.2 and Section 6.3 shall survive indefinitely, and Section 3.1 shall
terminate upon expiration of the Non-compete Period.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE:
|
|
|
/s/ John Crowley
|
|
|
John Crowley |
|
|
Signature Page Senior Management Agreement (J. Crowley)
exv10w4
AMENDMENT TO SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC
AND
JOHN CROWLEY
This Amendment to the Senior Management Agreement (the Agreement) between Significant
Education, Inc., D/B/A/ Grand Canyon University (GCU), on the one hand, and John Crowley ( the
Employee), on the other hand dated August 2005, is made and entered into this 28th day
of June 2006.
WHEREAS, Employee and GCU entered into an agreement of Employment in August 2005;
WHEREAS, as part of his Employment Employee is entitled to a bonus of $100,000 on June 30,
2006;
WHEREAS, Employee did not receive an increase in his annual pay in January 2006 per the
terms of his Agreement and is owed $12,500 in back pay as of June 30, 2006;
WHEREAS, Employee wishes to assign his interest in the bonus and his back pay to Youth In
Motion, Inc., and have GCU pay such sums to Youth in Motion in lieu of payments to himself;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and promises contained
herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
1. Steps Following Execution. As soon as practicable following the execution of this
Amendment by the Parties, but in all events on or before midnight on July 3, 2006, GCU shall pay
the sum of $112,500.00 in the form of a check made payable to Youth In Motion, Inc.
2. Release & Waiver. Employee expressly agrees to waive any and all rights, claims,
or interests in and/or relating directly or indirectly to the payments due to him under the
Agreement. Further, Employee, his past, present and future successors, assigns, and agents, and
all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with him, do hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally release, waive and forever discharge GCU, as well as its past, present and future
parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, partners,
officers, directors, stockholders, employees, insurers, agents, representatives, and attorneys, and
all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, from any and all
actions, causes of action, suits, claims, debts, obligations, demands, liabilities, rights,
damages, losses, costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys fees and costs actually
incurred) of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or
contingent, legal or equitable, arising under state, federal or any other law (Claim or Claims)
which they now have, own or hold or claim to have, own or hold, or at any time heretofore had,
owned or held, or claimed to have had, owned or held, or may hereinafter have, own or hold, or
claim to have, own or hold against GCU, its past, present and future parents, subsidiaries,
affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, partners, officers, directors,
stockholders, employees, insurers, agents, representatives, and attorneys, and all persons acting
by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, arising out of, based upon, or relating
to any and all payments, including bonus payments and back pay, due and owing under his Agreement
as of June 30, 2006
Page 1 of 3
3. Full and Independent Knowledge. Each of the Parties represents that it has been
represented by an attorney in connection with the preparation and review of this Amendment; that
he, she or it has specifically discussed, or had the opportunity to specifically discuss, with an
attorney the meaning and effect of Amendment; and that he, she or it has carefully read and
understands the scope and effect of each provision contained herein.
4. Warranties. Each of the Parties represents and warrants that he, she or it has
full power and authority to enter into and perform this Amendment. Each of the Parties further
represents and warrants that he, she or it has not heretofore assigned, transferred, encumbered or
otherwise conveyed, or purported to assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise convey, in whole of in
part, to any person or entity, any Claims released hereunder.
5. Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
executors, administrators, successors, heirs and assigns of each of the Parties hereto.
6. Further Assurances. Each of the Parties, without further consideration, agrees to
execute and deliver such other documents and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary
to consummate more effectively the subject matter hereof.
7.Miscellaneous.
(a) This Amendment shall include its preamble and recitals.
(b) This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the
State of Arizona without regard to conflict of laws provisions.
(c) The Parties agree that Amendment may be executed in counterparts and that a copy signed by
a Party will be fully enforceable against such Party.
(d) This Amendment and the Agreement contain the entire agreement between the Parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Parties acknowledge that no other understandings,
statements, promises, or inducements contrary to the terms of these agreements, whether oral or
written, exist; that they do not rely and have not relied on any oral or written understandings,
statements, promises, or inducements other than those contained in these agreements; and that they
have voluntarily entered into this Amendment and the assignment of payments effectuated thereby.
In the event the Amendment contradicts any portion of the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment
shall control.
(e) This Amendment has been jointly negotiated by the Parties. It shall be construed as a
whole, according to its fair meaning, and shall not be construed strictly for or against any of the
Parties hereto.
(f) This Amendment may not be amended, altered, modified or waived, in whole or in part,
except in a writing executed by the Parties hereto.
Page 2 of 3
(g) If any provision of this Amendment is held invalid or otherwise unenforceable, the
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be impaired thereby.
(h) The failure of any Party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Amendment on
any occasion shall not be considered a waiver thereof or deprive that Party of the right thereafter
to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have each executed this Amendment as of the date first set
forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant Education, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Crowley
|
|
6/30/06
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
6/30/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
Date |
|
|
Page 3 of 3
exv10w7
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this Lease) is made as of June 28, 2004 (the Effective
Date), by and between SPIRIT FINANCE ACQUISITIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessor), whose address is 8910 East Raintree Drive, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona
85260, and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Lessee),
whose address is 2525 East Arizona Biltmore Circle, #140, Phoenix, Arizona 85016.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, Lessor and Lessee
hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set
forth in Exhibit A hereto.
2. Lease of Property; Use. In consideration of the Rentals and other Monetary Obligations to
be paid by Lessee and of the other terms, covenants and conditions on Lessees part to be kept and
performed, Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby takes and hires, the Property, subject
to the Permitted Encumbrances, all Legal Requirements (including any existing violation thereof),
and the condition of the Property as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the recital of
the Permitted Encumbrances herein shall not be construed as a revival of any Permitted Encumbrance
which may have expired or been terminated. During the Lease Term, the Property shall be used
solely for the operation of a Permitted Facility, and related purposes such as ingress, egress and
parking. Lessee shall at all times during the Lease Term occupy the Property and shall diligently
operate its business on the Property. Except as otherwise permitted herein, Lessee shall not, by
itself or through any assignment, sublease or other type of transfer, convert all or any portion of
the Property to an alternative use during the Lease Term without Lessors prior written consent.
3. Lease Term; Extension. The initial term of this Lease (Initial Term) shall
commence as of the Effective Date and shall expire at midnight on June 30, 2024 (Expiration
Date), unless terminated sooner as provided in this Lease and as may be extended as provided
herein. The time period during which this Lease shall actually be in effect, including any
Extension Term, is referred to herein as the Lease Term. Unless this Lease has expired
or has been sooner terminated, or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time
any option is exercised, and provided that all other agreements necessary to the continued
operation of Lessees business at the Property are extended for a period of not less than the
applicable extension periods, Lessee shall have the right and option (each, an Extension
Option) to extend the Initial Term for the Property for four (4) additional successive periods
of five (5) years each (each, an Extension Term), pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Lease then in effect. Lessee may only exercise the Extension Options by giving written notice
thereof to Lessor of its election to do so first, no later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior
to the Expiration Date and one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the immediately preceding
Extension Term, as the case may be. If written notice of the exercise of any Extension Option is
not received by Lessor by the applicable dates described above, then this Lease shall terminate on
the last day of the Initial Term or, if applicable, the last day of the Extension Term then in
effect. Upon the request of Lessor or Lessee, the parties hereto will, at the expense of Lessee,
execute and exchange an
instrument in recordable form setting forth the extension of the Lease Term in accordance with
this Section 3.
4. Rental and Other Monetary Obligations.
A. Base Monthly Rental. During the Initial Term, on or before the first day of each
calendar month, Lessee shall pay in advance the Base Monthly Rental; provided, however, if
the Effective Date is a date other than the first day of the month, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor (or any other party designated by Lessor) on the Effective Date the Base Monthly
Rental prorated by multiplying the Base Monthly Rental by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days remaining in the month (including the Effective Date) for which
Rentals are being paid, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such
month. During the Extension Terms, if any, Lessee shall pay the Rentals (including the Base
Monthly Rental) in the manner set forth in this Section 4. Unless otherwise specifically
stated to the contrary herein, Lessee shall perform all its obligations under this Lease at
its sole cost and expense and shall pay all Rental and any other Monetary Obligation due
hereunder when due and payable, without notice or demand.
B. Scheduled Adjustments. On the first Adjustment Date and on each Adjustment Date
thereafter, the Base Annual Rental shall increase by an amount equal to the Rent Adjustment.
The Rent Adjustment shall be an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Base
Annual Rental in effect immediately prior to the applicable Adjustment Date.
C. Additional Adjustments. In addition to the scheduled adjustments of Base Annual
Rental under Section 4.B above, Base Annual Rental shall be adjusted in accordance with the
terms and provisions of Section 44 below.
D. Additional Rental. Lessee shall pay and discharge, as additional rental
(Additional Rental), all sums of money required to be paid by Lessee under this
Lease which are not specifically referred to as Rental. Notwithstanding any provisions in
this Lease to the contrary, Additional Rental shall not include (1) compensation paid to any
officers, executives or employees of Lessor; (2) costs for which Lessor is reimbursed by
insurance, condemnation or otherwise; (3) interest on debt or amortization payments on any
mortgage or deed to secure debt and any charges for any costs and expenses incurred in
connection with any refinancing of any debt secured by any mortgage on the Property; (4)
except as otherwise provided in Section 43.C. below, all professional fees
(legal/accounting/consultants) and other Costs and expenses arising out of the sale of any
of the Property by Lessor or the financing or refinancing of any loan secured by all or any
portion of the Property; (5) Lessors general corporate overhead and general corporate
administrative expenses including any costs related to Lessors maintenance of an office;
(6) late charges and other penalties incurred as a result of Lessors failure, negligence,
inability or unwillingness to make payments to any person or party when due; and (7) any
depreciation. Lessee shall pay and discharge any Additional Rental when the same shall
become due, provided that amounts which are billed to Lessor or any third party, but not to
Lessee, shall be paid within thirty (30) days after Lessors demand for payment thereof or,
if later, when the same are due. In no event shall Lessee be required to pay to Lessor
2
any item of Additional Rental that Lessee is obligated to pay and has paid to any third
party pursuant to any provision of this Lease.
E. Payment of Rental and Other Monetary Obligations. All Rental and other Monetary
Obligations which Lessee is required to pay hereunder shall be the unconditional obligation
of Lessee and shall be payable in full when due without any setoff, abatement, deferment,
deduction or counterclaim whatsoever. Upon execution of this Lease, Lessee shall establish
arrangements whereby payments of the Base Monthly Rental, any Additional Rental, impound
payments (if any), sales tax on real property tax (if any), and any other Monetary
Obligations are transferred by Automated Clearing House Debit initiated by Lessor from an
account established by Lessee at a United States bank or other financial institution to such
account as Lessor may designate. Any delinquent payment shall, in addition to any other
remedy of Lessor, incur a late charge of five percent (5%) (which late charge is intended to
compensate Lessor for the cost of handling and processing such delinquent payment and should
not be considered interest) and bear interest at the Default Rate, such interest to be
computed from and including the date such payment was due through and including the date of
the payment; provided, however, in no event shall Lessee be obligated to pay a sum of late
charge and interest higher than the maximum legal rate then in effect.
5. Representations and Warranties of Lessor. The representations and warranties of Lessor
contained in this Section are being made to induce Lessee to enter into this Lease and Lessee has
relied and will continue to rely upon such representations and warranties. Lessor represents and
warrants to Lessee as follows:
A. Organization, Authority and Status of Lessor. Lessor has been duly organized and is
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. All
necessary corporate action has been taken to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance by Lessor of this Lease and of the other documents, instruments and agreements
provided for herein. The person who has executed this Lease on behalf of Lessor is duly
authorized to do so.
B. Enforceability. This Lease constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
Lessor, enforceable against Lessor in accordance with its terms.
C. Litigation. There are no suits, actions, proceedings or investigations pending, or
to the best of its knowledge, threatened against or involving Lessor before any arbitrator
or Governmental Authority which might reasonably result in any material adverse change in
the contemplated business, condition, worth or operations of Lessor.
D. Absence of Breaches or Defaults. Lessor is not in default under any document,
instrument or agreement to which Lessor is a party or by which Lessor or any of Lessors
property is subject or bound. The authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this
Lease and the documents, instruments and agreements provided for herein will not result in
any breach of or default under any document, instrument or agreement to which Lessor is a
party or by which Lessor or any of Lessors property is subject or bound.
3
6. Representations and Warranties of Lessee. The representations and warranties of Lessee
contained in this Section are being made to induce Lessor to enter into this Lease and Lessor has
relied, and will continue to rely, upon such representations and warranties. Lessee represents and
warrants to Lessor as follows:
A. Organization, Authority and Status of Lessee. Lessee has been duly organized or
formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its State of Delaware and
is qualified as a foreign limited liability company to do business in any jurisdiction where
such qualification is required, including the State. All necessary limited liability
company action has been taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Lessee
of this Lease and of the other documents, instruments and agreements provided for herein.
Lessee is not a foreign limited liability company, foreign corporation, foreign
partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Lessees United States tax identification
number is correctly set forth on the signature page of this Lease. The person who has
executed this Lease on behalf of Lessee is duly authorized to do so. The address of Lessee
stated in Section 24 is the principal place of business and principal executive office of
Lessee, and Lessee will provide Lessor with written notice of any change of location of its
principal place of business or principal executive office within ten (10) days thereof.
B. Enforceability. This Lease constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
Lessee, enforceable against Lessee in accordance with its terms.
C. Litigation. Except as described in Schedule 6.C. attached hereto, there are no
suits, actions, proceedings or investigations pending, or to its current actual knowledge,
threatened against or involving Lessee or the Property before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority which might reasonably result in any material adverse change in the contemplated
business, condition, worth or operations of Lessee or the Property.
D. Absence of Breaches or Defaults. Except as described in Schedule 6.D. attached
hereto, to its current actual knowledge, Lessee is not in default under any document,
instrument or agreement to which Lessee is a party or by which Lessee, the Property or any
of Lessees property is subject or bound. The authorization, execution, delivery and
performance of this Lease and the documents, instruments and agreements provided for herein
will not result in any breach of or default under any document, instrument or agreement to
which Lessee is a party or by which Lessee, the Property or any of Lessees property is
subject or bound.
E. Licenses and Permits. To its current actual knowledge, Lessee has obtained all
required licenses and permits, both governmental and private, to use and operate the
Property as a Permitted Facility.
F. Financial Condition; Information Provided to Lessor. The financial statements, all
financial data and all other documents and information heretofore delivered to Lessor by or
with respect to Lessee, Guarantor and/or the Property in connection with this Lease and/or
relating to Lessee, Guarantor and/or the Property are true, correct and complete in all
material respects, there have been no amendments
4
thereto since the date such items were prepared or delivered to Lessor, and no change
has occurred to any such financial statements, financial data, documents and other
information not disclosed in writing to Lessor, which would result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
G. Compliance with Anti-Terrorism, Embargo, Sanctions and Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
Lessee, and to Lessees current actual knowledge, each of the Lessee Entities is not
currently identified on the OFAC List, and is not a Person with whom a citizen of the United
States is prohibited from engaging in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction,
or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or executive order of the President
of the United States. The Lessee has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply
those procedures throughout the Lease Term, to ensure the foregoing representations and
warranties remain true and correct during the Lease Term.
H. Solvency. There is no contemplated, pending or threatened Insolvency Event or
similar proceedings, whether voluntary or involuntary, affecting Lessee, or to Lessees
current actual knowledge, its shareholders or Affiliates. Lessee does not have unreasonably
small capital to conduct its business.
I. Ownership. Neither Lessee nor any Affiliate of Lessee that actually or
constructively owns ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of Lessor
owns, directly or indirectly, (i) ten percent (10%) or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of voting capital stock of Lessee, or (ii) ten percent (10%) or more of
the total value of all classes of capital stock of Lessee.
7. Rentals To Be Net to Lessor. The Base Annual Rental payable hereunder shall be net to
Lessor, so that this Lease shall yield to Lessor the Rentals specified during the Lease Term, and
all Costs and obligations of every kind and nature whatsoever relating to the Property shall be
performed and paid by Lessee.
8. Taxes and Assessments. Lessee shall pay, prior to the earlier of delinquency or the
accrual of interest on the unpaid balance, all taxes and assessments of every type or nature
assessed against or imposed upon the Property or Lessee during the Lease Term, including without
limitation, all taxes or assessments upon the Property or any part thereof and upon any personal
property, trade fixtures and improvements located on the Property, whether belonging to Lessor or
Lessee, or any tax or charge levied in lieu of such taxes and assessments; all taxes, charges,
license fees and or similar fees imposed by reason of the use of the Property by Lessee; and all
excise, transaction, privilege, license, sales, use and other taxes upon the Rental or other
Monetary Obligations hereunder, the leasehold estate of either party or the activities of either
party pursuant to this Lease.
Within thirty (30) days after each tax and assessment payment is required by this Section to
be paid, Lessee shall, upon prior written request of Lessor, provide Lessor with evidence
reasonably satisfactory to Lessor that such payment was made in a timely fashion. Lessee may, at
its own expense, contest or cause to be contested (in the case of any item involving more than
$10,000.00, after prior written notice to Lessor), by appropriate legal proceedings conducted in
good faith and with due diligence, any above-described item or lien with respect thereto,
including,
5
without limitation, the amount or validity or application, in whole or in part, of any such
item, provided that (A) neither the Property nor any interest therein would be in any danger of
being sold, forfeited or lost by reason of such proceedings, (B) no Event of Default has occurred,
and (C) Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with copies of all notices received or delivered by
Lessee and filings made by Lessee in connection with such proceeding.
9. Utilities. Lessee shall be responsible for and shall pay, or cause to be paid, all charges
or fees related to the connection and use of water, gas, electricity, telephone, garbage
collection, sewer use and other utility services supplied to the Property during the Lease Term.
Under no circumstances shall Lessor be responsible for the provision of utility services to the
Property or for any interruption thereof.
10. Insurance. Throughout the Lease Term, Lessee shall maintain, with respect to the
Property, at its sole expense, the following types and amounts of insurance (which may be included
under a blanket insurance policy if all the other terms hereof are satisfied), in addition to such
other insurance as Lessor may reasonably require from time to time:
A. Insurance against loss, damage or destruction by fire and other casualty, including
theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, flood (if the Property is in a location designated
by the Federal Emergency Management Administration as a Special Flood Hazard Area),
earthquake (if the Property is in an area subject to destructive earthquakes within recorded
history), boiler explosion (if there is any boiler upon the Property), plate glass breakage,
sprinkler damage (if the Property has a sprinkler system), all matters covered by a special
coverage endorsement commonly known as an all-risk endorsement and such other risks as
Lessor may reasonably require, insuring the Property for not less than 100% of its full
insurable replacement cost.
B. Comprehensive general liability and property damage insurance, including a products
liability clause, covering Lessor and Lessee against bodily injury liability, property
damage liability and automobile bodily injury and property damage liability, including
without limitation any liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, repair,
condition or operation of the Property or adjoining ways, streets, parking lots or
sidewalks. Such insurance policy or policies shall contain a broad form contractual
liability endorsement under which the insurer agrees to insure Lessees obligations under
Section 15 hereof to the extent insurable, and a severability of interest clause or
endorsement which precludes the insurer from denying the claim of Lessee or Lessor because
of the negligence or other acts of the other, shall be in amounts of not less than
$1,000,000.00 per injury and occurrence with respect to any insured liability, whether for
personal injury or property damage, or such higher limits as Lessor may reasonably require
from time to time, and shall be of form and substance satisfactory to Lessor.
C. State Workers Compensation insurance in the statutorily mandated limits.
D. Business income insurance or rental interruption insurance, as requested by Lessor,
equal to 100% of the Base Annual Rental for a period of not less than six months.
6
All insurance policies shall:
(i) Provide for a waiver of subrogation by the insurer as to claims against
Lessor, its employees and agents, and provide that the insurer shall not deny a
claim and that such insurance cannot be unreasonably cancelled, invalidated or
suspended on account of the conduct of Lessee, its officers, directors, employees or
agents, or anyone acting for Lessee or any subtenant or other occupant of the
Property;
(ii) Provide that any no other insurance clause in the insurance policy shall
exclude any policies of insurance maintained by Lessor and that the insurance policy
shall not be brought into contribution with insurance maintained by Lessor;
(iii) Contain a standard without contribution mortgage clause endorsement in
favor of any lender designated by Lessor;
(iv) Provide that the policy of insurance shall not be terminated, cancelled or
substantially modified without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to
Lessor and to any lender covered by any standard mortgage clause endorsement;
(v) Provide that the insurer shall not have the option to restore the Property
if Lessor elects to terminate this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof; and
(vi) Be issued by insurance companies licensed to do business in the State and
which are rated A:VI or better by Bests Insurance Guide or are otherwise approved
by Lessor.
It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing minimum limits of insurance coverage
shall not limit the liability of Lessee for its acts or omissions as provided in this Lease. All
insurance policies (with the exception of workers compensation insurance to the extent not
available under statutory law) shall designate Lessor, and its respective successors and assigns,
and any mortgagee of Lessor as additional insureds as their interests may appear and shall be
payable as set forth in Section 18 hereof. All such policies shall be written as primary policies,
with deductibles not to exceed $100,000.00. Lessee shall procure policies for all insurance for
periods of not less than one year and shall provide to Lessor and any servicer or lender of Lessor
certificates of insurance or, upon Lessors request, duplicate originals of insurance policies
evidencing that insurance satisfying the requirements of this Lease is in effect at all times.
11. Tax and Insurance Impound. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, in addition to any
other remedies, Lessor may require Lessee to pay to Lessor sums which will provide an impound
account (which shall not be deemed a trust fund) for paying up to the next one year of taxes,
assessments and/or insurance premiums. Upon such requirement, Lessor will estimate the amounts
needed for such purposes and will notify Lessee to pay the same to Lessor in equal monthly
installments, as nearly as practicable, in addition to all other Monetary Obligations due under
this Lease. Should additional funds be required at any time, Lessee shall pay the same to Lessor
within five (5) business days of demand. Lessee shall advise Lessor of
7
all taxes and insurance bills which are due and shall cooperate fully with Lessor in assuring
that the same are paid. Lessor may deposit all impounded funds in accounts insured by any federal
or state agency and may commingle such funds with other funds and accounts of Lessor. Interest or
other gains from such funds, if any, shall be the sole property of Lessor. In the event of any
default by Lessee, Lessor may apply all impounded funds against any sums due from Lessee to Lessor.
Lessor shall give to Lessee an annual accounting showing all credits and debits to and from such
impounded funds received from Lessee.
12. Compliance With Laws, Restrictions, Covenants and Encumbrances.
A. Compliance. Lessees use and occupation of the Property, and the condition thereof,
shall, at Lessees sole cost and expense, comply fully with all Legal Requirements and all
restrictions, covenants and encumbrances of record with respect to the Property, in either
event, the failure with which to comply could have a Material Adverse Effect. Without in
any way limiting the foregoing provisions, Lessee shall comply with all Legal Requirements
relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or
hereafter in effect. Upon the Lessors written request from time to time during the Lease
Term, Lessee shall certify in writing to Lessor that Lessees representations, warranties
and obligations under Section 6.G and this Section 12.A remain true and correct and have not
been breached. Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor in writing if it becomes aware that
any of such representations, warranties or covenants are no longer true or have been
breached or if Lessee has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or
have been breached. In connection with such an event, Lessee shall comply with all Legal
Requirements and directives of Governmental Authorities and, at Lessors request, provide to
Lessor copies of all notices, reports and other communications exchanged with, or received
from, Governmental Authorities relating to such an event. Lessee shall also reimburse
Lessor for all Costs incurred by Lessor in evaluating the effect of such an event on the
Property and this Lease, in obtaining any necessary license from Governmental Authorities as
may be necessary for Lessor to enforce its rights under the Transaction Documents, and in
complying with all Legal Requirements applicable to Lessor as the result of the existence of
such an event and for any penalties or fines imposed upon Lessor as a result thereof.
B. Acts Resulting in Increased Insurance Rates. Lessee will use its best efforts to
prevent any act or condition to exist on or about the Property which will materially
increase any insurance rate thereon, except when such acts are required in the normal course
of its business and Lessee shall pay for such increase.
C. ADA. Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Section,
Lessee agrees that it shall be responsible for complying in all respects with the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990, as such act may be amended from time to time, and all
regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the ADA), as it affects the
Property. Lessee agrees that it will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified
Parties from and against any and all Losses caused by, incurred or resulting from Lessees
failure to comply with its obligations under this Section.
8
D. Environmental.
(i) Representations and Warranties. Lessee represents and warrants to Lessor,
which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of
this Lease, as follows:
(1) To Lessees current actual knowledge, and except as set forth on
Exhibit C attached hereto, the Property and Lessee are not in
violation of or subject to, any pending or, to Lessees current actual
knowledge, threatened investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority
or to any remedial obligations under any Environmental Laws that could have
a Material Adverse Effect, nor has Lessee received any written or oral
notice or other communication from any Person (including but not limited to
a Governmental Authority) with respect to the Property relating to (I)
Hazardous Materials or Remediation thereof; (II) possible liability of any
Person pursuant to any Environmental Law; (III) other environmental
conditions; or (IV) any actual or potential administrative or judicial
proceedings in connection with any of the foregoing that could have a
Material Adverse Effect. The foregoing representations and warranties would
continue to be true and correct following disclosure to the applicable
Governmental Authorities of all relevant facts, conditions and
circumstances, if any, pertaining to the Property.
(2) To Lessees current actual knowledge, except to the extent set
forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, (I) all uses and operations on
or of the Property, whether by Lessee or any other Person, have been in
compliance with all Environmental Laws and environmental permits issued
pursuant thereto; (II) there have been no Releases in, on, under or from the
Property, or from other property migrating toward the Property, except in
Permitted Amounts; (III) there are no Hazardous Materials in, on, or under
the Property, except in Permitted Amounts; (IV) the Property has been kept
free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances imposed pursuant to any
Environmental Law (the Environmental Liens); and (V) Lessee has
not allowed any other tenant or other user of the Property to do any act
that materially increased the dangers to human health or the environment,
posed an unreasonable risk of harm to any Person (whether on or off the
Property), impaired the value of the Property in any material respect, is
contrary to any requirement set forth in the insurance policies maintained
by Lessor, constituted a public or private nuisance, constituted waste, or
violated any covenant, condition, agreement or easement applicable to the
Property.
(ii) Covenants.
(1) Lessee covenants to Lessor during the Lease Term, subject to the
limitations of subsection (2) below, as follows:
9
(I) The Property and Lessee shall not be (a) in violation of any
Remediation required by any Governmental Authority or (b) subject to
any Remediation obligations under any Environmental Laws. Lessee
shall not be in violation of any investigation or inquiry by any
Governmental Authority.
(II) All uses and operations on or of the Property, whether by
Lessee or any other Person, shall be in compliance with all
Environmental Laws and permits issued pursuant thereto.
(III) There shall be no Releases in, on, under or from the
Property, except in Permitted Amounts.
(IV) There shall be no Hazardous Materials in, on or under the
Property, except in Permitted Amounts.
(V) Lessee shall keep the Property or cause the Property to be
kept free and clear of all Environmental Liens, whether due to any
act or omission of Lessee or any other Person.
(VI) Lessee shall not do or allow any other tenant or other user
of the Property to do any act that (a) materially increases the
dangers to human health or the environment, (b) poses an unreasonable
risk of harm to any Person (whether on or off the Property), (c) has
a Material Adverse Effect, (d) is contrary to any material
requirement set forth in the insurance policies maintained by Lessee,
(e) constitutes a public or private nuisance or constitutes waste, or
(f) violates any covenant, condition, agreement or easement
applicable to the Property.
(2) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, an
Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of the
failure of Lessee to satisfy any one or more of the covenants set forth in
subsections (I) through (VI) above provided that Lessee shall be in
compliance with the requirements of any Governmental Authority with respect
to the Remediation of any Release at the Property.
(iii) Notification Requirements. Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor in
writing upon Lessee obtaining actual knowledge of (1) any Releases or Threatened
Releases in, on, under or from the Property other than in Permitted Amounts, or
migrating towards the Property; (2) any non-compliance with any Environmental Laws
related in any way to the Property; (3) any actual or potential Environmental Lien;
(4) any required or proposed Remediation of environmental conditions relating to the
Property required by applicable Governmental Authorities; and (5) any written or
oral notice or other communication which Lessee becomes aware from any source
whatsoever (including but not limited to a Governmental Authority) relating in any
way to Hazardous Materials or Remediation thereof at or on the Property, other than
in
10
Permitted Amounts, possible liability of any Person relating to the Property
pursuant to any Environmental Law, other environmental conditions in connection with
the Property, or any actual or potential administrative or judicial proceedings in
connection with anything referred to in this Section. Lessee shall, upon Lessors
written request, deliver to Lessor a certificate stating that Lessee is and has been
in full compliance with all of the environmental representations, warranties and
covenants in this Lease.
(iv) Remediation. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, and without
limiting any other provision of this Lease, effectuate any Remediation required by
any Governmental Authority of any condition (including, but not limited to, a
Release) in, on, under or from the Property and take any other reasonable action
deemed necessary by any Governmental Authority for protection of human health or the
environment. Should Lessee fail to undertake such Remediation in accordance with
the preceding sentence, Lessor, after written notice to Lessee and Lessees failure
to immediately undertake such Remediation, shall be permitted to complete such
Remediation, and all reasonable Costs incurred in connection therewith shall be paid
by Lessee.
(v) Indemnification. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect,
defend, indemnify, release and hold harmless each of the Indemnified Parties from
and against any and all Losses, including, but not limited to, all Costs of
Remediation (whether or not performed voluntarily), arising out of or in any way
relating to any Environmental Laws, Hazardous Materials or other environmental
matters concerning the Property. It is expressly understood and agreed that
Lessees obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease for any reason.
13. Condition of Property; Maintenance. Lessee hereby accepts the Property AS IS and WHERE
IS with no representation or warranty of Lessor as to the condition thereof. The Property shall
be kept in good, clean, sanitary and working condition, and Lessee shall at all times at its own
expense maintain, repair and replace, as necessary, the Property, including all portions of the
Property, whether or not the Property was in such condition on the Effective Date.
14. Waste; Alterations and Improvements. Lessee shall not commit actual or constructive waste
upon the Property. During the Lease Term, Lessee shall not alter the exterior, structural,
plumbing or electrical elements of the Property in any manner without the consent of Lessor, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned; provided, however, Lessee may undertake
nonstructural alterations to the Property, individually, costing less than $100,000.00 without
Lessors prior written consent. If Lessors consent is required hereunder and Lessor consents to
the making of any such alterations, the same shall be made by Lessee at Lessees sole expense by a
licensed contractor and according to plans and specifications approved by Lessor and subject to
such other conditions as Lessor shall require. Any work at any time commenced by Lessee on the
Property shall be prosecuted diligently to completion, shall be of good workmanship and materials
and shall comply fully with all the terms of this Lease. Upon completion of any alterations,
Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with (A) evidence of full payment to all laborers and
materialmen contributing to the alterations, (B) an architects certificate certifying the
alterations to have been completed in conformity with
11
the plans and specifications, (C) a certificate of occupancy (if the alterations are of such a
nature as would require the issuance of a certificate of occupancy), and (D) any other documents or
information reasonably requested by Lessor. Lessee shall execute and file or record, as
appropriate, a Notice of Non-Responsibility, or any equivalent notice permitted under applicable
law in the State. Any addition to or alteration of the Property shall be deemed a part of the
Property and belong to Lessor, and Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor such instruments as
Lessor may require to evidence the ownership by Lessor of such addition or alteration.
15. Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless each of the
Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses (excluding Losses suffered by an
Indemnified Party arising out of such Indemnified Partys negligence or intentional misconduct)
caused by, incurred or resulting from Lessees use and occupancy of the Property, whether relating
to its original design or construction, latent defects, alteration, maintenance, use by Lessee or
any Person thereon, supervision or otherwise, or from any breach of, default under, or failure to
perform, any term or provision of this Lease by Lessee, its officers, employees, agents or other
Persons. It is expressly understood and agreed that Lessees obligations under this Section shall
survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for any reason. Lessor shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessee and its directors, officers, shareholders, partners,
members, employees agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates,
subsidiaries, participants, successors and assigns, including, but not limited to, any successors
by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets and business
of Lessee (Lessee Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all Losses (excluding Losses
suffered by such Lessee Indemnified Parties arising out of such Lessees Indemnified Parties
negligence or intentionally misconduct) arising from any default by Lessor of this Lease.
16. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Lessee shall pay the Rental and other Monetary Obligations
herein provided and shall keep and perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions on its part
herein contained, Lessee shall have, subject and subordinate to Lessors rights herein, the right
to the peaceful and quiet occupancy of the Property.
17. Inspection. Lessor and its authorized representatives shall have the right, at all
reasonable times and upon giving reasonable prior notice (except in the event of an emergency, in
which case no prior notice shall be required), to enter the Property or any part thereof and
inspect the same. Lessee hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or
interference with Lessees business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Property and
any other loss occasioned by such entry, but, subject to Section 37, excluding damages arising as a
result of the negligence or intentional misconduct of Lessor.
18. Condemnation and Casualty.
A. Notification. Lessee shall promptly give Lessor and any mortgagee (if required by
the terms of any applicable mortgage or deed of trust and Lessee has received notice
thereof) written notice of (i) any Condemnation of the Property or any part thereof, (ii)
the commencement of any proceedings or negotiations which might result in a Condemnation of
the Property or any part thereof, and (iii) any Casualty to the Property or any part
thereof. Such notice shall provide a general description of the nature and
12
extent of such Condemnation, proceedings, negotiations or Casualty, and shall include
copies of any documents or notices received in connection therewith. Thereafter, Lessee
shall promptly send Lessor copies of all notices, correspondence and pleadings relating to
any such Condemnation, proceedings, negotiations or Casualty.
B. Partial Condemnation or Casualty. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18.C, in
the event of a Condemnation which is not a Total Condemnation or a Temporary Condemnation
(Partial Condemnation), or a Casualty which is not a Total Casualty (a
Partial Casualty), all Net Awards shall be paid to Lessor. In the event of a
Partial Condemnation or a Partial Casualty, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this
Lease by notifying Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days after Lessee gives Lessor
notice of such Partial Condemnation or Partial Casualty or that title has vested in the
condemning authority, or to continue this Lease in effect, which election shall be evidenced
by either a notice from Lessor to Lessee, or Lessors failure to notify Lessee in writing
that Lessor has elected to terminate this Lease within such thirty (30) day period. Lessee
shall have a period of sixty (60) days after receipt of the Lessors notice to terminate
referenced above during which to elect, despite such Lessor notice of termination, to
continue this Lease on the terms herein provided. If Lessee does not elect to continue this
Lease or shall fail during such sixty (60) day period to notify Lessor of Lessees intent to
continue this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate as of the last day of the month during
which such sixty (60) day period expired. Lessee shall vacate and surrender the Property by
such termination date, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, and all obligations
of either party hereunder shall cease as of the date of termination (provided, however,
Lessees obligations to the Indemnified Parties under any indemnification provisions of this
Lease and Lessees obligations to pay Rental and all other Monetary Obligations (whether
payable to Lessor or a third party) accruing under this Lease prior to the date of
termination shall survive such termination). In such event, Lessor may retain all Net
Awards related to the Partial Condemnation or Partial Casualty, and Lessee shall immediately
pay Lessor an amount equal to the insurance deductible applicable to any Partial Casualty.
If Lessor elects not to terminate this Lease, or if Lessor elects to terminate this
Lease (as provided above) but Lessee elects to continue this Lease, then this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect on the following terms: all Rental and other Monetary
Obligations due under this Lease shall continue unabated, and Lessee shall promptly commence
and diligently prosecute restoration of the Property to the same condition, as nearly as
practicable, as prior to such Partial Condemnation or Partial Casualty as approved by
Lessor. As the restoration of the Property progresses, upon the written request of Lessee
(accompanied by evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lessor that such amount has been paid or
is due and payable and is properly part of such costs and that Lessee has complied with the
terms of Section 13 in connection with the restoration), Lessor shall promptly make
available in installments, subject to reasonable conditions for disbursement imposed by
Lessor, an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of any Net Award received by Lessor
with respect to such Partial Condemnation or Partial Casualty. Prior to the disbursement of
any portion of the Net Award with respect to a Partial Casualty, Lessee shall provide
evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lessor of the payment of restoration expenses by Lessee
up to the amount of the insurance deductible applicable to such Partial Casualty. Lessee
shall be entitled to keep any portion of the
13
Net Award which may be in excess of the cost of restoration, and Lessee shall bear all
additional Costs of such restoration in excess of the Net Award.
C. Total Condemnation and Total Casualty. In the event of a Condemnation of all or
substantially all of the Property or a Partial Condemnation, in either event that results in
Lessee making a good faith determination that the restoration and continued use of the
remainder of the Property as a Permitted Facility would be uneconomic (collectively, a
Total Condemnation), or a Casualty of all or substantially all of the Property or
a Partial Casualty, in either event that results in Lessee making a good faith determination
that the restoration and continued use of the Property as a Permitted Facility would be
uneconomic (collectively, a Total Casualty), then, in such event:
(i) Awards. Lessor shall be entitled to receive the entire Net Award in
connection therewith without deduction for any estate vested in Lessee by this
Lease, and Lessee hereby expressly assigns to Lessor all of its right, title and
interest in and to every such Net Award and agrees that Lessee shall not be entitled
to any Net Award or other payment for the value of Lessees leasehold interest in
this Lease. Lessee shall be entitled to claim and receive any award or payment from
the condemning authority expressly granted for the taking of the Lessee Personalty,
any insurance proceeds with respect to the Lessee Personalty, the interruption of
its business and moving expenses, but only if such claim or award does not adversely
affect or interfere with the prosecution of Lessors claim for the Total
Condemnation or Total Casualty or otherwise reduce the amount recoverable by Lessor
for the Total Condemnation.
(ii) Option To Terminate. Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease
by notice (the Termination Notice) given to Lessor not later than thirty
(30) days after the Total Condemnation or Total Casualty, as applicable. The
Termination Notice must: (1) specify a date on which this Lease shall terminate,
which date shall be the last day of a calendar month occurring not earlier than one
hundred twenty (120) days and not later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the
delivery of such notice (the Early Termination Date); (2) contain a
certificate executed by a manager of Lessee which (I) describes the Total
Condemnation or Total Casualty, and (II) represents and warrants that either all of
the Property has been taken, damaged or destroyed, or that substantially all of the
Property has been taken, damaged or destroyed, and Lessee has determined in good
faith that the restoration and continued use of the remainder of the Property as a
Permitted Facility would be uneconomic; and (3) if the Early Termination Date shall
occur prior to the commencement of any Extension Options which may be exercised
pursuant to Section 3, contain an irrevocable rejectable written offer (the
Rejectable Offer) of Lessee to purchase Lessors interest in the Property
and in the Net Award for the Total Condemnation or Total Casualty, as applicable, on
the Early Termination Date for a purchase price (the Loss Value) equal to
the greater of the fair market value of the Property as of the Early Termination
Date, or Lessors Total Investment.
(iii) Early Termination Date. If the Early Termination Date shall occur prior
to the commencement of any Extension Options which may be exercised
14
pursuant to Section 3, Lessor shall have sixty (60) days from the delivery of
the Termination Notice to deliver to Lessee written notice of its election to either
accept or reject any Rejectable Offer contained in the Termination Notice. Lessors
failure to deliver such notice within such time period shall be deemed to constitute
Lessors acceptance of the applicable Rejectable Offer.
(iv) Lessor Acceptance of Rejectable Offer. If Lessor accepts or is deemed to
have accepted the Rejectable Offer, then on the Early Termination Date or such other
date as the parties may mutually agree in writing, Lessor shall sell and convey, and
Lessee shall purchase for the applicable Loss Value, Lessors interest in the
Property and the Net Award. Lessees obligations under this Lease shall not be
terminated until the applicable Loss Value and all Rental and other Monetary
Obligations due and payable under this Lease prior to the Early Termination Date, or
such other date as the parties may mutually agree in writing, are paid in full.
Upon such payment, (1) Lessor shall convey the Property to Lessee as-is by special
warranty deed, subject to all matters of record, except for consensual liens,
encumbrances or other interests granted by Lessor (other than those granted by
Lessor at the request of Lessee), and without representations other than those
required by applicable Law; and (2) all obligations of either party hereunder with
respect to the Property shall cease as of the Early Termination Date, provided,
however, Lessees obligations to the Indemnified Parties under any indemnification
provisions of this Lease and Lessees obligations to pay any Monetary Obligations
(whether payable to Lessor or a third party) accruing under this Lease prior to the
Early Termination Date shall survive the termination of this Lease.
(v) Lessor Rejection of Rejectable Offer. If Lessor rejects the Rejectable
Offer or if the Early Termination Date shall occur after the commencement of any
Extension Options exercised pursuant to Section 3, then (1) the Net Award shall be
paid to and belong to Lessor; (2) on the Early Termination Date, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor all Rental and other Monetary Obligations then due and payable under this
Lease; and (3) all obligations of either party hereunder shall cease as of the Early
Termination Date; provided, however, Lessees obligations to the Indemnified Parties
under any indemnification provisions of this Lease and Lessees obligations to pay
any sums (whether payable to Lessor or a third party) accruing under this Lease
prior to the Early Termination Date shall survive the termination of this Lease.
D. Payment of Costs. Lessee shall be solely responsible for the payment of all Costs
incurred in connection with the conveyance of the Property to Lessee pursuant to this
Section 18, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the cost of title
insurance, survey charges, stamp taxes, mortgage taxes, transfer fees, escrow and recording
fees, taxes imposed on Lessor as a result of such conveyance, taxes imposed in connection
with the transfer of the Property to Lessee or the termination of this Lease pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 18, Lessees attorneys fees, and the reasonable attorneys fees
and expenses of counsel to Lessor.
15
E. Insurance. Any loss under any property damage insurance required to be maintained
by Lessee shall be adjusted by Lessor and Lessee. Any award relating to a Total
Condemnation or a Partial Condemnation shall be adjusted by Lessor or, at Lessors election,
Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Section 18 to the
contrary, if at the time of any Condemnation or any Casualty or at any time thereafter an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessor is hereby authorized and
empowered but shall not be obligated, in the name and on behalf of Lessee and otherwise, to
file and prosecute Lessees claim, if any, for a Net Award on account of such Condemnation
or such Casualty and to collect such Net Award and apply the same to the curing of such
Event of Default and any other then existing Event of Default under this Lease and/or to the
payment of any amounts owed by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease, in such order, priority
and proportions as Lessor in its discretion shall deem proper.
F. Lessee Obligation in Event of Casualty. During all periods of time following a
Casualty, Lessee shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the Property is secure and does
not pose any risk of harm to any adjoining property and Persons (including owners or
occupants of such adjoining property).
G. No Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 18 shall be
construed as limiting or otherwise adversely affecting the representations, warranties,
covenants and characterizations set forth in Lease.
19. Fair Market Value. With respect to the determination of fair market value for any purpose
under this Lease, if the parties are unable to agree upon the fair market value, Lessee shall, at
Lessees sole expense, nominate to Lessor a list of not less than three independent MAI appraisers
from national companies who have offices in at least five states and who are experienced with
appraising property similar to the Property and Lessor shall select one such appraiser. In
determining the fair market value of the Property, the appraiser shall utilize the cost, income and
sales comparison approaches to value. The highest amount which results from the calculation of
each of the cost approach, the income approach, and the sales comparison approach, all as
determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section, shall constitute the fair market
value of the Property.
20. Default, Conditional Limitations, Remedies and Measure of Damages.
A. Each of the following shall be an event of default by Lessee under this Lease (each,
an Event of Default):
(i) if any representation or warranty of Lessee set forth in this Lease is
false in any material respect, or if Lessee renders any false statement or account;
(ii) if any Rental or other Monetary Obligation due under this Lease is not
paid when due and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after receipt
of notice thereof by Lessee (provided that in no event shall Lessor be required to
give more than two such notices in any calendar year if such failure to pay is the
principal responsibility of Lessee);
16
(iii) if Lessee fails to pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes, assessments or
other charges the failure of which to pay will result in the imposition of a lien
against the Property;
(iv) if there is an Insolvency Event;
(v) if Lessee vacates or abandons the Property;
(vi) if Lessee fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants,
conditions or obligations of Lessee in this Lease; provided, however, if any such
failure does not involve the payment of any Monetary Obligation, is not willful or
intentional, does not place any rights or property of Lessor in immediate jeopardy,
and is within the reasonable power of Lessee to promptly cure, all as determined by
Lessor in its reasonable discretion, then such failure shall not constitute an Event
of Default hereunder, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, unless and until
Lessor shall have given Lessee notice thereof and a period of thirty (30) days shall
have elapsed, during which period Lessee may correct or cure such failure, upon
failure of which an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder
without further notice or demand of any kind being required. If such failure cannot
reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, as determined by Lessor in
its reasonable discretion, and Lessee is diligently pursuing a cure of such failure,
then Lessee shall have a reasonable period to cure such failure beyond such thirty
(30) day period, which shall in no event exceed ninety (90) days after receiving
notice of such failure from Lessor. If Lessee shall fail to correct or cure such
failure within such ninety (90) day period an Event of Default shall be deemed to
have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required;
(vii) if a final, nonappealable judgment is rendered by a court against Lessee
which has a Material Adverse Effect, or which does not have a Material Adverse
Effect but which is in the amount of $100,000.00 or more, and in either event is not
discharged or provision made for such discharge within ninety (90) days from the
date of entry thereof;
(viii) if Lessee shall be liquidated or dissolved or shall begin proceedings
towards its liquidation or dissolution;
(ix) if the estate or interest of Lessee in the Property shall be levied upon
or attached in any proceeding and such estate or interest is about to be sold or
transferred or such process shall not be vacated or discharged within ninety (90)
days after it is made; or
(x) if there is an Event of Default or other breach or default by Lessee
under any of the other Transaction Documents or any Other Agreement, after the
passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods.
B. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with or without notice or demand, except
as otherwise expressly provided herein or such other notice as may be required by statute
and cannot be waived by Lessee, Lessor shall be entitled to exercise,
17
at its option, concurrently, successively, or in any combination, all remedies
available at law or in equity, including without limitation, any one or more of the
following:
(i) To terminate this Lease, whereupon Lessees right to possession of the
Property shall cease and this Lease, except as to Lessees liability, shall be
terminated.
(ii) To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, to reenter and take
possession of the Property (or any part thereof), any or all personal property or
fixtures of Lessee upon the Property and, to the extent permissible, all franchises,
licenses, area development agreements, permits and other rights or privileges of
Lessee pertaining to the use and operation of the Property, and to expel Lessee and
those claiming under or through Lessee, without being deemed guilty in any manner of
trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, without
resort to legal or judicial process, procedure or action. No notice from Lessor
hereunder or under a forcible entry and detainer statute or similar law shall
constitute an election by Lessor to terminate this Lease unless such notice
specifically so states. If Lessee shall, after default, voluntarily give up
possession of the Property to Lessor, deliver to Lessor or its agents the keys to
the Property, or both, such actions shall be deemed to be in compliance with
Lessors rights and the acceptance thereof by Lessor or its agents shall not be
deemed to constitute a termination of the Lease. Lessor reserves the right
following any reentry and/or reletting to exercise its right to terminate this Lease
by giving Lessee written notice thereof, in which event this Lease will terminate.
(iii) To bring an action against Lessee for any damages sustained by Lessor or
any equitable relief available to Lessor and to the extent not prohibited by
applicable law, to seize all personal property or fixtures upon the Property which
Lessee owns or in which it has an interest, in which Lessor shall have a landlords
lien and/or security interest, and to dispose thereof in accordance with the laws
prevailing at the time and place of such seizure or to remove all or any portion of
such property and cause the same to be stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at
Lessees sole expense, without becoming liable for any loss or damage resulting
therefrom and without resorting to legal or judicial process, procedure or action.
(iv) To relet the Property or any part thereof for such term or terms
(including a term which extends beyond the original Lease Term), at such rentals and
upon such other terms as Lessor, in its sole discretion, may determine, with all
proceeds received from such reletting being applied to the Rental and other Monetary
Obligations due from Lessee in such order as Lessor may, in it sole discretion,
determine, which other Monetary Obligations include, without limitation, all
repossession costs, brokerage commissions, attorneys fees and expenses,
alteration, remodeling and repair costs and expenses of preparing for such
reletting. Except to the extent required by applicable Law, Lessor shall have no
obligation to relet the Property or any part thereof and shall in no event be liable
for refusal or failure to relet the Property or any part thereof, or, in the event
of any such reletting, for refusal or failure to collect any rent due upon such
18
reletting, and no such refusal or failure shall operate to relieve Lessee of
any liability under this Lease or otherwise to affect any such liability. Lessor
reserves the right following any reentry and/or reletting to exercise its right to
terminate this Lease by giving Lessee written notice thereof, in which event this
Lease will terminate as specified in said notice.
(v) To accelerate and recover from Lessee all Rental and other Monetary
Obligations due and owing and scheduled to become due and owing under this Lease
both before and after the date of such breach for the entire original scheduled
Lease Term.
(vi) To recover from Lessee all Costs paid or incurred by Lessor as a result of
such breach, regardless of whether or not legal proceedings are actually commenced.
(vii) To immediately or at any time thereafter, and with or without notice, at
Lessors sole option but without any obligation to do so, correct such breach or
default and charge Lessee all Costs incurred by Lessor therein. Any sum or sums so
paid by Lessor, together with interest at the Default Rate, shall be deemed to be
Additional Rental hereunder and shall be immediately due from Lessee to Lessor. Any
such acts by Lessor in correcting Lessees breaches or defaults hereunder shall not
be deemed to cure said breaches or defaults or constitute any waiver of Lessors
right to exercise any or all remedies set forth herein.
(viii) To immediately or at any time thereafter, and with or without notice,
except as required herein, set off any money of Lessee held by Lessor under this
Lease or any other Transaction Document or any Other Agreement against any sum owing
by Lessee hereunder.
All powers and remedies given by this Section to Lessor, subject to applicable Law,
shall be cumulative and not exclusive of one another or of any other right or remedy or of
any other powers and remedies available to Lessor under this Lease, by judicial proceedings
or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements of
Lessee contained in this Lease, and no delay or omission of Lessor to exercise any right or
power accruing upon the occurrence of any Event of Default shall impair any other or
subsequent Event of Default or impair any rights or remedies consequent thereto. Every
power and remedy given by this Section or by Law to Lessor may be exercised from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by Lessor, subject at all times to Lessors
right in its sole judgment to discontinue any work commenced by Lessor or change any course
of action undertaken by Lessor.
C. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, upon the occurrence of
an Event of Default by Lessee, Lessor, in exercising its rights and remedies hereunder,
shall not be permitted to interfere with classes conducted upon the Property or to remove
students residing at the Property prior to end of the applicable school semester.
19
D. In the event Lessor breaches or fails to perform any term or provision of this
Lease, and if Lessor fails to cure the default within thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof by Lessee, then Lessee shall be entitled either to (a) cure the default by taking
whatever action necessary or (b) pursue any remedy available to Lessee at law or in equity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not have the preceding rights in the event
Lessor takes action to cure the default within the 30-day period but is unable, by reason of
the nature of the work involved, to cure the default within such period, provided Lessor
continues to work thereafter diligently and without unnecessary delays. Lessee shall have
the right to remedy any default of an emergency nature without notice (if the giving of
notice is not reasonably practical) in the event of an emergency.
21. Mortgage, Subordination and Attornment. Lessors interest in this Lease and/or the
Property shall not be subordinate to any liens or encumbrances placed upon the Property by or
resulting from any act of Lessee, and nothing herein contained shall be construed to require such
subordination by Lessor. Lessee shall keep the Property free from any liens for work performed,
materials furnished or obligations incurred by Lessee. NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LESSEE IS NOT
AUTHORIZED TO PLACE OR ALLOW TO BE PLACED ANY LIEN, MORTGAGE, DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY INTEREST OR
ENCUMBRANCE OF ANY KIND UPON ALL OR ANY PART OF THE PROPERTY OR LESSEES LEASEHOLD INTEREST
THEREIN, AND ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSACTION SHALL BE VOID.
This Lease at all times shall be subordinate to the lien of any and all ground leases,
mortgages and trust deeds now or hereafter placed upon the Property by Lessor, and Lessee covenants
and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand, such further instruments subordinating this Lease
to the lien of any or all such ground leases, mortgages or trust deeds as shall be desired by
Lessor, or any present or proposed mortgagees under trust deeds, provided that any such mortgage,
other security instrument or ground lease (or a separate instrument in recordable form duly
executed by the holder of any such mortgage or other security instrument or the ground lessor and
delivered to Lessee) shall provide for the recognition of this Lease and all of Lessees rights
hereunder unless and until an Event of Default exists.
If any mortgagee, receiver or other secured party elects to have this Lease and the interest
of Lessee hereunder be superior to any such ground lease, mortgage or trust deed and evidences such
election by notice given to Lessee, then this Lease and the interest of Lessee hereunder shall be
deemed superior to any such ground lease, mortgage or trust deed, whether this Lease was executed
before or after such ground lease, mortgage or trust deed and in that event such mortgagee,
receiver or other secured party shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as if it had
been executed and delivered prior to the execution and delivery of such ground lease, mortgage or
trust deed and had been assigned to such mortgagee, receiver or other secured party.
Although the foregoing provisions shall be self-operative and no future instrument of
subordination shall be required, upon request by Lessor, Lessee shall execute and deliver whatever
instruments may be required for such purposes, and in the event Lessee fails so to do within
fifteen (15) days after demand, Lessee does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor
as its agent and attorney-in-fact and in its name, place and stead so to do, which appointment
shall be deemed coupled with an interest.
20
In the event any purchaser or assignee of any mortgagee at a foreclosure sale acquires title
to the Property, or in the event that any mortgagee or any assignee otherwise succeeds to the
rights of Lessor as landlord under this Lease, Lessee shall attorn to mortgagee or such purchaser
or assignee, as the case may be (a Successor Lessor), and recognize the Successor Lessor
as lessor under this Lease, and, if the Successor Lessor in its sole discretion elects to recognize
Lessees tenancy under this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct
lease between the Successor Lessor and Lessee, provided that the Successor Lessor shall only be
liable for any obligations of the Lessor under this Lease which accrue after the date that such
Successor Lessor acquires title. The foregoing provision shall be self-operative and effective
without the execution of any further instruments.
Lessee shall give written notice to any lender or mortgagee of Lessor having a recorded lien
upon the Property or any part thereof of which Lessee has been notified of any breach or default by
Lessor of any of its obligations under this Lease and give such lender or mortgagee at least thirty
(30) days beyond any notice period to which Lessor might be entitled to cure such default before
Lessee may exercise any remedy with respect thereto. Upon request by Lessor, Lessee shall also
provide Lessees and/or Guarantors most recent audited financial statements to Lessor or any such
lender or mortgagee and certify the continuing accuracy of such financial statements in such manner
as Lessor or such lender or mortgagee may request.
22. Estoppel Certificate. At any time, and from time to time, Lessee shall, promptly and in
no event later than ten (10) business days after a request from Lessor or any lender or mortgagee
of Lessor, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor or such lender or mortgagee, as the case may
be, a certificate in the form supplied by Lessor, certifying: (A) that Lessee has accepted the
Property; (B) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if
modified, setting forth all modifications), or, if this Lease is not in full force and effect, the
certificate shall so specify the reasons therefor; (C) the commencement and expiration dates of the
Lease Term; (D) the date to which the Rentals have been paid under this Lease and the amount
thereof then payable; (E) whether there are then any existing defaults by Lessor in the performance
of its obligations under this Lease, and, if there are any such defaults, specifying the nature and
extent thereof; (F) that no notice has been received by Lessee of any default under this Lease
which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in the certificate; (G) the capacity of
the person executing such certificate, and that such person is duly authorized to execute the same
on behalf of Lessee; (H) that neither Lessor nor any lender or mortgagee has actual involvement in
the management or control of decision making related to the operational aspects or the day-to-day
operation of the Property, including any handling or disposal of Hazardous Materials; and (I) any
other information reasonably requested by Lessor or any lender or mortgagee, as the case may be.
If Lessee shall fail or refuse to sign a certificate in accordance with the provisions of this
Section within ten (10) days following a request by Lessor, Lessee irrevocably constitutes and
appoints Lessor as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver the certificate to any such third
party, it being stipulated that such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is
irrevocable and binding.
23. Assignment.
A. As a material inducement to Lessors willingness to complete the transactions
contemplated by the Lease and the other Transaction Documents, Lessee hereby agrees that
Lessor may, from time to time and at any time and without the consent
21
of Lessee, engage in all or any combination of the following, or enter into agreements
in connection with any of the following or in accordance with requirements that may be
imposed by applicable securities, tax or other Laws: (i) the sale, assignment, grant,
conveyance, transfer, financing, re-financing, purchase or re-acquisition of all, less than
all or any portion of the Property, this Lease or any other Transaction Document, Lessors
right, title and interest in this Lease or any other Transaction Document, the servicing
rights with respect to any of the foregoing, or participations in any of the foregoing, or
(ii) a Securitization and related transactions. Without in any way limiting the foregoing,
the parties acknowledge and agree that Lessor, in its sole discretion, may assign this Lease
or any interest herein to another Person (including without limitation, a taxable REIT
subsidiary) in order to maintain Lessors status as a REIT. In the event of any such sale
or assignment other than a security assignment, Lessee shall attorn to such purchaser or
assignee (so long as Lessor and such purchaser or assignee notify Lessee in writing of such
transfer and such purchaser or assignee expressly assumes in writing the obligations of the
Lessor hereunder). At the request of Lessor, Lessee will execute such documents confirming
the sale, assignment or other transfer and such other agreements as Lessor may reasonably
request, provided that the same do not increase the liabilities and obligations of Lessee
hereunder. Lessee shall not bear any Costs in connection with any sale or transfer of the
Property. Lessor shall be relieved, from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance,
of liability for the performance of any obligation of Lessor contained herein, except for
obligations or liabilities accrued prior to such assignment or sale.
B. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has relied both on the business experience and
creditworthiness of Lessee and upon the particular purposes for which Lessee intends to use
the Property in entering into this Lease. Except as provided below, Lessee shall not
assign, transfer, convey, pledge or mortgage this Lease or any interest therein, whether by
operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent
will not be unreasonably withheld, considering such matters as the experience of any
assignee, the assumption by any assignee of all of Lessees obligations hereunder by
undertakings enforceable by Lessor, the transfer to or procurement of all necessary licenses
and franchises to an assignee in order to continue operating the Property for the purposes
herein provided. At the time of any assignment of this Lease which is approved by Lessor,
the assignee shall assume all of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease pursuant to
Lessors standard form of assumption agreement. Such assignment of the Property shall
relieve Lessee of its obligations respecting this Lease except for those obligations arising
prior to such assignment. Any assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge or mortgage in
violation of this Section 23 shall be voidable at the sole option of Lessor. Any consent to
an assignment given by Lessor hereunder shall not be deemed a consent to any subsequent
assignment.
Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, Lessee may assign this Lease to a
Lessee Affiliate approved by Lessor in writing (Assignee), which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (i) neither Assignee nor any Affiliate of
Assignee that actually or constructively owns ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding
capital stock of Lessor shall own, directly or indirectly, (1) ten percent (10%) or more of
the total combined voting power of all classes of voting capital stock of Assignee, or (2)
ten percent (10%) or more of the total value of all classes of capital stock
22
of Assignee; and (ii) the conditions set forth in this paragraph are satisfied.
Lessee shall provide Lessor with notice of the proposed assignment permitted by the
preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such assignment shall not be
effective until Lessor has approved the Assignee (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld), and Assignee has provided written certification to Lessor that (1) Assignee or
any Person who owns directly or indirectly any interest in Assignee, is not a Person whose
property or interests are subject to being blocked under any of the Terrorism Laws or is
otherwise in violation of the Terrorism Laws, and (2) Assignee has taken such measures as
are required by the Terrorism Laws to assure that any Person who owns directly or indirectly
any interest in Assignee is not a Person whose property or interests are subject to being
blocked under any of the Terrorism Laws or is otherwise in violation of the Terrorism Laws.
C. Lessee shall not sublet any or all of the Property without the prior written consent
of Lessor, which may be withheld by Lessor in its sole discretion and any such purported
subletting shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may sublease up to
twenty-five percent (25%) of gross rentable area of the improvements located on the Property
without the consent of Lessor, provided that (i) Lessee provide Lessor with a copy of any
such sublease; (ii) the use of the Property under such sublease shall be consistent with the
Permitted Facility; and (iii) neither the sublessee nor any Affiliate of the sublessee that
actually or constructively owns ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding capital stock
of Lessor shall own, directly or indirectly, (x) ten percent (10%) or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of voting capital stock of the sublessee, or (y) ten
percent (10%) or more of the total value of all classes of capital stock of the sublessee.
Any such sublease by Lessee shall in no way release Lessee of its obligation hereunder.
24. Notices. All notices, demands, designations, certificates, requests, offers, consents,
approvals, appointments and other instruments given pursuant to this Lease (collectively called
Notices) shall be in writing and given by any one of the following: (A) hand delivery,
(B) express overnight delivery service, (C) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested
or (D) electronic mail message, provided that a copy of such electronic mail message is also sent
via certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, within one Business Day of the
transmission of such electronic mail message, and shall be deemed to have been delivered upon (i)
receipt, if hand delivered, (ii) the next Business Day, if delivered by a reputable express
overnight delivery service, (iii) the third Business Day following the day of deposit of such
notice with the United States Postal Service, if sent by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested, or (iv) transmission, if delivered by electronic mail pursuant to the
requirements of Section 24(D) above. Notices shall be provided to the parties and addresses (or
electronic mail addresses) specified below:
23
|
|
|
If to Lessee:
|
|
Significant Education, LLC
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona, 85017
Attention: Charles Preston
Telephone: (512) 320-4093
Telecopy: (512) 476-4869
E-Mail: cpreston@220partners.com |
|
|
|
|
|
And: |
|
|
|
|
|
Dennis Little, CFO
(same address)
Telephone: (602) 589-2081
Telecopy: (602) 589-2458
E-Mail: dlittle@gcu.edu |
|
|
|
|
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
Linda Rawles, General Counsel
(same address)
Telephone: (602) 589-2063
E-Mail: lrawles@gcu.edu |
|
|
|
With a copy to:
|
|
DuBois, Bryant, Campbell & Schwartz, L.L.P.
700 Lavaca St., Suite 1300
Austin, Texas 78701
Attention: Bryan Lee
Telephone: (512) 457-8000
Telecopy: (512) 457-8008
E-mail: blee@dbcslaw.com
|
|
|
|
If to Lessor:
|
|
Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC
8910 East Raintree Drive, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85260
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (480) 606-0820
Telecopy: (480) 606-0826
E-Mail: clong@spiritfinance.com |
|
|
|
With a copy to:
|
|
Kutak Rock LLP
1801 California Street, Suite 3100
Denver, Colorado 80202
Attention: Peggy A. Richter, Esq.
Telephone: (303) 297-2400
Telecopy: (303) 292-7799
E-Mail: peggy.richter@kutakrock.com |
24
or to such other address or such other person as either party may from time to time hereafter
specify to the other party in a notice delivered in the manner provided above.
25. Holdover. If Lessee remains in possession of the Property after the expiration of the
term hereof, Lessee, at Lessors option and within Lessors sole discretion, may be deemed a tenant
on a month-to-month basis and shall continue to pay Rentals and other Monetary Obligations in the
amounts herein provided, except that the Base Monthly Rental shall be automatically increased to
one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the last Base Monthly Rent payable under this Lease, and Lessee
shall comply with all the terms of this Lease; provided that nothing herein nor the acceptance of
Rental by Lessor shall be deemed a consent to such holding over. Lessee shall defend, indemnify,
protect and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting
from Lessees failure to surrender possession upon the expiration of the Lease Term, including,
without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding lessee.
26. Landlords Lien/Security Interest. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall have a landlords
lien, and additionally hereby separately grants to Lessor a first and prior security interest, in,
on and against all personal property, appliances, furniture and equipment of Lessee from time to
time situated on or used in connection with the Property (the Personalty), which lien and
security interest shall secure the payment of all Rental and other Monetary Obligations payable by
Lessee to Lessor under the terms hereof and all other obligations of Lessee to Lessor under this
Lease; provided, however, that such lien and security interest shall be subject and subordinate to
any lien or security interest held by any mortgagee with respect to such Personalty, and the term
Personalty shall not include inventory. Lessee agrees that Lessor may file such documents as
Lessor then deems appropriate or necessary to perfect and maintain said lien and security interest,
and expressly acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies of
Lessor whether hereunder or at law or in equity, in the event of any default of Lessee hereunder,
Lessor shall have any and all rights and remedies granted a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code then in effect in the states where the Property are located. Lessee covenants to
promptly notify Lessor of any changes in Lessees name and/or organizational structure which may
necessitate the execution and filing of additional financing statements; provided, however, the
foregoing shall not be construed as Lessors consent to such changes. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary, Lessor subordinates its Landlords lien to any financing obtained by Lessee in
connection with the operation of Lessees business on the Property and agrees to promptly execute
such documents as may be requested from such third-party lender or vendor to evidence such
subordination.
27. Removal of Personalty. At the expiration of the Lease Term, and if Lessee is not then in
breach hereof, Lessee may remove from the Property all personal property belonging to Lessee.
Lessee shall repair any damage caused by such removal and shall leave all of the Property broom
clean and in good and working condition and repair inside and out. Any property of Lessee left on
the Property on the tenth day following the expiration of the Lease Term shall automatically and
immediately become the property of Lessor.
28. Financial Statements; Compliance Certificate. Within forty five (45) days after the end
of each fiscal quarter and within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year
of Lessee, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor (A) complete financial statements of
25
Lessee and Guarantor including a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, statement of
changes in financial condition and all other related schedules for the fiscal period then ended;
and (B) income statements for the business at the Property. All such financial statements shall be
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied from
period to period, and shall be certified to be accurate and complete by an officer or director of
the Lessee and Guarantor, respectively. Lessee understands that Lessor will rely upon such
financial statements and Lessee represents that such reliance is reasonable. In the event that
Lessees property and business at the Property are ordinarily consolidated with other business for
financial statements purposes, such financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis
showing separately the sales, profits and losses, assets and liabilities pertaining to the Property
with the basis for allocation of overhead of other charges being clearly set forth. The financial
statements delivered to Lessor need not be audited, but Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of
any audited financial statements of Lessee and Guarantor which may be prepared, as soon as they are
available. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of Lessee, and upon prior
written request by Lessor, Lessee shall deliver such compliance certificate to Lessor as Lessor may
reasonably require in order to establish that Lessee is in compliance with all of its obligations,
duties and covenants under this Lease.
29. Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God,
enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty beyond the control of
the party obligated to perform (each, a Force Majeure Event) shall excuse the performance
by such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage, expressly excluding,
however, the obligations imposed upon Lessee with respect to Rental and other Monetary Obligations
to be paid hereunder.
30. No Merger. There shall be no merger of this Lease nor of the leasehold estate created by
this Lease with the fee estate in or ownership of the Property by reason of the fact that the same
person, corporation, firm or other entity may acquire or hold or own, directly or indirectly, (A)
this Lease or the leasehold estate created by this Lease or any interest in this Lease or in such
leasehold estate, and (B) the fee estate or ownership of the Property or any interest in such fee
estate or ownership. No such merger shall occur unless and until all persons, corporations, firms
and other entities having any interest in (i) this Lease or the leasehold estate created by this
Lease, and (ii) the fee estate in or ownership of the Property or any part thereof sought to be
merged shall join in a written instrument effecting such merger and shall duly record the same.
31. Characterization.
A. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and warrant to each other that each has been
represented by independent counsel and has executed this Lease after being fully advised by
said counsel as to its effect and significance. This Lease shall be interpreted and
construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party which
prepared the instrument, the relative bargaining powers of the parties or the domicile of
any party. Whenever in this Lease any words of obligation or duty are used, such words or
expressions shall have the same force and effect as though made in the form of a covenant.
26
B. The following expressions of intent, representations, warranties, covenants,
agreements, stipulations and waivers are a material inducement to Lessor entering into this
Lease:
(i) It is the intent of the parties hereto, and the parties acknowledge and
agree that they have executed and delivered this Lease with the understanding that
(1) this Lease constitutes an unseverable and single lease of all, but not less than
all, of the Property, and, if at any time this Lease covers other real property in
addition to the Property, neither this Lease, nor Lessees obligations or rights
hereunder may be allocated or otherwise divided among such properties by Lessee; (2)
this Lease is a true lease, is not a financing lease, capital lease, mortgage,
equitable mortgage, deed of trust, trust agreement, security agreement or other
financing or trust arrangement, and the economic realities of this Lease are those
of a true lease; and (3) the business relationship created by this Lease and any
related documents is solely that of a long-term commercial lease between Lessor and
Lessee, the Lease has been entered into by both parties in reliance upon the
economic and legal bargains contained herein, and none of the agreements contained
herein is intended, nor shall the same be deemed or construed, to create a
partnership between Lessor and Lessee, to make them joint venturers, to make Lessee
an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary or employee of Lessor, nor to
make Lessor in any way responsible for the debts, obligations or losses of Lessee.
(ii) Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees to the following: (1) each
will treat this Lease (I) as an operating lease pursuant to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended; and (II) as a true lease for state law
reporting purposes and for federal income tax purposes. For federal income tax
purposes, each party shall report this Lease as a true lease with Lessor as the
owner of the Property and Lessee as the lessee of the Property including: (a)
treating Lessor as the owner of the property eligible to claim depreciation
deductions under Section 167 or 168 of the Code with respect to the Property; (b)
Lessee reporting its Rental payments as rent expense under Section 162 of the Code;
and (c) Lessor reporting the Rental payments as rental income under Section 61 of
the Code; (2) each party will not, nor will it permit any Affiliate to, at any time,
take any action or fail to take any action with respect to the preparation or filing
of any statement or disclosure to Governmental Authority, including without
limitation, any income tax return (including an amended income tax return), to the
extent that such action or such failure to take action would be inconsistent with
the intention of the parties expressed in this Section 31.B; (3) with respect to the
Property, the Lease Term (including any Extension Term) is less than eighty percent
(80%) of the estimated remaining economic life of the Property; and (4) the Base
Annual Rental is the fair market value for the use of the Property and was agreed to
by Lessor and Lessee on that basis, and the execution and delivery of, and the
performance by Lessee of its obligations under, this Lease do not constitute a
transfer of all or any part of the Property.
27
(iii) Lessee waives any claim or defense based upon the characterization of
this Lease as anything other than a true lease and as a master
lease of the Property. Lessee stipulates and agrees (1) not to challenge the
validity, enforceability or characterization of the lease of the Property as a true
lease and/or as a single, unseverable instrument pertaining to the lease of all, but
not less than all, of the Property, and (2) not to assert or take or omit to take
any action inconsistent with the agreements and understandings set forth in this
Section 31.B.
(iv) The parties agree that, notwithstanding any provision contained in this
Lease, any party (and each employee, representative or other agent of any party) may
disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, (1) the tax
treatment and tax structure of this Lease and all materials of any kind (including
opinions or any tax analyses) that are provided to any party relating to such tax
treatment and tax structure, and (2) any matter required under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the Securities Act), or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).
32. Easements. In order to provide for orderly development or renovation of the Property, it
may be necessary, desirable or required that street, water, sewer, drainage, gas, power lines, and
other easements, dedications, and similar rights be granted or dedicated over or within portions of
the Property. Lessor shall, on request of Lessee, join Lessee in executing and delivering such
documents, from time to time, and throughout the term of this Lease, as may be appropriate,
necessary, or required by any governmental agencies, public utilities, and/or companies for the
purpose of granting such easements and dedications, providing such easements or dedications will
not have the effect of reducing the then fair market value of the Property, will not subject Lessor
to a material increase in liability or material financial obligations, are documented in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and are reasonably necessary for the orderly
development or renovation of the Property. In the event that Lessee deems it necessary or
appropriate to obtain use, zoning, subdivision, plan approval and/or permits for the Property, or
any part thereof, Lessor agrees, from time to time, on Lessees request and subject to the terms of
this paragraph, to execute such documents, petitions, applications and authorizations as maybe
appropriate or required for the purposes of obtaining any permits, zoning and rezoning, plan
approval or other approvals for the Property or any part thereof. In each of the foregoing
instances, the cost and expense thereof shall be borne solely by Lessee. Further, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, the rights granted to Lessee hereunder are subject to Lessee not
exercising those rights in any manner or way that will materially reduce the fair market value of
the Property. Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall make any changes in the existing use, zoning,
subdivision, plan approval and/or permits for the Property, or any part thereof, without the prior
written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
or delayed
33. Bankruptcy. As a material inducement to Lessor executing this Lease, Lessee acknowledges
and agrees that Lessor is relying upon (A) the financial condition and specific operating
experience of Lessee and Lessees obligation to use the Property as a Permitted Facility, (B)
Lessees timely performance of all of its obligations under this Lease notwithstanding the entry of
an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code for Lessee, and (C) all defaults under this Lease
being cured promptly and this Lease being assumed within sixty
28
(60) days of any order for relief
entered under the Bankruptcy Code for Lessee, or this Lease being rejected within such 60 day
period and the Property surrendered to Lessor. Accordingly,
in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Lease and for other good and
valuable consideration, Lessee hereby agrees that: (i) all obligations that accrue under this Lease
(including the obligation to pay Rentals), from and after an Insolvency Event shall be timely
performed exactly as provided in this Lease and any failure to so perform shall be harmful and
prejudicial to Lessor; (ii) any and all Rentals that accrue from and after an Insolvency Event and
that are not paid as required by this Lease shall, in the amount of such Rentals, constitute
administrative expense claims allowable under the Bankruptcy Code with priority of payment at least
equal to that of any other actual and necessary expenses incurred after an Insolvency Event; (iii)
any extension of the time period within which the Lessee may assume or reject this Lease without an
obligation to cause all obligations under this Lease to be performed as and when required under
this Lease shall be harmful and prejudicial to Lessor; (iv) any time period designated as the
period within which the Lessee must cure all defaults and compensate Lessor for all pecuniary
losses which extends beyond the date of assumption of this Lease shall be harmful and prejudicial
to Lessor; (v) any assignment of this Lease must result in all terms and conditions of this Lease
being assumed by the assignee without alteration or amendment, and any assignment which results in
an amendment or alteration of the terms and conditions of this Lease without the express written
consent of Lessor shall be harmful and prejudicial to Lessor; (vi) any proposed assignment of this
Lease shall be harmful and prejudicial to Lessor if made to an assignee: (1) that does not possess
financial condition adequate to operate a Permitted Facility upon the Property or operating
performance and experience characteristics satisfactory to Lessor equal to or better than the
financial condition, operating performance and experience of Lessee as of the Effective Date, or
(2) that does not provide guarantors of the lease obligations with financial condition equal to or
better than the financial condition of the Guarantor as of the Effective Date; and (vii) the
rejection (or deemed rejection) of this Lease for any reason whatsoever shall constitute cause for
immediate relief from the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and Lessee stipulates
that such automatic stay shall be lifted immediately and possession of the Property will be
delivered to Lessor immediately without the necessity of any further action by Lessor. No
provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of Lessors rights or remedies under the
Bankruptcy Code or applicable Law to oppose any assumption and/or assignment of this Lease, to
require timely performance of Lessees obligations under this Lease, or to regain possession of the
Property as a result of the failure of Lessee to comply with the terms and conditions of this Lease
or the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts
payable by Lessee to or on behalf of Lessor under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated
as such, shall constitute rent for the purposes of the Bankruptcy Code. For purposes of this
Section addressing the rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee upon an Insolvency Event, the
term Lessee shall include Lessees successor in bankruptcy, whether a trustee, Lessee as debtor
in possession or other responsible person.
34. Attorneys Fees. In the event of any judicial or other adversarial proceeding concerning
this Lease, to the extent permitted by Law, Lessor shall be entitled to recover all of its
reasonable attorneys fees and other Costs in addition to any other relief to which it may be
entitled. In addition, Lessor shall, upon demand, be entitled to all attorneys fees and all other
Costs incurred in the preparation and service of any notice or demand hereunder, whether or not a
legal action is subsequently commenced.
29
35. Memorandum of Lease. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Lessor and Lessee are
executing Lessors standard form memorandum of lease in recordable form, indicating the names and
addresses of Lessor and Lessee, a description of the Property, the Lease
Term and Lessees right of first refusal, but omitting Rentals and such other terms of this
Lease as Lessor may not desire to disclose to the public. Further, upon Lessors request, Lessee
agrees to execute and acknowledge a termination of lease and/or quit claim deed in recordable form
to be held by Lessor until the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.
36. No Brokerage. Lessor and Lessee represent and warrant to each other that they have had no
conversation or negotiations with any broker concerning the leasing of the Property. Each of
Lessor and Lessee agrees to protect, indemnify, save and keep harmless the other, against and from
all liabilities, claims, losses, Costs, damages and expenses, including attorneys fees, arising
out of, resulting from or in connection with their breach of the foregoing warranty and
representation.
37. Waiver of Jury Trial and Punitive, Consequential, Special and Indirect Damages. Lessor
and Lessee hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive the right either may have to a
trial by jury with respect to any and all issues presented in any action, proceeding, claim or
counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other or its successors with
respect to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Lessor
and Lessee, Lessees use or occupancy of the Property, and/or any claim for injury or damage, or
any emergency or statutory remedy. This waiver by the parties hereto of any right either may have
to a trial by jury has been negotiated and is an essential aspect of their bargain. Furthermore,
Lessor and Lessee hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive the right they may have to
seek punitive, consequential, special and indirect damages from the other party and any of the
affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers or employees of the other party or any of their
successors with respect to any and all issues presented in any action, proceeding, claim or
counterclaim brought by either of them against the other party or any of the affiliates, officers,
directors, members, managers or employees of the other party or any of their successors with
respect to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Lease or any document contemplated
herein or related hereto. The waiver by Lessor and Lessee of any right they may have to seek
punitive, consequential, special and indirect damages has been negotiated by the parties hereto and
is an essential aspect of their bargain.
38. Guaranty. On or before the Effective Date, Lessee shall cause Guarantor to execute and
deliver to Lessor the Guaranty.
39. Securitizations and Other Transactions. As a material inducement to Lessors willingness
to complete the transactions contemplated by this Lease and the other Transaction Documents, Lessee
hereby acknowledges and agrees that Lessor may, from time to time and at any time (A) act or permit
another Person to act as sponsor, settler, transferor or depositor of, or a holder of interests in,
one or more Persons or other arrangements formed pursuant to a trust agreement, indenture, pooling
agreement, participation agreement, sale and servicing agreement, limited liability company
agreement, partnership agreement, articles of incorporation or similar agreement or document; and
(B) permit one or more of such Persons or arrangements to offer and sell stock, certificates,
bonds, notes, other evidences of indebtedness or securities that are directly or indirectly
secured, collateralized or otherwise backed by or represent a direct or indirect interest in whole
or in part in any of the assets, rights or properties described in
30
Section 23.A of this Lease, in
one or more Persons or arrangements holding such assets, rights or properties, or any of them
(collectively, the Securities), whether any such Securities are privately or publicly
offered and sold, or rated or unrated (any combination of which actions and
transactions described in both clauses (A) and (B) in this paragraph, whether proposed or
completed, are referred to in this Lease as a Securitization). Lessee shall cooperate
fully with Lessor and any Affected Party with respect to all reasonable requests and due diligence
procedures and to use reasonable efforts to facilitate such Securitization, including without
limitation, providing for inclusion in any prospectus or other Securities offering material such
documents, financial and other data, and other information and materials which would customarily be
required with respect to Lessee by a purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant,
investor or rating agency involved with respect to such Securitization, and Lessee shall indemnify
and hold harmless Lessor for any and all liabilities, losses and expenses arising under the
Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, in connection with any material misstatement (or alleged
misstatement) contained in such information provided in writing (including, without limitation,
electronically) by Lessee or its officers, managers, members, employees, or agents, or any omission
(or alleged omission) of a material fact by Lessee or its officers, managers, members, employees,
or agents, the inclusion of which was necessary to make such written information not misleading,
unless such material misstatement or alleged misstatement or omission or alleged omission is caused
by Lessor or its directors, officers, managers, members, shareholders, employees, or agents.
Lessee shall deliver to Lessor, any Affected Party and to any Person designated by Lessor, such
statements and audit letters of reputable, independent certified public accountants pertaining to
the written information provided by Lessee pursuant to this Section as shall be requested by Lessor
or such Affected Party, as the case may be. Lessee also shall deliver to Lessor, any Affected
Party and to any Person designated by Lessor or any Affected Party, such opinions of counsel
(including without limitation, local counsel opinions), appraisals, environmental reports and
zoning letters, or updates of any of the foregoing, as are customarily delivered in connection with
Securitizations or as may be required by any rating agency in connection with any Securitization.
40. Performance at Lessees Expense. Lessee acknowledges and confirms that Lessor may impose
certain administrative, processing or servicing fees in connection with (a) any extension, renewal,
modification, amendment and termination of this Lease, (b) any release of Property, (c) the
procurement of certain consents, waivers and approvals with respect to the Property, (d) the review
of any assignment or sublease or proposed assignment or sublease or the preparation or review of
any subordination, non-disturbance agreement, (e) the collection, maintenance and/or disbursement
of reserves created under this Lease or the other Transaction Documents, and (f) inspections
required to make certain determinations under this Lease or the other Transaction Documents.
Lessee further acknowledges and confirms that it shall be responsible for the payment of all costs
of reappraisal of the Property or any part thereof, whether required by law, regulation, Lessor or
any Governmental Authority. Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees to pay, immediately upon demand,
all such fees (as the same may be increased or decreased from time to time), and any additional
fees of a similar type or nature which may reasonably be imposed by Lessor from time to time.
41. Miscellaneous.
A. Time Is of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to each and every
provision of this Lease.
31
B. Waiver and Amendment. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived or amended
except by a written instrument unambiguously setting forth the
matter waived or amended and signed by the party against which enforcement of such
waiver or amendment is sought. Waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a waiver of the
same or any other matter on any future occasion. No acceptance by Lessor of an amount less
than the Rental and other Monetary Obligations stipulated to be due under this Lease shall
be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest such Rental or other
Monetary Obligations then due or in arrears nor shall any endorsement or statement on any
check or letter accompanying any such payment be deemed a waiver of Lessors right to
collect any unpaid amounts or an accord and satisfaction.
C. Successors Bound. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the terms,
covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the
respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of each of the parties
hereto.
D. Captions. Captions are used throughout this Lease for convenience of reference only
and shall not be considered in any manner in the construction or interpretation hereof.
E. Severability. The provisions of this Lease shall be deemed severable. If any part
of this Lease shall be held unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the
remainder shall remain in full force and effect, and such unenforceable provision shall be
reformed by such court so as to give maximum legal effect to the intention of the parties as
expressed therein.
F. Other Documents. Each of the parties agrees to sign such other and further
documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the intentions expressed in this
Lease.
G. Entire Agreement. This Lease and any other instruments or agreements referred to
herein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and there are no other representations, warranties or agreements except as
herein provided.
H. Forum Selection; Jurisdiction; Venue; Choice of Law. For purposes of any action or
proceeding arising out of this Lease, the parties hereto expressly submit to the
jurisdiction of all federal and state courts located in the State of Arizona. Lessee
consents that it may be served with any process or paper by registered mail or by personal
service within or without the State of Arizona in accordance with applicable law.
Furthermore, Lessee waives and agrees not to assert in any such action, suit or proceeding
that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the action, suit
or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that venue of the action, suit or
proceeding is improper.
I. Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original.
32
42. Corporate Fixed Change Coverage Ratio. For purposes of this Agreement and the Guaranty,
the term CFCCR shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding
the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time,
each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (i) the sum of Net Income, Depreciation and
Amortization, Interest Expense and Operating Lease Expense, to (ii) the sum of Operating Lease
Expense, scheduled principal payments of long term Debt, scheduled maturities of all Capital
Leases, dividends and Interest Expense (excluding non cash interest expense and amortization of non
cash financing expenses). For purposes of calculating the CFCCR, the following terms shall be
defined as set forth below:
Capital Lease shall mean all leases of any property, whether real, personal or mixed, by
Lessee or any of the other Lessee Entities, as applicable, which leases would, in conformity with
GAAP, be required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of Lessee. The term
Capital Lease shall not include any operating lease.
Debt shall mean with respect to Lessee and the other Lessee Entities, collectively, and for
the period of determination (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) subject to the limitation set
forth in sub item (iv) below, obligations evidenced by bonds, indentures, notes or similar
instruments, (iii) obligations under leases which should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as
Capital Leases, and (iv) obligations under direct or indirect guarantees in respect of, and
obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a
creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to
in clauses (i) through (iv) above, except for guaranty obligations of Lessee and/or the other
Lessee Entities which, in conformity with GAAP, are not included on the balance sheet of Lessee
and/or the other Lessee Entities.
Depreciation and Amortization shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during
any period of determination with respect to Lessee and the other Lessee Entities, collectively, as
determined in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Expense shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued
or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Lessee and the other Lessee Entities,
collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Net Income shall mean with respect to the period of determination, the net income or net
loss of Lessee and the other Lessee Entities, collectively. In determining the amount of Net
Income, (i) adjustments shall be made for nonrecurring gains and losses or non cash items allocable
to the period of determination, (ii) deductions shall be made for, among other things, Depreciation
and Amortization, Interest Expense, Operating Lease Expense, and (iii) no deductions shall be made
for income taxes or charges equivalent to income taxes allocable to the period of determination, as
determined in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expense shall mean the sum of all payments and expenses incurred by Lessee
and the other Lessee Entities, collectively, under any operating leases during the period of
determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
43. Right of First Refusal/Third Party Offer.
33
A. Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 43 (including,
without limitation, the condition set forth in Section 43.C(i)(5) below), any time during
the Lease Term, if Lessor desires to sell the Property and receives a bona fide written
offer from a third party which offer is in all respects acceptable to Lessor, Lessor
shall deliver a complete copy of such bona fide third party offer to Lessee (Third
Party Offer). Upon Lessees receipt of such Third Party Offer from Lessor, and a written
statement of Lessors desire to sell the Property in accordance with such Third Party Offer,
Lessee shall have the right to deliver an offer to Lessor (each, a Purchase Offer) to
purchase Lessors interest in the Property for the amount of the bona fide third party offer
to purchase the Property (the Subject Purchase Price). If Lessee delivers a Purchase
Offer, then Lessee shall complete such purchase, subject to the satisfaction of each of the
terms and conditions set forth in Section 43.B below.
B. Conditions Precedent.
(i) The purchase of Lessors interest in the Property pursuant to Section 43.A
shall be subject to the fulfillment of all of the following terms and conditions:
(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease or
other Transaction Documents; (2) Lessee shall have paid to Lessor the Subject
Purchase Price, together with all Rental and other Monetary Obligations then due and
payable under this Lease as of the date of the closing of such purchase; (3) in
addition to payment of the Subject Purchase Price, Lessee shall have satisfied its
obligations under Section 43.C below; and (4) the date of the closing of such
purchase shall occur on the next scheduled Base Monthly Rental payment date
following Lessors receipt of the Purchase Offer.
(ii) On the date of the closing of the purchase of the Property pursuant to
this Section (the Purchase Closing Date), subject to satisfaction of the foregoing
conditions: (1) this Lease shall be deemed terminated; provided, however, such
termination shall not limit Lessees obligations to Lessor under any indemnification
provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Sections 12.D(v) and 15 of
this Lease) and Lessees obligations to pay any Monetary Obligations (whether
payable to Lessor or a third party) accruing under this Lease prior to the Purchase
Closing Date shall survive the termination of this Lease; and (2) Lessor shall
convey the Property to Lessee or, at Lessees request, the third party offeree as
is by special warranty deed, subject to all matters of record (except for any
consensual liens granted by Lessor other than those granted by Lessor at the request
of Lessee), and without representation or warranty.
C. Costs. Lessee shall be solely responsible for the payment of all Costs resulting
from any proposed purchase pursuant to this Section 43, regardless of whether the purchase
is consummated, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the cost of title
insurance and endorsements, including, survey charges, stamp taxes, mortgage taxes, transfer
taxes and fees, escrow and recording fees, taxes imposed on Lessor as a result of such
purchase, the attorneys fees of Lessee and the reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of
counsel to Lessor.
34
D. Termination of Right. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, LESSEES RIGHTS
UNDER THIS SECTION 43 SHALL TERMINATE AND BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO FURTHER FORCE AND
EFFECT IF (i) LESSEE FAILS TO EXERCISE THE RIGHT GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 43, AND
THE SALE TO THE THIRD PARTY PURCHASER IS
CONSUMMATED; (ii) THIS LEASE TERMINATES OR THE LEASE TERM EXPIRES; (iii) THE PROPERTY
IS SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF A PRIVATE POWER OF SALE OR JUDICIAL
FORECLOSURE OR ACCEPTANCE OF A DEED IN LIEU THEREOF; OR (iv) LESSEE SHALL BE IN DEFAULT OF
ANY OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE. IN ANY SUCH EVENT, LESSEE SHALL EXECUTE A
QUITCLAIM DEED AND SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS AS LESSOR SHALL REASONABLY REQUEST EVIDENCING THE
TERMINATION OF ITS RIGHT UNDER THIS SECTION 43.
E. Attornment. If Lessee does not deliver its Purchase Offer to purchase the Property
and the Property is transferred to a third party purchaser, Lessee will attorn to any third
party purchaser as Lessor so long as such third party purchaser and Lessor notify Lessee in
writing of such transfer. At the request of Lessor, Lessee will execute such documents
confirming the agreement referred to above and such other agreements as Lessor may
reasonably request, provided that such agreements do not increase the liabilities and
obligations of Lessee hereunder.
F. Exclusions. The provisions of this Section 43 shall not apply to or prohibit (i)
any mortgages or other hypothecation of Lessors interest in the Property; (ii) any sale of
the Property pursuant to a private power of sale under or judicial foreclosure of any
mortgage or other security instrument or device to which Lessors interest in the Property
is now or hereafter subject; (iii) any transfer of Lessors interest in the Property to a
mortgagee or other holder of a security interest therein or their designees by deed in lieu
of foreclosure; (iv) any transfer of the Property to any governmental or quasi governmental
agency with power of Condemnation; (v) any transfer of the Property to any Affiliate of
Lessor; (vi) any transfers of interests in Lessor by any member, shareholder, partner or
other owner to any other member, shareholder, partner or other owner; (vii) any transfers to
any Person to whom Lessor sells all or substantially all of its assets; (viii) any transfers
to any Person in connection with the transactions described in Section 23 of this Lease; or
(ix) any transfer of the Property to any of the successors or assigns of any of the Persons
referred to in this Section 43.F.
44. Tenant Improvements.
A. Projects. Lessor shall pay to Lessee funds in an aggregate amount not to exceed
Five Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,250,000.00) plus an amount
equal to (i) $1,000,000.00 minus (ii) the Contingent Purchase Price, if any, paid by
Lessor pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement (collectively, the Project
Funds) for the construction, completion, rehabilitation, renovation or installation of
improvements to the Property related to the operation of the Permitted Facility that are
expressly approved in writing by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed (each, a Project). In the event that Lessor fails to
approve or reject any proposed Project within ten (10) business days of
35
receipt of all
information required by Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion in connection with such
proposed Project, Lessor shall be deemed to approve of such proposed Project. Prior to the
commencement of any proposed Project, Lessee shall submit to Lessor a written request for
approval together with any information reasonably requested by Lessor. Upon Lessors
written approval of any Project, which approval
shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of Lessor, Lessor shall disburse the
requested Project Funds in accordance with Lessors standard disbursement procedures, the
nature of which shall be commensurate with the nature of the Project. Lessor reserves the
right to utilize the services of a construction management firm in connection with any
approved Project. Lessor further reserves the right to require Lessee to enter into one or
more written agreements to govern the disbursement of any Project Funds. All reasonable
costs and expenses incurred by Lessor with respect to any Project, including, without
limitation, attorneys fees, construction management fees, inspection costs and title
insurance policy endorsement fees, shall be paid by Lessee and all such costs and expenses
may be withheld from the Project Funds in Lessors discretion. Lessor and Lessee
acknowledge and agree that the Project Funds will be available to Lessee only for Projects
approved by Lessor within two (2) years from the date hereof. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the schedule attached hereto as
Exhibit D provides the general understanding of Lessor and Lessee regarding the
type of Projects to be approved, the required Project Funds for such Projects and the
distribution process related thereto. All Projects shall constitute part of the Property and
shall be owned Lessor.
B. Rent Adjustments.
(i) Immediately upon the disbursement of any Project Funds, Base Annual Rental
shall be adjusted by an amount equal to an amount based on the amortization of such
Project Funds over the remaining balance of the Initial Term of the Lease with an
interest factor in effect at the time of disbursement.
(ii) Immediately upon Lessors payment of any portion of the Contingent
Purchase Price pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, Base Annual Rental shall
be increased by an amount equal to the product of: (A) the quotient of (1) the sum
of (i) the Fixed Purchase Price plus (ii) such portion of the Contingent Purchase
Price divided by (2) the Fixed Purchase Price; times (B) the Base Annual Rental.
C. Hold Back. Lessor shall have the option to hold back $2,000,000 of the Project
Funds and shall have no obligation to release said funds unless and until Guarantor extends
the term of the Letter of Credit (as that term is described in the Guaranty) or replaces
such Letter of Credit with another letter of credit, acceptable to Lessor in its sole
discretion, as required under the terms of Section 18 of the Guaranty.
45. Option to Purchase. Lessee shall have the option after the fourth (4th)
anniversary of the Effective Date to give Lessor notice (the Option Notice) of Lessees election
to purchase the Property for the greater of (i) its fair market value (which fair market value
shall be determined in accordance with Section 19 above) or (ii) Lessors Total Investment. The
closing for such purchase must occur within ninety days following Lessors
36
receipt of the Option
Notice if such appraisal has been received and, if not, a day for day extension will be allowed
until the appraisal is received.
Upon exercise of this option, Lessor and Lessee shall open a new escrow account with a
recognized title insurance company selected by mutual agreement of the parties. Such escrow
shall be subject to the standard escrow instructions of the escrow agent, to the extent they
are not inconsistent herewith. At or before the close of escrow, Lessor shall deliver to the
escrow agent its limited warranty deed conveying to Lessee all of Lessors right, title and
interest in the Property free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except liens for taxes and
assessments and easements, covenants and restrictions of record which were attached to the Property
as of the date hereof, attached during the term of the Lease through Lessees action or inaction,
as the case may be, have been granted by Lessor in lieu of a taking by the power of eminent domain
or the like, or have been approved by Lessee. In the event Lessor is unable to convey title as
required, Lessee shall have the right to accept such title as Lessor can convey or elect not to
consummate its exercise of the option. Both Lessor and Lessee agree to execute a purchase
agreement, escrow instructions and such other instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to
consummate the sale of the Property in the manner herein provided. All Costs incurred in
connection with Lessees exercise of the option, including, but not limited to, escrow fees, title
insurance fees, recording costs or fees, reasonable attorneys fees (including those of the
Lessor), appraisal fees, stamp taxes and transfer fees shall be borne by Lessee. Lessee shall
continue to pay and perform all of its obligations under this Lease until the close of escrow. The
purchase price paid by Lessee in exercising this option shall be paid to Lessor or to such person
or entity as Lessor may direct at closing in immediately available funds. The closing date may be
extended for a reasonable period of time to permit Lessor to cure title defects or to permit either
party to cure any other defects or defaults provided each party is diligently seeking to cure such
defect or default and Lessee continues to perform its obligations hereunder. In the case of any
mortgage or other monetary lien arising by, through or under Lessor (but not arising by, through or
under Lessee), the escrow agent shall first apply the purchase price to the payment of such
mortgage or monetary lien, and the balance shall be paid over to Lessor at closing.
Lessee shall not have the right to exercise this option or consummate the exercise thereof if
at the time of exercise or consummation, an Event of Default exists or is continuing.
Lessee may not sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the option granted
herein or any interest therein, except in conjunction with a permitted assignment of Lessees
entire interest herein and then only to the assignee thereof. Any attempted assignment of this
option which is contrary to the terms of this Section shall be deemed to be an Event of Default
under this Lease and the option granted herein shall be void.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchase option described in this Section shall be null and
void in the event that Lessor determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the sale of the
Property would cause Lessor to recognize income or gain from a prohibited transaction as defined
under Section 857(b)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
37
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have entered into this Lease as of the date first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT FINANCE ACQUISITIONS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Gregg A. Seibert
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Gregg A. Seibert |
|
|
|
Title: Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
Tax Identification
No.: |
|
|
[Signature Page To Lease Agreement]
|
|
|
|
|
STATE OF ARIZONA
COUNTY OF MARICOPA
|
|
)
)
)
|
|
ss |
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on June 25, 2004 by Gregg A. Seibert,
Senior Vice President of Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on
behalf of the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sandra L. Cardon
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
My Commission Expires:
November 28, 2004
[SEAL]
[Signature Page to Lease Agreement]
|
|
|
|
|
STATE OF ARIZONA
COUNTY OF MARICOPA
|
|
)
)
)
|
|
ss |
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on June 26, 2004 by Brent Richardson,
Chief Executive Officer of Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company on
behalf of the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Deborah Kent
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
My Commission Expires:
October 6, 2005
[SEAL]
[Signature Page to Lease Agreement]
EXHIBIT A
DEFINED TERMS
The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Lease:
ADA has the meaning set forth in Section 12.C.
Additional Rental has the meaning set forth in Section 4.D.
Adjustment Date means the first anniversary of the last day of the last calendar month of
the first year of the Initial Term, and every second annual anniversary thereafter during the Lease
Term (including any Extension Term).
Affected Party means each direct or indirect participant or investor in a proposed or
completed Securitization, including, without limitation, any prospective owner, any rating agency
or any party to any agreement executed in connection with the Securitization.
Affiliate means any Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control
with or is controlled by any other Person. For purposes of this definition, controls, under
common control with, and controlled by means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
Assignee has the meaning set forth in Section 23.B.
Bankruptcy Code means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101 et seq., as
amended.
Base Annual Rental means $2,808,750.00.
Base Monthly Rental means an amount equal to 1/12 of the applicable Base Annual Rental.
Business Day means a day on which banks located in Scottsdale, Arizona are not required or
authorized to remain closed.
Casualty means any loss of or damage to any property included within or related to the
Property or arising from an adjoining property caused by fire, flood or other casualty.
CFCCR has the meaning set forth in Section 42.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Condemnation means a Taking and/or a Requisition.
Contingent Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
A-1
Costs means all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by a Person, including without
limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees, costs of
tests and analyses, travel and accommodation expenses, deposition and trial transcripts, copies and
other similar costs and fees, brokerage fees, escrow fees, title insurance premiums, appraisal
fees, stamp taxes, recording fees and transfer taxes or fees, as the circumstances require.
current actual knowledge, as it relates to Lessee, means the current actual knowledge of an
officer of the Lessee.
Default Rate means 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less.
Early Termination Date has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C(ii)(1).
Effective Date has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Lease.
Environmental Laws means all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, common law
requirements and regulations and standards, rules, policies and other governmental requirements,
administrative rulings and court judgments and decrees having the effect of law in effect now or in
the future and including all amendments, that relate to Hazardous Materials and/or the protection
of human health or the environment and apply to Lessee and/or the Property.
Environmental Liens has the meaning set forth in Section 12.D(i)(2).
Event of Default has the meaning set forth in Section 20.A.
Exchange Act has the meaning set forth in Section 31.B(iv).
Expiration Date has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
Extension Option has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
Extension Term has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
Fixed Purchase Price means the gross purchase price paid for the Property by Lessor on the
Closing Date defined and described in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
Force Majeure Event has the meaning set forth in Section 29.
Governmental Authority means any governmental authority, agency, department, commission,
bureau, board, instrumentality, court or quasi-governmental authority of the United States, any
state or any political subdivision thereof with authority to adopt, modify, amend, interpret, give
effect to or enforce any federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations,
including common law, or to issue court orders.
Guarantor means, collectively, Brent Richardson and Christopher Richardson, or any other
additional or replacement guarantor approved by Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion.
A-2
Guaranty means that certain Unconditional Guaranty of Payment and Performance dated as of
the date hereof between Guarantor and Lessor.
Hazardous Materials includes: (a) oil, petroleum products, flammable substances, explosives,
radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or substances, toxic wastes or substances or any other
materials, contaminants or pollutants which pose a hazard to the Property or to Persons on or about
the Property, cause the Property to be in violation of any local, state or federal law or
regulation, (including without limitation, any Environmental Law), or are defined as or included in
the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, hazardous materials, toxic
substances, contaminants, pollutants, or words of similar import under any applicable local,
state or federal law or under the regulations adopted, orders issued, or publications promulgated
pursuant thereto, including, but not limited to: (i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq.; (ii)
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §1801, et seq.;
(iii) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et
seq.; and (iv) regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to the aforesaid
laws; (b) asbestos in any form which is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation,
transformers or other equipment which contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated
biphenyls in excess of fifty (50) parts per million; (c) underground storage tanks; and (d) any
other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any
governmental authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the
occupants of the Property or the owners and/or occupants of any adjoining property.
Indemnified Parties means Lessor, and its directors, officers, shareholders, partners,
members, employees, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, affiliates,
subsidiaries, participants, successors and assigns, including, but not limited to, any successors
by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets and business
of Lessor.
Initial Term has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
Insolvency Event means (a) Lessees (i) failure to generally pay its debts as such debts
become due; (ii) admitting in writing its inability to pay its debts generally; or (iii) making a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) any proceeding being instituted by or against
Lessee (i) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) seeking liquidation, winding up,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts
under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors; or (iii)
seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other
similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and in the case of any such
proceeding instituted against Lessee, either such proceeding shall remain undismissed for a period
of one hundred twenty (120) days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding shall occur; or
(c) Lessee taking any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this
definition.
Law(s) means any constitution, statute, rule of law, code, ordinance, order, judgment,
decree, injunction, rule, regulation, policy, requirement or administrative or judicial
determination, even if unforeseen or extraordinary, of every duly constituted Governmental
Authority, court or agency, now or hereafter enacted or in effect.
A-3
Lease Term shall have the meaning described in Section 3.
Legal Requirements means the requirements of all present and future Laws (including without
limitation, Environmental Laws and Laws relating to accessibility to, usability by, and
discrimination against, disabled individuals), all judicial and administrative interpretations
thereof, including any judicial order, consent, decree or judgment, and all covenants, restrictions
and conditions now or hereafter of record which may be applicable to Lessee or to the Property, or
to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration, repair or
restoration of the Property, even if compliance therewith necessitates structural changes or
improvements or results in interference with the use or enjoyment of the Property.
Lessee Entities means, collectively, Lessee and all Affiliates of Lessee.
Lessor Entities means, collectively, Lessor and all Affiliates of Lessor.
Lessors Total Investment means, with respect to any Property, the sum of (a) the gross
purchase price paid for the Property by Lessor (or Lessors predecessor-in-interest) (including,
without limitation, any mortgage debt incurred or assumed in connection therewith and any
Contingent Purchase Price paid by Lessor), plus (b) all amounts disbursed pursuant to Section 44,
plus (c) the closing costs and expenses incurred by Lessor (or Lessors predecessor-in-interest)
with respect to the purchase of the Property.
Loss Value has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C(ii).
Losses means any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict
liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages, losses, Costs, diminutions in
value, fines, penalties, interest, charges, fees, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement and
damages of whatever kind or nature (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and other Costs
of defense).
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on (i) the Property, including,
without limitation, the operation of the Property as a Permitted Facility and/or the value of the
Property, (ii) Lessees ability to perform its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) Lessors
interests in the Property, this Lease or the other Transaction Documents.
Monetary Obligations means all Rental and all other sums payable or reimbursable by Lessee
under this Lease to Lessor, to any third party on behalf of Lessor, or to any Indemnified Party.
Net Award means (a) the entire award payable with respect to the Property by reason of a
Condemnation whether pursuant to a judgment or by agreement or otherwise, or (b) the entire
proceeds of any insurance required under Section 10 payable with respect to the Property, as the
case may be, and in either case, less any Costs incurred by Lessor in collecting such award or
proceeds.
Notices has the meaning set forth in Section 24.
A-4
OFAC List means the list of specially designated nationals and blocked persons subject to
financial sanctions that is maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets
Control and any other similar list maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign
Assets Control pursuant to any Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, trade embargo,
economic sanctions, or other prohibitions imposed by Executive Order of the President of the United
States. The OFAC List currently is accessible through the internet website
www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf.
Option Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 45.
Other Agreements means, collectively, all agreements and instruments now or hereafter
entered into between, among or by (1) any of the Lessee Entities, and, or for the benefit of, (2)
any of the Lessor Entities, including, without limitation, leases, promissory notes and guaranties,
but excluding this Lease and all other Transaction Documents.
Partial Casualty has the meaning set forth in Section 18.B.
Partial Condemnation has the meaning set forth in Section 18.B.
Permitted Amounts shall mean, with respect to any given level of Hazardous Materials, that
level or quantity of Hazardous Materials in any form or combination of forms which does not
constitute a violation of any Environmental Laws and is customarily employed in, or associated
with, similar businesses located in the State.
Permitted Encumbrances shall mean those covenants, restrictions, reservations, liens,
conditions, encroachments, easements and other matters of title that affect the Property as of the
date of Lessors acquisition thereof and those items which hereafter affect title as permitted
under this Lease.
Permitted Facility means a college or university, which initially is the Grand Canyon
University, and all lawful activities related thereto, including without limitation, other schools
ancillary to a college or university, such as a high school or prep school, and ministry and
related facilities, consistent with the history and mission of Grand Canyon University.
Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other form of entity.
Personalty has the meaning set forth in Section 26.
Project has the meaning set forth in Section 44.
Project Funds has the meaning set forth in Section 44.
Property means, that certain real property legally described on Exhibit B attached
hereto, all rights, privileges, and appurtenances associated therewith, all buildings, fixtures and
other improvements now or hereafter located on such real estate (whether or not affixed to such
real estate).
A-5
Purchase and Sale Agreement means that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement of even date
herewith by and between Grand Canyon University Institute for the Advanced Studies, an Arizona
non-profit corporation, as seller, and Lessor, as purchaser (pursuant to that certain Assignment
and Assumption of Lease Agreement of even date herewith by and between Significant Education, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as assignor, and Lessor, as assignee, pursuant to which
Significant Education, LLC assigned all of its right, title and interest in and to the Purchase and
Sale Agreement to Lessor).
REIT means a real estate investment trust as defined under Section 856 of the Code.
Rejectable Purchase Closing Date has the meaning set forth in Section 43.C(ii).
Rejectable Purchase Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 43.A.
Rejectable Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C(ii)(3).
Release means any presence, release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling,
seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing or other
movement of Hazardous Materials.
Remediation means any response, remedial, removal, or corrective action, any activity to
cleanup, detoxify, decontaminate, contain or otherwise remediate any Hazardous Material, any
actions to prevent, cure or mitigate any Release, any action to comply with any Environmental Laws
or with any permits issued pursuant thereto, any inspection, investigation, study, monitoring,
assessment, audit, sampling and testing, laboratory or other analysis, or any evaluation relating
to any Hazardous Materials.
Rental means, collectively, the Base Annual Rental and the Additional Rental.
Rent Adjustment has the meaning in Section 4.BB.
Requisition means any temporary requisition or confiscation of the use or occupancy of the
Property by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, whether pursuant to an agreement with
such Governmental Authority in settlement of or under threat of any such requisition or
confiscation, or otherwise.
Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 39.
Securities Act has the meaning set forth in Section 31.B(iv).
Securitization has the meaning set forth in Section 39.A.
State means the State of Arizona.
Subject Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 43.A.
Successor Lessor has the meaning set forth in Section 21.
A-6
Taking means (a) any taking or damaging of all or a portion of the Property (i) in or by
condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any Law, general or special, or (ii)
by reason of any agreement with any condemnor in settlement of or under threat of any such
condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding, or (iii) by any other means, or (b) any de facto
condemnation. The Taking shall be considered to have taken place as of the later of the date
actual physical possession is taken by the condemnor, or the date on which the right to
compensation and damages accrues under the law applicable to the Property.
Termination Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C(ii).
Terrorism Laws means Executive Order 13224 issued by the President of the United States, the
Terrorism Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 595 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), the
Terrorism List Governments Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 596 of the U.S. Code of Federal
Regulations), the Foreign Terrorist Organizations Sanctions Regulations (Title 31 Part 597 of the
U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (Title 31 Part 515 of
the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations), and all other present and future federal, state and local
laws, ordinances, regulations, policies, lists and any other requirements of any Governmental
Authority (including, without limitation, the United States Department of the Treasury Office of
Foreign Assets Control) addressing, relating to, or attempting to eliminate, terrorist acts and
acts of war, each as hereafter supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, and the present
and future rules, regulations and guidance documents promulgated under any of the foregoing, or
under similar laws, ordinances, regulations, policies or requirements of other states or
localities.
Third Party Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 43.A.
Threatened Release means a substantial likelihood of a Release which requires action to
prevent or mitigate damage to the soil, surface waters, groundwaters, land, stream sediments,
surface or subsurface strata, ambient air or any other environmental medium comprising or
surrounding any Property which may result from such Release.
Total Casualty has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C.
Total Condemnation has the meaning set forth in Section 18.C.
Transaction Documents means this Lease, the Guaranty and all documents related thereto.
A-7
EXHIBIT B
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
Attached hereto are the true and correct legal descriptions of the Property.
PARCEL NO. 1:
THAT PART OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 14, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA
AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
COMMENCING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 14;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 00 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SOUTHWEST
QUARTER OF SECTION 14, A DISTANCE OF 689.83 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTH LINE, NORTH 00 DEGREES 03 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST, 40.00 FEET TO A
POINT ON THE NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF CAMELBACK ROAD, SAID POINT ALSO BEING THE TRUE
POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS
WEST, 650.01 FEET ;
THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST, 650.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST 40 FOOT
RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF 35TH AVENUE;
THENCE ALONG SAID EAST 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST,
649.77 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID EAST 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 49 SECONDS
EAST, 50.00 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST, 50.00 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 49 SECONDS WEST, 50.00 FEET TO A POINT ON SAID EAST 40 FOOT
RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE;
THENCE ALONG SAID EAST 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST,
186.36 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID EAST 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 53 MINUTES 58 SECONDS
EAST, 279.00 FEET;
B-1
THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST, 413.41 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 85 DEGREES 07
MINUTES 27 SECONDS EAST, 684.34 FEET; THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 29 SECONDS FACT, 1630.12
I-tt ; THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 01 MINUTES 05 SECONDS EAST, 353.82 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 53
MINUTES 58 SECONDS WEST, 430.00 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 01 MINUTES 05 SECONDS EAST, 1538.01 FEET TO A POINT ON SAID NORTH 40
FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF CAMELBACK ROAD;
THENCE ALONG SAID NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, SOUTH 89 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 00 SECONDS
WEST, 511.63 FEET;
THENCE I LEAVING SAID NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, NORTH 86 DEGREES 14 MINUTES 11 SECONDS
WEST, 180.42 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH 52 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF CAMELBACK ROAD;
THENCE ALONG SAID NORTH 52 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, SOUTH 89 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 00 SECONDS
WEST, 229.00 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTH 52 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, SOUTH 44 DEGREES 51 MINUTES 44 SECONDS
WEST, 16.94 FEET TO A POINT ON SAID NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE;
THENCE ALONG SAID NORTH 40 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, SOUTH 89 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 00 SECONDS
WEST, 568.64 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
EXCEPT THAT PORTION DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
COMMENCING AT THE WEST QUARTER CORNER OF SAID SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS EAST, 650.11 FEET ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID
SECTION 14;
THENCE DEPARTING SAID WEST LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 49 SECONDS EAST, 319.00 FEET TO
THE EAST LINE OF ME WEST 319.00 FEET OF SAID SECTION 14 AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE DEPARTING SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14, SOUTH 85 DEGREES 07
MINUTES 27 SECONDS EAST, 684.34 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 29 SECONDS EAST, 1629.29 FEET TO THE NORTH-SOUTH
MID-SECTION LINE OF SAID SECTION 14;
B-2
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 01 MINUTES 59 SECONDS EAST, 353.82 FEET ALONG SAID NORTH-SOUTH
MID-SECTION LINE OF SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 53 MINUTES 58 SECONDS WEST, 2309.17 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST
319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14;
THENCE NORTH 0 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST, 413.43 FEET ALONG SAID FAST LINE OF THE
WEST 319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14 TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING;
AND EXCEPT A TRACT OF LAND FOR A WELL SITE SITUATED IN THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST
QUARTER OF SECTION 14, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT A POINT 1389.80 FEET NORTH AND 40.00 FEET EAST OF THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID
SECTION 14;
THENCE NORTH 18.00 FEET;
THENCE EAST 50.00 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 18.00 FEET;
THENCE WEST 50.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL NO. 2:
THE NORTH 506.50 FEET OF THE EAST 430 FEET OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER
OF SECTION 14, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN,
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA;
EXCEPT THAT PORTION CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY QUIT CLAIM DEED RECORDED AUGUST 8, 1960
IN DOCKET 3376, PAGE 212: AND ALSO
EXCEPT THAT PORTION CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY QUIT CLAIM DEED RECORDED JULY 2, 2002
IN INSTRUMENT NO. 20020677117.
PARCEL NO. 3:
THAT PORTION OF THE NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 14, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE
2 EAST OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, BEING MORE
PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
B-3
COMMENCING AT THE WEST QUARTER CORNER OF SAID SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS EAST, 650.11 FEET ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID
SECTION 14;
THENCE DEPARTING SAID WEST LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 49 SECONDS EAST, 319.00 FEET TO
THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 319.00 OF SAID SECTION 14 AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE DEPARTING SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14, SOUTH 85 DEGREES 07
MINUTES 27 SECONDS EAST, 684.34 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 29 SECONDS EAST, 1629.29 FEET TO THE NORTH-SOUTH
MID-SECTION LINE OF SAID SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 01 MINUTES 59 SECONDS EAST, 353.82 FEET ALONG SAID NORTH-SOUTH
MID-SECTION LINE OF SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 53 MINUTES 58 SECONDS WEST, 2309.17 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST
319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14;
THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS WEST, 413A3 FEET ALONG SAID EAST LINE OF THE
WEST 319.00 FEET OF SECTION 14 TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING;
EXCEPT THAT PORTION DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
COMMENCING AT THE WEST QUARTER CORNER OF SAID SECTION 14;
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 18 MINUTES 11 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID SOUTHWEST
QUARTER OF SECTION 14, A DISTANCE OF 650.11 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID WEST LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES 49 SECONDS EAST, 319.00 FEET TO THE
EAST LINE OF THE WEST 319.00 FEET OF SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 14;
THENCE LEAVING SAID EAST LINE, SOUTH 85 DEGREES 07 MINUTES 27 SECONDS, EAST 684.34 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 89 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 29 SECONDS EAST, 93.28 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 89 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 29 SECONDS EAST, 601.41 FEET;
B-4
THENCE SOUTH 00 DEGREES 06 MINUTES 02 SECONDS EAST, 375.81 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 53
MINUTES 58 SECONDS WEST, 601.41 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 00 DEGREES 06 MINUTES 02 SECONDS WEST, 375.70 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF
BEGINNING.
B-5
EXHIBIT C
ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURES
1. Anything described in Environmental Site Assessments, Inc.s Phase I Environmental Site
Assessment, dated June 17, 2004, Project Number 1297M.
2. Any item listed on Compliance and/or Condition of Property that fits the terms of this Schedule,
including the information contained in the other schedules to this Asset Purchase Agreement.
C-1
EXHIBIT D
PROJECTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use |
|
Dollar
Amount |
|
Doc |
|
Payee |
|
Estimated Timing |
|
Process |
|
Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upgrade Apartments |
|
$1,500,000 |
|
LSE |
|
Lessee |
|
Q2 2005 to Q2 2006 |
|
1 |
|
Occupied until next year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Facilities Improvements |
|
$1,000,000 |
|
LSE |
|
Lessee |
|
Q3 2004 to Q4 2004 |
|
1 |
|
Roadways, general |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure Build Out |
|
$2,500,000 |
|
LSE |
|
Lessee |
|
Q3 2004 to Q3 2005 |
|
2 |
|
Ratably over one year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Campus Call Center Build Out |
|
$250,000 |
|
LSE |
|
Lessee |
|
Q3 2004 to Q1 2006 |
|
3 |
|
70% in first six months, balance ratably |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
$5,250,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process Notes
1 |
|
Paid based on standard construction drawdown process, as mutually agreed between Lessor and
Lessee. |
|
2 |
|
Paid upon submission of bona fide invoice to Lessor relating to the purchase or hardware,
software, implementation and testing. |
|
3 |
|
Such portion relating to hard construction, paid under process 1 above. For such portion
relating to hardware, software, implementation and testing paid under process 2 above. |
D-1
SCHEDULE 6.01.C
LITIGATION
Schedule 6.01.C
SCHEDULE 6.01.D
BREACHES AND DEFAULTS
None, except as may be alleged in the various claims for delinquent payments on numerous contracts
and accounts payable obligations disclosed in Schedule 6.C.
Schedule 6.01.D
exv10w8
AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Amendment) is made and entered into effective
as of September 24, 2004, by and between SPIRIT FINANCE ACQUISITIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (Lessee).
Lessor and Lessee entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of June 28, 2004 (the
Lease) with respect to real property and improvements as described in the Lease. Terms
not defined in this Amendment have the meanings given to them in the Lease. Lessor and Lessee wish
to modify the Rent Adjustment as described in this Amendment.
In consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:
1. Rent Adjustment. Section 4.B of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and
the following Section 4.B is hereby substituted in lieu thereof:
B. Scheduled Adjustments. On the first Adjustment Date and on each Adjustment
Date thereafter, the Base Annual Rental shall increase by an amount equal to the Rent
Adjustment. The Rent Adjustment shall be an amount equal to the lesser of
(1) five percent (5%) of the Base Annual Rental in effect immediately prior to the
applicable Adjustment Date, or (2) 1.25 times the product of (i) the percentage
change between the Price Index (as defined below) for the month two months prior to
the Effective Date or the Price Index used for the immediately preceding Adjustment
Date, as applicable, and the Price Index for the month two months prior to the
applicable Adjustment Date, and (ii) the then current Base Annual Rental. Price
Index shall mean the Consumer Price Index which is designated for the applicable
month of determination as the United States City Average for All Urban Consumers, All
Items, Not Seasonally Adjusted, with a base period equaling 100 in 1982 1984, as
published by the United States Department of Labors Bureau of Labor Statistics or
any successor agency. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, in no event
shall Base Annual Rental be reduced as a result of the application of the Rent
Adjustment described in this Section 4.B. In the event that the Price Index ceases to
be published, its successor index as published by the same Governmental Authority
which published the Price Index shall be substituted and any necessary reasonable
adjustments made by Lessor and Lessee in order to carry out the intent of this
Section. In the event there is no successor index, Lessor shall reasonably select an
alternative price index that will constitute a reasonable substitute for the Price
Index.
2. Adjustment Date. The definition of Adjustment Date in Exhibit A of the
Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
1
Adjustment Date means July 1, 2006, and each successive July 1 that is 24 months following the
previous Adjustment Date during the Lease Term (including any Extension Term).
3. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect. If there is any conflict between the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of
this Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page (s) to follow]
2
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT FINANCE ACQUISITIONS, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Gregg A. Seibert
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Gregg A. Seibert |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
3
exv10w9
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Second Amendment) is made and entered
into effective as of August 23, 2005, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, as successor in interest to SPIRIT FINANCE ACQUISITIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, which will convert to Significant Education, Inc. pursuant to the Series A Investment
(defined below) (Lessee).
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of June 28, 2004 as amended
pursuant to that Amendment to Lease Agreement effective as of September 24, 2004 (collectively, the
Lease) with respect to real property and improvements as described in the Lease. Terms
not defined in this Amendment have the meanings given to them in the Lease. Lessor and Lessee wish
to modify the Rent Adjustment as described in this Amendment;
WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 44 of the Lease, Lessor advanced certain
Project Funds for the construction, completion, rehabilitation, renovation or installation of
improvements to the Property, the advancement of which has increased the Base Annual Rental;
WHEREAS, the Lease further provides that the Project Funds would be available to Lessee only
for Projects approved by Lessor within two (2) years from the date of the Lease;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement between Significant Education,
Inc. (the Company) and the Series A Stockholders identified therein, dated as of August
23, 2005, the Series A Stockholders have agreed to make an equity investment in the Company (the
Series A Investment), which significantly benefits Lessors interest in the Property,
WHEREAS, Lessee has reevaluated its capital needs and expenditures in light of the Series A
Investment and has requested that Lessor extend the expiration of the two-year period for Project
approval by Lessor set to expire in June 2006 for an additional four (4) years;
WHEREAS, Lessee has agreed, in consideration for the requested extension, to revise the terms
of the Option to Purchase the Property as described in Section 45 of the Lease.
NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:
1. Base Annual Rent. The definition for Base Annual Rent in Exhibit A of the Lease is
hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby substituted in lieu thereof:
Base Annual Rent shall mean $3,465,000.00.
2. Tenant Improvements. The third sentence from the bottom of Section 44.A. of the Lease is
hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the Project Funds will be available to
Lessee only for Projects approved by Lessor within six (6) years from the date hereof.
3. Option to Purchase. Section 45 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced
with the following:
Lessee shall have the option during the First Option Window and any other Option Window
(defined below) to give Lessor notice (the Option Notice) of Lessees election to
purchase the Property for the greater of (i) its fair market value (which fair market value shall
be determined in accordance with Section 19 above) or (ii) Lessors Total Investment (the
Option Purchase Price). The closing for such purchase must occur within thirty (30) days
following Lessors receipt of the Option Notice if the required appraisal has been received and, if
not, a day-for-day extension will be allowed until the appraisal is received.
First Option Window means the six month period commencing upon the earlier to occur
of (i) the later to occur of (a) the date that all of the Project Funds have been expended or (b)
June 1, 2008; or (ii) June 1, 2010.
Option Window means the six month period commencing on the fifth
(5th) anniversary of the First Option Window, and every fifth
(5th) anniversary thereafter throughout the term of the Lease (including any extensions
thereof).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessee shall also have the option
to give Lessor its Option Notice at anytime after the First Option Window; provided, however, that
if Lessee provides its Option Notice outside of any Option Window: (i) Lessor shall have six (6)
months after its receipt of the Option Notice to close the sale of the Property; and (ii) Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a fee equal to two percent (2%) of the Option Purchase Price.
Upon exercise of this option, Lessor and Lessee shall open a new escrow account with a
recognized title insurance company selected by mutual agreement of the parties. Such escrow shall
be subject to the standard escrow instructions of the escrow agent, to the extent they are not
inconsistent herewith. At or before the close of escrow, Lessor shall deliver to the escrow agent
its limited warranty deed conveying to Lessee all of Lessors right, title and interest in the
Property free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except (a) liens for taxes and assessments.
and easements, and (b) covenants and restrictions of record which (i) were attached to the Property
as of the date hereof, (ii) attached during the term of the Lease through Lessees action or
inaction, as the case may be, (iii) have been granted by Lessor in lieu of a taking by the power of
eminent domain or the like, or (iv) have been approved by Lessee. In the event Lessor is unable to
convey title as required, Lessee shall have the right to accept such title as Lessor can convey or
elect not to consummate its exercise of the option. Both Lessor and Lessee agree to execute a
purchase agreement, escrow instructions and such other instruments as may be necessary or
appropriate to consummate the sale of the Property in the manner herein provided. All Costs
incurred in connection with Lessees exercise of the option, including, but not limited
2
to, escrow fees, title insurance fees, recording costs or fees, reasonable attorneys fees
(including those of the Lessor), appraisal fees, stamp taxes and transfer fees shall be borne by
Lessee. Lessee shall continue to pay and perform all of its obligations under this Lease until the
close of escrow. The purchase price paid by Lessee in exercising this option shall be paid to
Lessor or to such person or entity as Lessor may direct at closing in immediately available funds.
The closing date may be extended for a reasonable period of time to permit Lessor to cure title
defects or to permit either party to cure any other defects or defaults provided each party is
diligently seeking to cure such defect or default and Lessee continues to perform its obligations
hereunder. In the case of any mortgage or other monetary lien arising by, through or under Lessor
(but not arising by, through or under Lessee), the escrow agent shall first apply the purchase
price to the payment of such mortgage or monetary lien, and the balance shall be paid over to
Lessor at closing.
Lessee shall not have the right to exercise this option or consummate the exercise thereof if
at the time of exercise or consummation an Event of Default exists or is continuing.
Lessee may not sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the option granted
herein or any interest therein, except in conjunction with a permitted assignment of Lessees
entire interest herein and then only to the assignee thereof. Any attempted assignment of this
option which is contrary to the terms of this Section shall be deemed to be an Event of Default
under this Lease and the option granted herein shall be void.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchase option described in this Section shall be null and
void in the event that Lessor determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the sale of the
Property would cause Lessor to recognize income or gain from a prohibited transaction as defined
under Section 857(b)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
4. Definitions. The following definitions have been added to Exhibit A as follows:
First Option Window has the meaning set forth in Section 45.
Option Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 45.
Option Window has the meaning set forth in Section 45.
5. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect. If there is any conflict between the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms
of this Amendment shall control,
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page(s) to follow]
3
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Christopher H. Volk
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Christopher H. Volk |
|
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Operating Officer |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
4
exv10w10
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Third Amendment) is made and entered
into effective as of June ___, 2006, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware
corporation, as successor-in-interest to Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (Lessee).
Recitals
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28,
2004, as amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of
September 24, 2004, and as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease
Agreement dated effective as of August 23, 2005 (collectively, the Lease), with respect
to the real property and improvements as described in the Lease. Terms not defined in this Third
Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
WHEREAS, Lessee has requested, and Lessor has agreed to provide, additional funding for
additional tenant improvements pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Third
Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee
agree as follows:
1. |
|
Additional Tenant Improvements. The following new subsections D and E shall
be added to the end of Section 44 of the Lease. |
D. Additional Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall reimburse Lessee an additional aggregate amount not
to exceed Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,800,000.00) (collectively, the
Additional Funds) for the construction, completion, rehabilitation, renovation or
installation of improvements to the Property related to the operation to the Permitted Facility
that are described on Exhibit E attached hereto and incorporated herein (collectively, the
Additional Tenant Improvements ). Lessor shall disburse the Additional Funds in
accordance with, and upon Lessees satisfaction of, Lessors standard disbursement procedures
(including without limitation, the completion, execution and delivery of the Draw Request
Certification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the Draw request)), in
three (3) separate installments as follows: (i) an initial disbursement of $1,044,089.00 shall be
made on the date of execution and delivery of this Third Amendment, the Draw Request, and any other
documents reasonably requested by Lessor in connection with such initial disbursement; (ii) an
interim disbursement not to exceed the amount of $3,071,562.00 shall be made on July 31, 2006
(provided that Lessee has complied in all respects with Lessors disbursement procedures); and
(iii) a final disbursement not to exceed $1,684,349.00 shall be made upon completion of the
Additional Tenant Improvements (provided that Lessee has complied in all respects with Lessors
disbursement
procedures). Lessor reserves the right to utilize the services of a construction management firm in
connection with the Additional Tenant Improvements. Lessor further reserves the right to require
Lessee to enter into one or more written agreements to govern the disbursement of any Additional
Funds and/or to provide such other documentation reasonably requested by Lessor in connection with
the disbursement of any Additional Funds. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor with
respect to any Additional Tenant Improvement, including, without limitation, attorneys fees,
construction management fees, inspection costs and title insurance policy endorsement fees, shall
be paid by Lessee and all such costs and expenses may be withheld from the Additional Funds in
Lessors discretion. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the Additional Funds will be
available to Lessee up to and including December 31, 2006 (Final Disbursement Date). To
the extent that any Additional Tenant Improvement remains uncompleted as of the Final Disbursement
Date, Lessor shall have no obligation to disburse any further Additional Funds to Lessee; provided,
however, that the foregoing shall in no way eliminate or diminish Tenants obligation to complete
such Additional Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, or to otherwise perform its
obligations under this Lease. All Additional Tenant Improvements shall constitute part of the
Property and shall be owned Lessor.
E. Rent Adjustments. Simultaneously with the disbursement of any Additional Funds,
Lessor and Lessee agree to amend the Lease to increase the Base Annual Rental by the amount
of such disbursement multiplied by a cap rate of ten and one-half percent (10.5%).
2. Exhibits E and F. Exhibit E and Exhibit F attached hereto shall be added to
the Lease as if fully set forth therein.
3. Definitions. The following definitions shall be added to Exhibit A of the Lease:
Additional Funds has the meaning set forth in Section 44.D.
Additional Tenant Improvements has the meaning set forth in Section 44.D.
Base Annual Rent shall mean $3,574,629.35.
Final Disbursement Date has the meaning set forth in Section 44.D.
4. Lessors Total Investment. The definition of Lessors Total Investment in Exhibit
A of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirely, and the following new definition shall be
inserted in lieu thereof:
Lessors Total Investment means, with respect to any Property, the sum of (a) the
gross purchase price paid for the Property by Lessor (or Lessors predecessor-in-interest)
(including, without limitation, any mortgage debt incurred or assumed in connection
therewith and any Contingent Purchase Price paid by Lessor), plus (b) all amounts disbursed
and all costs and expenses incurred by Lessor pursuant to Section 44 of this Lease, plus
(c) the closing costs and expenses incurred by Lessor (or Lessors predecessor-in-interest)
with respect to the purchase of the Property.
2
5. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect. If there is any conflict between the Lease and the terms of this Third Amendment, the terms
of this Third Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page(s) to follow]
3
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Third Amendment as of the dated set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Gregg A. Seibert |
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Gregg A. Seibert
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Timothy R. Fischer |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
4
EXHIBIT E
ADDITIONAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project description |
|
Project Cost |
|
Reason for Project |
|
Justification |
Installation of Promenade to student union |
|
$ |
850,000 |
|
|
Reduce liability, cosmetic change to draw students |
|
Demonstrate to current and future students that GCU is on its way to
becoming a destination campus |
New Swimming Pool |
|
$ |
1,700,000 |
|
|
Cosmetic & Revenue Generator |
|
A modern pool will attract significant
camps over the summer, corporate outings and other revenue generating activities. We estimate on the low
side we can generate $20,000 for 14 weeks of summer and $4,000
per week during the rest of the year |
Kaibab Remodeling |
|
$ |
2,200,000 |
|
|
Office Space for Online |
|
Currently paying $200K annual lease
at 24th Street. Amount likely to double over the next two years.
Market value of comparable space 20,000 SF @ $25 = $500,000 |
Bright Angel Remodeling |
|
$ |
850,000 |
|
|
Classroom Space for Nursing and Office Space |
|
Add up to 12 classrooms/labs on the campus.
Every lab built allows admission of 25 more nurses per start. Assuming we
build two labs, 300 additional nurses per year at $3,150 in revenue per year.
Also, have additional class space for future expansion. |
New Student Snack & Activity Center |
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
Cosmetic & Revenue Generator |
|
Build a coffee house hang out on the promenade in
the middle of the campus offer, wireless internet, coffee, food, etc. |
Total Cost |
|
$ |
5,80,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attached hereto is a true and correct copy of the Anticipated Draw Schedule
|
|
|
|
|
Spirit Finance
Remodel Projects 2006
|
|
Project Timeline
|
|
Exhibit B Third
Amendment to Lease Agreement
8/13/2006 1:38PM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/30/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
Draw Forecasts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
Project |
|
Payments |
|
Accrued & |
|
Spirit Draw for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Project |
|
Spirit |
|
% of Funds |
Project |
|
Cost |
|
to Date |
|
Unpaid |
|
June |
|
7/31/06 |
|
8/31/06 |
|
9/30/06 |
|
10/31/06 |
|
11/30/06 |
|
12/31/06 |
|
Costs |
|
Funds |
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Promenade to
Student Union |
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
210,209.99 |
|
|
|
58,018.95 |
|
|
|
268,228.94 |
|
|
|
581,771 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New
Swimming Pool |
|
|
1,700,000 |
|
|
|
15,650.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,650.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
234,349 |
|
|
|
1,700.00 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kaibab Remodeling |
|
|
2,200,000 |
|
|
|
677,251.19 |
|
|
|
82,958.33 |
|
|
|
760,209.52 |
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
1,139,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,200,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bright Angel
Remodeling |
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Student Snack &
Activity Center |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Spirit
Remodel Projects |
|
|
5,800,000 |
|
|
|
903,112.15 |
|
|
|
140,977.28 |
|
|
|
1,044,089.43 |
|
|
|
881,771 |
|
|
|
2,189,790 |
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
384,349 |
|
|
|
5,800,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Draws = |
|
$ |
1,044,089 |
|
|
$ |
3,071,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon completion |
|
$ |
1,684,349 |
|
|
$ |
5,800,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT F
DRAW REQUEST CERTIFICATION
DRAW REQUEST NUMBER 8
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
June 9, 2006 |
|
|
|
LESSOR:
|
|
Spirit Master Funding, LLC |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
|
|
Significant Education, Inc. |
|
|
|
PROJECT:
|
|
Additional Tenant Improvements / Grand Canyon University
3300 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona |
Reference is made to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28, 2004 between Lessor and
Lessee, as amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of
September 24, 2004, as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement
dated effective as of August 23, 2005, and as further amended pursuant to that certain Third
Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of June ___, Lease). Capitalized terms
used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease, unless the context
shall require otherwise.
Lessee requests that Lessor disburse proceeds from the Additional Funds in the amounts and for the
Additional Tenant Improvements stated in the attached Schedule 1 (the Draw
Request).
1. In connection with such requested disbursement, Lessee hereby represents, warrants
and certifies to Lessor as of the date hereof as follows:
(a) No Event of Default presently exists under the Lease.
(b) All of representations and warranties of Lessee under the Lease are hereby remade and
restated and are true and correct in all material respects.
(c) With respect to the requested Additional Funds:
(i) Lessee has satisfied all conditions precedent to the disbursement of the Additional
Funds as set forth in the Lease:
(ii) the Lease is in full force and effect;
Draw Request Certification
Grand Canyon University Additional Tenant Improvements
1
(iii) the sum of all amounts expended for the Additional Tenant Improvements identified on the Draw
Request does not exceed the total amount budgeted for such Additional Tenant Improvements; and
(iv) all contractors, subcontractors, vendors, materialmen and other Persons entitled to payment
with respect to the Additional Tenant Improvements for which the Additional
Funds are being requested have been paid or will be paid with the proceeds of the requested the
Additional Funds.
(d) All insurance required to be maintained by Lessee remains in full force and effect, and each is
of the type and in the amount, and issued by insurers, as previously approved by Lessor.
(e) With respect to any Additional Tenant Improvement for which the Additional Funds are being
requested in the Draw Request:
(i) All such Additional Tenant Improvements have been made in a good and workmanlike
manner and in compliance with all applicable permits, authorizations and Legal
Requirements;
(ii) No Additional Tenant Improvement impairs the safety or structural integrity of the
applicable building or structure upon which it is located; and
(iii) Attached to the Draw Request are supporting invoices of each such contractor,
subcontractor, vendor, materialman or other person with respect to the work and/or
materials as to which a disbursement of the Additional Funds is being requested.
2. Lessee will certify, or cause any general contractor to certify, to Lessor, upon request of
Lessor at any time, and from time to time, as to all materialmen, laborers, subcontractors,
suppliers, and any other parties who might or could claim statutory or common law liens as a result
of furnishing material or labor to the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein (the
Contracting Parties), together with evidence satisfactory to Lessor, that such
Contracting Parties have been paid or will be paid from the disbursement of the Additional Funds
being requested hereunder.
3. Lessee shall obtain lien waivers from any and all such Contracting Parties after such
Contracting Parties have been paid all amounts then due for labor and/or materials and provide such
lien waivers to Lessor within ten (10) business days after Lessor disburses the proceeds of the
Draw Request to Lessee.
4. If, during the construction or installation of the Additional Tenant Improvements, a lien is
filed against the Property for work performed or goods and/or services provided to the Property,
Lessee shall provide Lessor with notice of the filing of such lien promptly after Lessee obtains
knowledge of such filing. Lessee shall then have twenty (20) days after delivery of such notice to
Lessor to cause such lien to be released or bonded off pursuant to Arizona statute from
Draw Request Certification
Grand Canyon University Additional Tenant Improvements
2
the applicable real property records or to post a bond or to provide an indemnity satisfactory to
First American Title Insurance Company (the Title Company) which would enable the Title
Company to issue an endorsement to Lessors title policy issued for the Property which would insure
over such lien. If Lessee fails to cause such lien to be released or to post such a bond or deliver
such an indemnity, such failure shall be deemed an Event of Default under the Lease and shall
entitle Lessor to exercise its remedies contained therein.
5. Lessee agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Lessor and its respective officers,
managers, members, employees, successors, assigns, agents, lenders, contractors, subcontractors,
experts, licensees, affiliates, mortgagees, trustees and invitees, as applicable, from and against
any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, proceedings, losses, costs, liabilities, damages
(including consequential and punitive) and expense, including, without limitation, attorneys fees
caused by, incurred or resulting from the breach of any of the representations, warranties,
covenants, agreements or obligations of Lessee set forth in this Draw Request, or Lessees
operations of or relating in any manner to Property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Timothy R. Fischer |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Draw Request Certification
Grand Canyon University-Addition Tenant Improvements
3
SCHEDULE 1 TO DRAW REQUEST NUMBER 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Check |
|
Check |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project Sub- |
|
Date |
|
# |
|
Date |
|
|
Description |
|
Amount |
|
|
Project |
|
Total |
|
|
Project Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
01/27/06 |
|
239845 |
|
|
01/30/06 |
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
41,520.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
02/08/06 |
|
241532 |
|
|
03/03/06 |
|
|
Sullivan Designs, Inc. |
|
|
625.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
02/14/06 |
|
241526 |
|
|
03/03/06 |
|
|
Richard Caviness |
|
|
1,134.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
02/14/06 |
|
241675 |
|
|
03/08/06 |
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
266,850.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
02/28/06 |
|
241444 |
|
|
03/03/06 |
|
|
American Express |
|
|
453.67 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Hajoca Phoenix) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
03/31/06 |
|
245774 |
|
|
04/18/06 |
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
89,902.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
04/29/06 |
|
246221 |
|
|
05/02/06 |
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
72,065.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
04/26/06 |
|
246146 |
|
|
04/28/06 |
|
|
Richard Caviness |
|
|
1,990.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
05/11/06 |
|
10326 |
|
|
05/11/06 |
|
|
Salt River Project |
|
|
10,652.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
04/18/06 |
|
12260 |
|
|
05/22/06 |
|
|
Valley Systems |
|
|
17,128.52 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
04/26/06 |
|
12465 |
|
|
05/26/06 |
|
|
Sullivan Designs, Inc. |
|
|
1,350.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
05/25/06 |
|
12325 |
|
|
05/22/06 |
|
|
SRP |
|
|
73,581.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
677,251.19 |
|
06/02/06 |
|
12964 |
|
|
6/2/2006 |
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
100,000.00 |
|
|
Kaibab Pool |
|
|
15,650.97 |
|
|
01/31/06 |
|
241098 |
|
|
02/24/06 |
|
|
Dickens Quality |
|
|
15,650.97 |
|
|
Demolition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demolition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
03/09/06 |
|
241813 |
|
|
03/10/06 |
|
|
Salt River Project |
|
|
39,180.00 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
02/22/06 |
|
242519 |
|
|
03/17/06 |
|
|
Desert Services |
|
|
787.50 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/02/06 |
|
243233 |
|
|
05/02/06 |
|
|
Salt River Project |
|
|
2,400.00 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
04/26/06 |
|
12266 |
|
|
05/22/06 |
|
|
Wescor General, Inc. |
|
|
13,293.53 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/19/06 |
|
12266 |
|
|
05/22/06 |
|
|
Wescor General, Inc. |
|
|
75,000.00 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/31/06 |
|
12839 |
|
|
05/31/06 |
|
|
Wescor General, Inc. |
|
|
74,057.96 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/17/06 |
|
12956 |
|
|
6/2/2006 |
|
|
Liberty Pipeline |
|
|
5,491.00 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
210,209.99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Project Payments to Date |
|
|
903,112.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
903,112.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoices Received & Not Yet Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
06/06/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Caviness |
|
|
2,000.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
05/17/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sullivan Designs, Inc. |
|
|
625.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
05/26/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brooks Engineers |
|
|
293.84 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
05/31/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Express |
|
|
9,656.00 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
|
|
06/05/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moline Construction |
|
|
70,383.49 |
|
|
Kaibab |
|
|
82,958.33 |
|
05/12/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liberty Pipeline Services, LLC |
|
|
1,612.09 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/18/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brooks Engineers |
|
|
576.00 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
|
|
05/26/06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wescor General, Inc. |
|
|
55,830.86 |
|
|
Promenade |
|
|
258,018.95 |
|
Total Invoices Received & Not Yet Paid |
|
|
140,977.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
140,977.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Draw Request #8 |
|
$ |
1,044,089.43 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,044,089.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w11
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Fourth Amendment) is made and entered
into effective as of August 9, 2006, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, as successor-in-interest to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as
successor-in-interest to Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessee)
Recitals
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28,
2004, as amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of
September 24, 2004, as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement
dated effective as of August 23, 2005, and as further amended pursuant to that certain Third
Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of June 15, 2006 (collectively, the
Lease), with respect to the real property and improvements as described in the Lease.
Terms not defined in this Fourth Amendment shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Lease.
WHEREAS, Lessor has provided additional funding for additional tenant improvements, and Lessor
and Lessee wish to amend the Lease pursuant to the terms hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee
agree as follows:
1. Definitions. The definition of Base Annual Rent shall be deleted in its entirety and the
following new definition of Base Annual Rent shall be substituted in lieu thereof:
Base Annual Rent shall mean $4,020,595.58.
2. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect If there is any conflict between the Lease and the terms of this Fourth Amendment, the
terms of this Fourth Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page(s) to follow]
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Michael T. Bennett |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv10w12
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Fifth Amendment) is made August 20,
2007, nunc pro tunc December 31, 2006, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware
corporation, as successor-in-interest to Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (Lessee).
Recitals
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28,
2004, as amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of
September 24, 2004, as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement
dated effective as of August 23, 2005, as further amended pursuant to that certain Third Amendment
to Lease Agreement dated effective as of June 15, 2006, and as further amended pursuant to that
certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of August 9, 2006 (collectively, the
Lease), with respect to the real property and improvements as described in the Lease.
Terms not defined in this Fifth Amendment shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Lease.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 44.D of the Lease, Lessor agreed to provide, on or before the
Final Disbursement Date, Additional Funds for the Additional Tenant Improvements.
WHEREAS, Lessee has requested Lessor to extend the Final Disbursement Date up to and including
September 30, 2007.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee
agree as follows:
1. Final Disbursement Date The third sentence from the bottom of Section 44 D of the
Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and shall be replaced with the following:
Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the Additional Funds will be available to
Lessee up to and including September 30, 2007 (Final Disbursement Date).
2. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect. If there is any conflict between the Lease and the terms of this Fifth Amendment, the
terms of this Fifth Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature pages) to follow]
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Fifth Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Gregg. A. Seibert
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Gregg. A. Seibert |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Timothy R. Fischer |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
exv10w13
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Sixth Amendment) is made January 18,
2008, nunc pro tunc September 30, 2007, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware
corporation, as successor-in-interest to Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (Lessee)
Recitals
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28,
2004, as amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of
September 24, 2004, as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement
dated effective as of August 23, 2005, as further amended pursuant to that certain. Third Amendment
to Lease Agreement dated effective as of June 15, 2006, as further amended pursuant to that certain
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of August 9, 2006, and as further amended
pursuant to that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated August 20, 2007, nunc pro tunc December 31,
2006 (collectively, the Lease), with respect to the real property and improvements as
described in the Lease. Terms not defined in this Sixth Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed
to them in the Lease.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 44.D of the Lease, Lessor agreed to provide Additional Funds for
the Additional Tenant Improvements.
WHEREAS, Lessee has requested, among other things, that Lessor disburse a portion of the
Additional Funds and extend the Final Disbursement Date up to and including September 30, 2008, as
further provided herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee
agree as follows:
1 Additional Tenant Improvements. Section 44.D of the Lease shall be deemed amended
as follows:
(a) Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that Additional Funds in the amount of Three
Million Five Hundred Eighty-Nine Thousand One Hundred Eighty-One and 02/100 Dollars
($3,589,181.02) have been disbursed by Lessor to Lessee for
Additional Tenant Improvements.
(b) Lessor shall disburse the remaining Additional Funds in the amount of Two Million Two
Hundred Ten Thousand Eight Hundred Eighteen and 98/100 Dollars.
($2,210,818 98) in accordance with, and upon Lessees satisfaction of, Lessors standard
disbursement procedures (including without limitation, Lessees completion, execution and
delivery of the related Draw Request, and Lessees delivery of supporting invoices, lien
waivers and any other documents reasonably requested by Lessor in connection with such
disbursement), in up to three (3) separate installments as follows: (i) the amount of Nine
Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Five and 26/100 ($966,135.26), representing
amounts incurred and paid by Lessee for Additional Tenant Improvements; and (ii) amounts
incurred and paid by Lessee for Additional Improvements related to the New Swimming Pool
project and the Bright Angel Remodeling project, each as described on Exhibit E to
the Lease; provided, however, that prior to the final disbursement of Additional Funds,
Lessee shall have provided to Lessor, at Lessees sole cost and expense, a current site
inspection and valuation of the Property, separate stating values for the Property and the
improvements located thereon, from a party selected by Lessor, in form and substance
acceptable to Lessor and confirming a concluded value equal to or greater than the sum of
(A) Lessors Total Investment, and (B) all Additional Funds disbursed and to be disbursed as
the final disbursement.
(c) The Final Disbursement
Date shall be up to and including September 30, 2008.
2 Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease (including without limitation,
Section 44.D thereof) shall remain in full force and effect If there is any conflict between the
Lease (including without limitation, Section 44.D thereof) and the terms of this Sixth
Amendment, the terms of this Sixth Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page(s) to follow]
2
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Sixth Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Michael T. Bennett |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Timothy R. Fischer |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
3
exv10w14
SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Seventh Amendment) is made as of
March 26, 2008, by and between SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as
successor-in-interest to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessor), and SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as
successor-in-interest to Significant Education, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Lessee).
Recitals
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 28, 2004, as
amended pursuant to that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of September 24,
2004, as further amended pursuant to that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated
effective as of August 23, 2005, as further amended pursuant to that certain Third Amendment to
Lease Agreement dated effective as of June 15, 2006, as further amended pursuant to that certain
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated effective as of August 9, 2006, as further amended
pursuant to that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated August 20, 2007, nunc pro tunc December 31,
2006, and as further amended pursuant to that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated January 18,
2008, nunc pro tunc September 30, 2007 (collectively, the Lease), with respect to the
real property and improvements as described in the Lease.. Terms not defined in this Seventh
Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 44.D of the Lease, Lessor has agreed to provide Additional Funds
for the Additional Tenant Improvements, and Lessor and Lessee wish to amend the Lease pursuant to
the terms hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee
agree as follows:
1. Additional Tenant Improvements amended as follows: Section 44.D of the Lease shall be
amended as follows:
(a) Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that Additional Funds in the amount of
$3,589,181.02 have been disbursed by Lessor to Lessee for Additional Tenant Improvements.
(b) Lessor shall disburse the remaining Additional Funds in the amount
$2,210,818 98 in accordance with, and upon Lessees satisfaction of, Lessors standard disbursement
procedures (including without limitation, Lessees completion, execution and delivery of the
related Draw Request, and Lessees delivery of supporting invoices, lien waivers and any other
documents reasonably requested by Lessor in connection
such disbursement) in up to two (2) separate installments as follows: (i) the first disbursement in
the amount of $760,925.41, representing amounts incurred and paid by Lessee for Additional Tenant
Improvements not heretofore funded by Lessor (Current Disbursement); and (ii) the final
disbursement (Final Disbursement) in an amount not to exceed $1,449,893 57 (Final
Draw) for amounts actually incurred and paid by Lessee for the Additional Tenant Improvements
related to the New Swimming Pool and New Student Snack & Activity Center projects, as described
and set forth on Exhibit E to the Lease.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, Lessor and Lessee agree
that to the extent that (i) the Additional Funds are insufficient to permit completion of the
Additional Tenant Improvements, Lessee shall utilize its own hinds to complete such Additional
Tenant Improvements; and (ii) any Additional Tenant Improvement remains uncompleted as of the Final
Disbursement Date, Lessor shall have no obligation to disburse any further Additional Funds to
Lessee; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way eliminate or diminish Lessees
obligation to complete the Additional Tenant Improvements, to complete the Additional Tenant
Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, or to otherwise perform its obligations under this
Lease Lessee further agrees that (1) all Additional Tenant Improvements (A) shall be made in
accordance with the provisions set forth in Sections 12 and 14 hereof; (13) shall be made free of
liens for work, services, labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the
Property or any other property; and (C) shall not be undertaken without obtaining the insurance
required by Section 10 hereof , and all risk builders risk property insurance for the full replacement cost of the Additional Tenant Improvements on a
completed value basis; (2) all Additional Tenant Improvements shall be deemed a part of the
Property and shall belong to Lessor at the expiration or early termination of the Lease Term, and
Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor such instruments as Lessor may require to evidence the
ownership by Lessor of such Additional Tenant Improvements; (3) except as expressly set forth
herein, nothing contained in this Section 44 shall eliminate or diminish Lessees obligation to
otherwise perform its obligations under this Lease; (4) Lessee shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses arising from or related to the
Additional Tenant Improvements and any failure to comply with the requirements in connection with
the Additional Tenant Improvements as described in this Section 44; (5) upon completion of such
Additional Tenant Improvements, Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with (I) an architects
certificate certifying that the Additional Tenant Improvements have been completed in conformity
with the plans and specifications therefor; (II) a certificate of occupancy; and (III) any other
documents or information reasonably requested by Lessor; and (6) Lessee shall pay the cost of any
owners and lenders title insurance endorsements requested by Lessor related to the Additional
Tennant Improvements.
2. Base Annual Rental This Seventh Amendment shall be executed and delivered
simultaneously with the disbursement of the Current Disbursement, and Lessor and Lessee agree
that commencing as of the date of this Seventh Amendment and continuing until the next Adjustment Date,
the Base Annual Rental shall be $4,100,492.74.
3. Ratification. Except as expressly stated herein, the Lease (including without
limitation, Section 4.B and Section 44.D thereof) shall remain in full force and effect If
there is any conflict between the Lease (including without limitation, Section 4.B and
Section 44.D thereof) and the terms of this Seventh Amendment, the terms of this Seventh
Amendment shall control.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signature page(s) to follow]
Lessor and Lessee have executed this Seventh Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
SPIRIT MASTER FUNDING, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Michael T. Bennett |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
LESSEE:
SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: |
Timothy R. Fischer |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
exv10w15
License Agreement
This License Agreement (Agreement) is entered into as of this 30th day of June,
2004 (the Effective Date) by and between Blanchard Education, LLC, a California Limited Liability
Corporation, including all of its offices, divisions, successors and assigns (Blanchard
Education), having its principal offices at 125 State Place, Escondido, California and Significant
Education, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, including all of its offices, divisions,
successors and assigns (Significant Education) having its principal offices at 3300 West
Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona. Within this Agreement Blanchard Education and Significant
Education may be referred to individually as a Party or collectively as the Parties.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Blanchard Education and Significant Education have agreed to the terms of a relationship,
and these terms were initially established and set forth in a Letter of Intent (Letter of Intent)
entered into by the Parties dated May 7, 2004; and
WHEREAS, the Letter of Intent called upon the Parties to enter into a mutually acceptable license
agreement setting forth all the terms and conditions attached to the issuance of a license to
Significant Education by Blanchard Education; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement now sets forth those terms and conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in considerations for the mutual promises contained here, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
|
|
|
Licensee: Significant Education, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Address: 3300 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017 |
|
|
|
|
Contact Persons: Charles Preston and Linda Rawles |
|
|
|
|
Phone Number: 602.388.3814 and 602.589.2063 |
|
|
|
|
Email Address: cpreston@220partners.com; lrawles@gcu.edu |
|
|
|
Licensor: Blanchard Education, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Address: 125 State Place, Escondido, California 92029 |
|
|
|
|
Contact Person: Tom McKee |
|
|
|
|
Phone Number: 800-728-6000 |
|
|
|
|
Email Address: tom.mckee@kenblanchard.com |
It has been established, and the Parties do acknowledge, that Significant Education holds
and controls all
right and interest to and in the educational institution known as Grand Canyon University (GCU),
and unless specifically set forth as otherwise, all those rights granted or awarded to Significant
Education hereunder shall be understood to be similarly awarded to GCU.
1
Subject to and in consideration of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Blanchard
Education does hereby grant Significant Education the right to name GCUs College of Business, The
Ken Blanchard College of Business. This grant of rights also includes the right of Significant
Education and GCU to use the name Ken Blanchard to establish and promote the relationship between
the Parties, and to establish and promote the relationship between Ken Blanchard, Significant
Education, and GCU. Ken Blanchards name may also be used to advertise and promote The Ken
Blanchard School of Business by Significant Education and GCU. Blanchard Education will promote
the relationship between Ken Blanchard, Significant Education, and GCU as well as The Ken Blanchard
School of Business, including a prominent presence for GCU and The Ken Blanchard School of Business
and links to GCU and The Ken Blanchard School of Business on the website www.kenblanchard.com and
other websites maintained by Ken Blanchard or entities controlled by Ken Blanchard.
5. |
|
ADDITIONAL SUBSEQUENT LICENSE. |
Following the execution of this Agreement, and sometime before June 1, 2005, the Parties
acknowledge that Significant Education will enter into a separate and subsequent license agreement
with the Ken Blanchard Companies (Blanchard Companies), and this agreement (the Blanchard
Companies Agreement) will grant Significant Education the right to use certain
specifically-identified Blanchard Companies owned intellectual property (Blanchard Intellectual
Property) to develop various business courses that will be offered by GCU through The Ken
Blanchard College of Business. It is necessary to make mention of the Blanchard Companies
Agreement herein, as the Parties agree that the continuance of this Agreement shall be dependent
upon the completion, execution, and continuance of the Blanchard Companies Agreement, and this
condition is further established in Section 12, Termination of Agreement.
6. |
|
EXCLUSIVITY OF LICENSE. |
The Parties agree that this Agreement, the rights it grants to Significant Education, and the
application of these rights by Significant Education shall be mutually exclusive. For
clarification, this mutual exclusivity means that Blanchard Education (or the Blanchard Companies)
will not enter into a similar licensing arrangement for the creation of another college or graduate
level business school where this license includes the use of the names Blanchard or Ken Blanchard,
and Significant Education (and GCU) agrees that The Ken Blanchard College of Business will be the
only business-curriculum-based school existing under or within GCU.
7. |
|
CONTINUENCE OF EXCLUSIVITY. |
Notwithstanding Section 6, Exclusivity of License the exclusive nature of this Agreement
shall continue for its entire term if the total payments to Blanchard Education under this
Agreement and to the Blanchard Companies under the Blanchard Companies Agreement by Significant
Education reaches or exceeds one million dollars ($1,000,000) by December 31, 2007. If this
payment threshold is not met, both aforementioned agreements will become non-exclusive, and the
Parties will agree to meet and discuss their respective support for continuing the relationship and
their respective obligations to one another.
8. |
|
APPLICATION OF RIGHTS. |
Significant Education is solely responsible for the utilization and application of those
rights which it secures under this Agreement; however, any use of the name Blanchard or Ken Blanchard by
Significant Education beyond that use set forth herein may be viewed as a material breach of this
Agreement by Significant Education, and could subject this Agreement and the rights granted
hereunder to immediate termination.
2
Although this Agreement does not require that Blanchard Education approve each and every use
of the names Blanchard and/or Ken Blanchard by Significant Education and/or GCU, Significant
Education will use its best reasonable efforts to provide Blanchard Education with examples of all
such use, and will consult with Blanchard Education regarding any use which creates or causes an
objection from Blanchard Education.
10. |
|
LIMITATIONS TO LICENSE. |
Nothing contained or construed to be contained in this Agreement shall constitute the grant by
Blanchard Education of any right by way of license or otherwise to Significant Education to use any
trademark, trade name, or other intellectual property asset of Blanchard Education for any purpose
not expressly set forth herein. Furthermore, Significant Education may not license, sublicense,
award, grant, sell, or give to any individual or entity who is not a party to this Agreement the
right to use the names Blanchard or Ken Blanchard without the expressed written consent of
Blanchard Education.
Unless terminated by either Party for reasons as set forth in Section 12, Termination of
Agreement, this Agreement shall become effective on the Effective date and shall have an initial
term (Initial Term) of five (5) years, with a subsequent term (Subsequent Term) of five (5)
years that will automatically come into effect unless either Party establishes in writing their
opposition to such Subsequent Term within six (6) months of the expiration date of the Initial
Term.
12. |
|
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. |
This Agreement may only be terminated by either Party due to a material breach of this
Agreement by one or the other Party; or in the event that Significant Education (i) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws, (iii) if a petition for bankruptcy is
filed against Significant Education, (iv) if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any part
of the property or assets of Significant Education, (v) upon the occurrence of a senior secured
creditor sale upon the assets of Significant Education, (vi) if Significant Education is generally
unable to pay its debts as they come due in the ordinary course of business, or (vii) is unable to
pay Blanchard Education those monies owed hereunder. Notwithstanding, this Agreement will
immediately terminate if the Blanchard Agreement expires and is not renewed, or is terminated for
any cause or reason.
If either Party believes a material breach of this Agreement has occurred, that Party shall
immediately notify the breaching Party in writing. Once the claimed breach is known to both
Parties, every effort will be made to rectify and cure said breach. The breaching Party will have
thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice to cure said breach to the other Partys
satisfaction. If the breach can be cured, this Agreement will survive and remain in full force and
effect. If a breach cannot be cured, and all attempts to do so fail, this License and the rights
granted hereunder immediately cease.
14. |
|
EFFECTS OF TERMINATION. |
Upon the termination of this Agreement, all rights granted hereunder to Significant Education
shall revert to Blanchard Education and Significant Education shall immediately initiate a plan to
end its use of the name Blanchard and/or Ken Blanchard in association with the activities of
Significant Education and/or GCU. Within six (6) months following the termination of this
Agreement, all use of the names Blanchard and/or Ken Blanchard by Significant Education and/or GCU
will have ceased, and the Parties will make no further claims to or of a relationship between them.
3
15. |
|
SURVIVIAL OF RIGHTS, DUTIES, AND OBLIGATIONS. |
The termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either
Party from any Liability which at the time of termination or expiration has already accrued to the other Party, or
which thereafter may accrue in respect of any act or omission prior to termination or expiration,
or from any obligation which is expressly stated to survive termination or expiration.
The Parties will make every effort to quickly address and resolve any dispute that may arise
that would not be seen as a material breach of this Agreement. If after the investment of a reasonable amount
of time by both Parties, such dispute cannot be resolved to both Parties satisfaction, the Parties
will agree to submit such dispute
to mediation.
In consideration for the rights granted Significant Education hereunder, including the right
of GCU to name its College of Business the The Ken Blanchard College of Business, Significant
Education will agree to pay Blanchard Education a royalty on all net tuition (Tuition Royalty)
(with net tuition defined as gross tuition less tuition credits and refunds) received by GCU as
follows:
|
|
|
Five percent (5%) on the net tuition received from 300 level and above Business Courses
offered by or though the Ken Blanchard College of Business while this Agreement is in
effect. To avoid any possibility of a misunderstanding between the Parties, Business
Courses includes Accounting, Business, Finance, Management, and Marketing courses, but
excludes all Computer Information Systems Classes or Courses. |
18. |
|
MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS IN SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION |
In addition to the above Tuition Royalty, Blanchard Education shall be entitled to receive the
following membership interest in Significant Education in the future, (with the understanding that
Significant Education holds and controls all the assets of GCU and that this membership interest
would be seen and treated as ownership interest upon the sale of either Significant Education or
GCU, a public offering of both or either entity, or any other liquidity event). It is understood
that Blanchard Education may receive an aggregate of 5.26 Units in the Company, which, if issued at
the time of this Agreement, would represent 5% of the outstanding Units of Significant Education,
LLC. The parties agree that such Units are being issued in exchange for the property rights being
granted to Significant Education hereunder in a manner that qualifies as a tax-free exchange of
property for units pursuant to Section 721 of the Internal Revenue Code. Blanchard Education shall
be entitled to receive such Units based on the schedule below when the combined total student
enrollment in the business school exceeds the identified number at any given time while this
Agreement is in effect, and that any Units so issued will not thereafter be lowered if total
enrollment drops below the triggering threshold.
|
|
|
1.052 Units will be issued upon reaching two thousand (2000) students |
|
|
|
|
an additional 1.052 Units will be issued upon reaching five thousand (5000) students |
|
|
|
|
an additional 1.052 Units will be issued upon reaching ten thousand (10,000) students |
|
|
|
|
an additional 1.052 Units will be issued upon reaching seventeen thousand five hundred
(17,500) students |
|
|
|
|
an additional 1.052 Units will be issued upon reaching twenty five thousand (25,000)
students |
Blanchard Education shall receive quarterly reports identifying the total number of students
enrolled in courses offered by The Ken Blanchard College of Business. It is also understood that
the student thresholds above include all branch or satellite campus locations. It is also
understood that Blanchard Educations percentage ownership of Significant Education upon the
issuance of any of such Units is subject to pro-rata dilution from the date hereof, consistent with
the other members of Significant Education; provided, however, that Blanchard Educations
percentage ownership shall not be diluted by more than 40% without the consent of Blanchard
Education, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that Blanchard Education
does
4
not consent to the dilution as described herein, Significant Education will nevertheless be
entitled to pursue the dilutive transaction and dilute Blanchard Education (in addition to the
other diluted members). If such dilution occurs without the consent of Blanchard Education, (i)
Blanchard Education shall have the right with written notice to withdraw from Significant Education
all further rights to use the name Ken Blanchard as allowed hereunder, and (ii) the loss of such
rights shall not effect or in any way impact the obligation of Significant Education to award
Blanchard Education the Units set forth by this Section 18. It is also understood that if
Significant Education needs additional capital contributions, that Significant Education will first
request that such capital contributions be made by Blanchard Education in
proportion to its then percentage interest in Significant Education, assuming that the Units
issuable to Blanchard Education were issued at such time, in order to allow Blanchard Education to
maintain such percentage ownership consistent with the other members of Significant Education. The
number of Units issuable to Blanchard Education shall be adjusted to reflect any splits or similar
adjustments in the number of units in the Company. Upon receiving any Units, Blanchard Education
shall execute a joinders agreement to the Operating Agreement of the Company then in effect.
19. |
|
PAYMENT OF TUITION ROYALTY. |
Significant Education shall pay Blanchard Education the Tuition Royalty within forty-five
(45) days following that calendar quarter where the tuition is received by GCU that generates the Tuition
Royalty obligation to Blanchard Education.
It is understood that the Parties are each separately and solely responsible for any
appropriate tax liability attached to those rights obtained, or to monies earned or received
hereunder.
With reasonable notice, Blanchard shall have the right to audit the enrollment records of GCU
for the sole purpose of determining the accuracy of the Tuition Royalty payments by Significant
Education hereunder. Blanchard Education shall bear those costs which it may incur in conducting
such audits, unless the result of such audit results in additional Tuition Royalties due Blanchard
Education exceeding Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). In such case, Significant Education will
reimburse Blanchard Education its reasonable and documented audit costs.
Blanchard agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold Significant Education and GCU harmless from
loss, claims, or damage to Significant Education or GCU, including attorneys fees, arising out of
any legal action or suit based on any claim that the use of the name Blanchard or Ken Blanchard by
Significant Education or GCU violates the intellectual property rights of any third party.
Nothing about this Agreement or license should be seen as awarding Significant Education or
GCU ownership or title to the name Blanchard or Ken Blanchard.
Blanchard Education warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement and sufficient
rights to the names Blanchard and Ken Blanchard to make the grants and commitments made in this
Agreement.
5
Any notice, consent, demand or request required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in
writing, shall be effective upon receipt, and shall be transmitted by personal delivery, U.S. mail
or national courier service (Federal Express, UPS), facsimile transmission if receipt is confirmed,
or by email upon confirmation of both delivery and opening and with a hard copy sent by U.S. Mail
to the Parties at the address first set forth herein.
The rights conveyed by this Agreement and its contents shall be regarded as confidential and
shall not be disclosed to any third party. The Parties also agree to keep confidential all
information shared between the Parties related to the Parties primary business activities, and this information includes but is not
limited to financial information, client lists, student lists, and other GCU enrollment
information.
27. |
|
RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. |
Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute, create, give effect to or otherwise
recognize a franchise, partnership, joint venture, or formal business entity of any kind and the
rights and obligations of the Parties shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein.
28. |
|
NON-EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. |
The remedies provided for in this Agreement are non-exclusive and are in addition to each
other and to any other remedy available elsewhere in this Agreement or available generally at law
or in equity.
If a court of competent jurisdiction should find any term or provision of this Agreement to be
unenforceable and invalid, then such term or provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and
the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without
the prior written consent of the other Party.
The waiver by either of the Parties of any breach or failure to enforce any of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement at any time shall not in any way affect, limit or waive either Partys
rights thereafter to enforce and compel strict compliance with every term and condition of this
Agreement.
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify
the terms or conditions of this Agreement.
33. |
|
NO BENEFIT TO OTHERS. |
The provisions set forth in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and
their successors and assigns, and they shall not be construed as conferring any rights on any other
persons.
6
Neither Party shall be in default or in breach of this Agreement for any failure or delay up
to forty-five (45) days, when this delay is caused by an act of God, war, embargo civil
disturbance, strike, or other occurrence beyond the Parties control.
This Agreement contains the full and complete agreement between the Parties related to the
subject matter herein. This Agreement may not be supplemented, modified or amended except by a
written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative or officer of Significant Education
and Blanchard Education.
36. |
|
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION. |
This Agreement and the rights and duties of the Parties hereunder shall be determined by the
internal substantive laws of the State of Arizona. The state courts of Arizona shall have personal
and subject matter jurisdiction over, and the Parties each hereby submit to the venue of such
courts with respect to any disputes arising out of this Agreement and all objections to such
jurisdiction and venue are hereby waived.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterpart copies, each of which shall be
deemed an original and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties duly authorized representatives identified below and the have
agreed to the terms and conditions established by this Agreement as of the date first set forth
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For: BLANCHARD EDUCATION, LLC |
|
For: SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Tom McKee |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom McKee, Managing Director |
|
|
|
Brent Richardson, CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
June 30, 2004 |
|
Date:
|
|
June 30, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By the signature below, Ken Blanchard hereby acknowledges and consents to this Agreement and the
use of the name Ken Blanchard under the terms herein.
/s/ Ken Blanchard
Ken Blanchard
7
exv10w16
Letter of Agreement
This Letter of Agreement (Agreement) is entered into as of this 6th day of February,
2006 (the Effective Date) by and between The Ken Blanchard Companies (KBC) with offices at 125
State Place, Escondido, California 92029, and Grand Canyon University (GCU) with offices at 3300
West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017. Within this Agreement, KBC and GCU may be referred to
individually as a Party or collectively as the Parties. For the purpose of this Agreement, it
is understood that KBC has the right and authority to represent the interests of the legal entity
known as Blanchard Education, LLC (Blanchard Education), and that GCU has the right and authority
to represent the interests of the legal entity known as Significant Education LLC (Significant
Education).
Recitals
Whereas, the Parties have a contractual relationship that is recorded and documented in a
Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) dated the 21st day of April, 2005; and
Whereas, Blanchard Education and Significant Education have a contractual relationship that is
recorded and documented in a License Agreement (the License Agreement) dated the 30th
day of June, 2004; and
Whereas, the Parties now wish to terminate the MOU and amend the License Agreement; and
Whereas, this Agreement now sets forth and establishes the changes that the Parties wish to make to
the License Agreement allowing for the termination of the MOU; and
Whereas, following the acceptance and execution of this Agreement by the Parties, the Parties shall
capture that which is agreed to by this Agreement in a separate written instrument (the
Amendment), and upon its execution by the Parties, the Amendment shall become part of the License
Agreement.
Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follow:
Agreement
1. Additions to License Agreement. The following new terms and conditions shall be
added to the License Agreement:
|
|
|
KBC shall grant GCU the right to use the intellectual property of KBC to
develop various business courses (the GCU Courses) that will be offered to
students of GCU through The Ken Blanchard College of Business. Prior to the
execution of the Amendment, the Parties shall meet, discuss, and mutually agree as
to how the development of the GCU Courses will be accomplished, and the details of
this decision will be captured within the Amendment. |
|
|
|
|
KBC and GCU shall collaborate to develop CCU Courses that will be offered in a
Masters in Business Administration program (the MBA Program), and GCU shall
agree to pay KBC an eighteen percent (18%) tuition royalty (the MBA Tuition
Royalty) on the net tuition that GCU receives as a result of GCU offering the MBA
Program to both ground and on-line students (with the term net tuition defined
as gross tuition less credits and refunds). Immediately following the execution of
this Agreement, the Parties shall meet, discuss, and |
1
|
|
|
mutually agree as to how the development of the GCU Courses comprising the MBA
Program will be accomplished, and the details of this decision will be captured in
a written instrument between the Parties separate from this Agreement (and separate
from the Amendment). |
|
|
|
|
KBC shall grant GCU the right to purchase for internal use the products and
services offered by KBC, with the understanding that GCU will be charged cost plus
10% for such purchases. |
|
|
|
|
GCU shall grant KBC the right to annually award up to four (4) four-year
undergraduate level full tuition scholarships (Full Tuition Scholarships);
or four (4) two-year graduate level Full Tuition Scholarships (with the
understanding that KBC may award any combination of Full Tuition Scholarships, but
may not award more than eight Full Tuition Scholarships per calendar year). |
|
|
|
|
GCU shall grant KBC the right to annually award an unlimited number of reduced
tuition scholarships (Reduced Tuition Scholarships) to employees of KBC and to
immediate family members of KBC employees. The cost of these Reduced Tuition
Scholarships shall be forty percent (40%) of the then current tuition (i.e., a
sixty percent (60%) tuition discount). KBC will be responsible for explaining the
additional financial obligations (books, housing if applicable, etc.) to any
individual receiving either a Full Tuition Scholarship or a Reduced Tuition
Scholarship. |
|
|
|
|
GCU shall agree that the Full Tuition Scholarships and the Reduced Tuition
Scholarships apply to both ground and online degree programs offered by GCU. |
2. Changes to License Agreement. The following changes shall be made to the License
Agreement:
|
|
|
Paragraph 6, Exclusivity of License, shall be modified to clarify that the
right of GCU to use the intellectual property of KBC to develop the GCU Courses is
non-exclusive. |
|
|
|
|
Paragraph 11, Term of License, shall be amended to extend the Initial Term of
the License Agreement to February 6, 2011 (five (5) years from the Effective Date
of this Agreement). |
|
|
|
|
The Tuition Fee established by Paragraph 17, License Fees, shall be changed
from five percent (5%) to seven percent (7%). |
|
|
|
|
Paragraph 18, Membership Interests in Significant Education, shall be
modified so that as of the Effective Date, Blanchard Education will have earned
(and will receive) 2.104 Units of membership interest in Significant Education. |
Now, by signing below, the Parties duly authorized representatives do hereby agree to the
commitments and promises set forth by this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For: THE KEN BLANCHARD COMPANIES |
|
For: GRAND CANYON UNIVERSITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Tom McKee |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom McKee, President and CEO |
|
|
|
Brent Richardson, President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
February 6, 2006 |
|
Date: |
|
February 6, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
exv10w17
Amendment to License Agreement
This Amendment to License Agreement (Amendment) is entered into as of this 8th day of May,
2008 (the Effective Date) by and between Blanchard Education, LLC, a California Limited Liability
Corporation, including all of its offices, divisions, successors and assigns (Blanchard
Education), and Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Significant
Education, Inc. (GCEI). Within this Amendment, Blanchard Education and GCEI may be referred to
individually as a Party or collectively as the Parties.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Blanchard Education and GCEI are parties to a License Agreement, dated as of June 30,
2004, as amended (the License Agreement); and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to make the following amendments to the License Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in considerations for the mutual promises contained here, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. Amendment to Section 18. Section 18 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the heading and text of such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
|
18. |
|
EQUITY INTEREST IN GCEI |
In addition to the above Tuition Royalty, GCEI agrees to issue to Blanchard
Education, as of the date of the date of this Amendment, 200 shares of its common
stock representing, as of the date of this Amendment, 1.2% of the outstanding shares
of common stock of GCEI calculated on an as converted basis.
2. Amendment to Section 26. Section 26 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by
adding the following sentence to the end of the existing text of said Section:
Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, GCEI may disclose information
concerning the rights conveyed by this Agreement, its contents and such other information
concerning GCEI if and to the extent required by applicable law, including in connection
with any filings made by GCEI with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national
securities exchange upon which the stock of GCEI may be listed.
3. Full Force and Effect. Except as provided above, the License Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect.
This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterpart copies, each of which shall be
deemed an original and all of which shall together be deemed to constitute one agreement.
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties duly authorized representatives identified below have executed
and delivered this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For: BLANCHARD EDUCATION, LLC |
|
For: GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Tom McKee |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom McKee, Managing Director |
|
|
|
Brent Richardson, CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
May 8, 2008 |
|
Date: |
|
May 8, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of
our report dated May 12, 2008 (except for Note 16, as to which the date is [ ], 2008), in
the Registration Statement on Form S-l and related Prospectus of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. for the registration of [ ] shares of its common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ernst & Young LLP
|
|
Phoenix, Arizona |
|
|
|
|
|
The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the determination of the pro forma
financial information described in Note 16 to the financial statements.
Phoenix, Arizona
May 12, 2008
exv99w1
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
Registration Statement) of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (Grand Canyon), the
undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a director nominee in the Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration
Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment
of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: May 13, 2008 |
By: |
/s/
David J. Johnson |
|
|
|
Name: |
David J. Johnson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv99w2
CONSENT OF NOMINEE FOR DIRECTOR
Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
Registration Statement) of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (Grand Canyon), the
undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a director nominee in the Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration
Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment
of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: May 13, 2008 |
By: |
/s/ Jack A. Henry |
|
|
|
Name: |
Jack A. Henry |
|
|
|
|
|
|
cover
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DLA Piper US LLP |
|
|
2415 East Camelback Road, Suite 700 |
|
|
Phoenix, AZ 85016 |
|
|
O
|
|
480.606.5126 |
|
|
F
|
|
480.606.5526 |
|
|
W
|
|
www.dlapiper.com |
|
|
|
|
|
May 13, 2008 |
|
OUR FILE NO. 364698-13 |
Securities and Exchange Commission
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549-1004
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
Registration Statement on Form S-1 |
Dear Sir or Madam:
On behalf of our client Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Company), we transmit for filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Registration Statement) relating to the
sale by the Company of up to $230,000,000 of the Companys common stock, par value $0.01 per share,
together with the exhibits as listed in the Registration Statement. Manually executed signature
pages have been signed prior to the time of this electronic filing and will be retained by the
Company for five years. Please note that the Company has transmitted via wire transfer $9,039,
representing the filing fee, to the account of the Securities and Exchange Commission at U.S. Bank.
The Company wishes to advise the Commission in connection with its filing of a position it has
taken with respect to its presentation of its Selected Financial and Other Data appearing on p. 37
of the preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement. Under Item 301(a) of
Regulation S-K, a registrant must furnish in comparative columnar form the required selected
financial data for each of the last five fiscal years of the registrant (or for the life of the
registrant and its predecessors, if less). For the reasons discussed below, the Company is
presenting selected financial data for the entire period of its existence, which is comprised of
the periods from February 2, 2004 through December 31, 2007 and is not including additional
financial information (the 2003 Information) that,
if derivable from the records of an
entity from which the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, would not be
comparable to subsequent periods.
The Company was formed in 2004 for the purpose of acquiring certain tangible assets and assuming
certain liabilities of a non-profit entity (the Non-Profit Entity) that operated a
postsecondary educational institution. The Non-Profit Entity was established in 1949 and moved its
operations to Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. The Non-Profit Entity was operated to fulfill its mission
as a Baptist and then a Christian non-denominational college and not as a for-profit business. In
2003, the Non-Profit Entitys board of trustees initiated a process to evaluate alternatives as a
result of its poor financial condition and, in February 2004, several of the Companys current
stockholders formed the Company for the purpose of acquiring certain assets and assuming certain
liabilities of the Non-Profit Entity. Upon the acquisition by the Company, the school converted to
for-profit status.
Throughout the period from its founding through the 2004 acquisition and thereafter, the Non-Profit
Entity operated as a non-profit enterprise governed by a self-perpetuating board of trustees and in
a manner
that reflected the substantial operational and philosophical differences inherent in the operation
of a non-profit entity as compared to a for-profit enterprise. For example, the Non-Profit Entity
was subject to accounting standards that differ greatly from those to which the Company is subject.
In this regard, the Non-Profit Entitys financial statements were prepared in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 117, Financial Statements of Non-Profit
Organizations (FAS 117), pursuant
Serving clients globally
Securities and Exchange Commission
May 13, 2008
Page Two
to which it prepared a statement of financial position,
in which it reported total assets, liabilities, and net assets; a statement of activities, in which
it reported the change in net assets; and a statement of cash flows, in which it reported the
change in its cash and cash equivalents. Under FAS 117, the Non-Profit Entity was also required to
classify its net assets and present its statement of activities based upon the absence or existence
of donor imposed restrictions permanently restricted, temporarily restricted, and unrestricted.
In addition, the Non-Profit Entity reported expenses by functional categories (programs, management
and general, and fundraising) rather than by natural categories, and in the unrestricted column or
category even though the source of the funds may have been restricted.
From an investors perspective, the Non-Profit Entitys FAS 117 financial statements are not
comparable to the Companys balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flow statement, because
they differ substantially in the manner in which they present the entitys results. Importantly,
they also reflect different business models, insofar as the Non-Profit Entitys revenue
sources, which include donor contributions, gift annuities, and endowment income, differ
substantially from those of the Company. In addition, the Non-Profit Entitys last fiscal year
prior to the acquisition ended on June 30, 2003 and no financial statements were prepared for the
period between June 30, 2003 and February 2, 2004. In the acquisition, the Company acquired only
certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from the Non-Profit Entity and does not have access
to the full historical records that would be necessary for it to attempt to reconstruct the
historical FAS 117 information into a format resembling the Companys selected financial data as
presented in the Registration Statement, without unreasonable effort and expense.
As a result of the Non-Profit Entitys history and operation as a non-profit organization, the
significant differences in accounting standards followed by non-profits and for-profits, and the
resulting incomparability between the business and financial statements of the Non-Profit Entity as
compared to those of the Company, the Company believes that presenting the 2003 Information as part
of its selected financial data in the Registration Statement would not be meaningful to investors
or enhance their ability to understand the Companys business. Given the rapid growth in the
Companys business and the fact that it has provided in the Registration Statement nearly four full
periods of financial information, including the required audited financial information, that is
based on the same standards and in a consistent format, we respectfully request that the staff
accept our presentation as compliant with the intent of Item 301 (a) of Regulation S-K.
Please direct any questions or comments regarding this filing to the undersigned at (480) 606-5126.
Very truly yours,
DLA Piper US LLP
David P. Lewis
david.lewis@dlapiper.com
Enclosure
WEST\21392546.3
364698-000013